
Danmei Recap
Danmei Novels Recap
by @queenslovebooks
The Husky & His White Cat Shizun: Erha He Ta De Bai Mao Shizun
The story begins with Mo Ran, formerly known as Mo Weiyu, reflecting on his past filled with shame, power, and tyranny as the first emperor of the cultivation world. He dies in a rebellion led by Xue Meng, after which he wakes up as his 16-year-old self, realizing he's been reborn with memories of his cruel past. Determined to change his fate, he returns to his sect and reconnects with his cousin Xue Meng and his beloved Shi Mei.Mo Ran and his companions embark on a mission to uncover the dark secrets behind the deaths in Butterfly Town. They encounter Chu Wanning, Mo Ran's stern and powerful shizun, who becomes central to Mo Ran's conflicting feelings of hatred and longing. During their journey, they uncover tragic tales of betrayal and vengeance, leading to intense battles and deep emotional turmoil.As they delve into an underwater city filled with illusions, they discover the Heart-Pluck Willow, a powerful being that has been manipulating events. Mo Ran confronts his own desires and the realization that his feelings for Chu Wanning might be more complicated than he thought. In a deadly trial set by an imposter Gouchen, Mo Ran faces a blood hourglass that threatens his life, while Chu Wanning, disguised as Shi Mei, risks everything to save him, revealing the depth of their unspoken bond.
Mo Ran awakens in the holy weapon arsenal, finding that his previous injuries were part of a nightmare. Shi Mei and Xue Meng also wake up unharmed, though confused. Chu Wanning wakes last, emotionally distant after seeing Mo Ran's affection for Shi Mei. Their respite is brief as the Heart-Pluck Willow reappears, forcing them into a dangerous escape. Xue Meng successfully destroys the willow using the Ancestral Sword, but the arsenal collapses, leading to their escape with the help of Wangyue, a dragon who had guided them to the arsenal.After returning to Sisheng Peak, the group learns of the feathered tribe’s arrival in the mortal realm. The tribe selects them to train at Peach Blossom Springs to prepare for a looming calamity. Mo Ran, Shi Mei, Xue Meng, and Chu Wanning, who is in disguise as Xia Sini, endure intense training routines and deepen their relationships. Meanwhile, they encounter the ghostly threats in Lin’an City and navigate the complexities of the Peach Blossom Springs training while grappling with their pasts and present feelings.As they delve into the mysteries around them, Mo Ran’s past life memories resurface, including his connection to Chu Wanning and the people he once knew. In Lin’an, they confront the ghost king, and Mo Ran is forced to face the consequences of his previous life as Taxian-jun. The volume ends with a tense confrontation, revealing that Mo Ran’s past deeds are not as buried as he hoped, signaling further challenges and revelations ahead.
Mo Ran wakes up beside Chu Wanning, who is still asleep. Observing the peacefulness of the moment, he becomes absorbed in playing with Chu Wanning’s hair, which carries a faint floral scent. This simple action leads Mo Ran into a deep reflection on their past, recalling both tender and intimate memories from their time at Sisheng Peak's Wushan Palace. Overcome with nostalgia, Mo Ran kisses Chu Wanning's hair, revisiting the complexities of their relationship.Chu Wanning later wakes up, feeling refreshed after using Tapir Fragrance Dew, and finds Mo Ran missing. His search leads him to the bathing area, where steam rises behind the wooden screen. As he investigates, Mo Ran suddenly emerges from the bath barrel, startling Chu Wanning. Mo Ran had been underwater and didn't hear Chu Wanning calling him. The situation becomes awkward and unexpected as Chu Wanning processes the sight of a naked Mo Ran, who attempts to cover himself while Chu Wanning stands in stunned silence.In the subsequent chapter, Chu Wanning attends a gathering in a grand hall where he meets Li Wuxin from the Rufeng Sect. Shocked to see Chu Wanning present, Li Wuxin accuses him of being involved in dark magic and the deaths of five hundred civilians from Butterfly Town. Chu Wanning dismisses the accusations calmly, emphasizing that he did not commit the murders and is willing to address Li Wuxin's questions. His composed demeanor and authoritative presence are highlighted, as he positions himself in the Loyalty Hall with dignity, underscoring the strategic and confident way he handles the situation.
Lotus Pavilion to mourn. A procession, including Xue Zhengyong, Mo Ran, Xue Meng, Shi Mei, and the revered Master Huaizui, carries a coffin to the lotus pond for a revival spell due to its spiritual energy. As they conduct this ritual, Mo Ran reflects on his past life as Emperor Taxian-jun and the choices he made, contrasting them with Xue Meng's young master status. Before departing on a journey, Mo Ran receives gifts from Madam Wang and Shi Mei, setting the stage for his solo endeavors.Throughout his journey, Mo Ran sends letters to Xue Zhengyong, detailing his encounters and battles. In Blossom Crossing, he confronts an evil spirit and earns payment in silver notes. By the hundred and twentieth day, he writes about acquiring a high-quality spiritual stone to enhance Xue Meng’s Longcheng blade. In Snow Valley, he describes cultivating frost lotuses while overcoming a guarding ape monster. His letters often include small gifts and reflect his growing maturity, highlighting his evolving skills and mindset.During his travels, Mo Ran’s encounters stir complex emotions and challenge his perceptions. He meets Song Qiutong, whose presence brings back memories of betrayal and deceit from his past life. Despite his deep-seated revulsion toward her, he maintains a facade of politeness. Later, he witnesses a heated confrontation between Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi, which escalates into a physical altercation. Nangong Si accuses Ye Wangxi of using sorcery to gain favor, expressing deep resentment and frustration.
A rumor spreads about an affair between Ye Wangxi and Song Qiutong, causing a stir among Rufeng Sect’s guests. Chu Wanning learns of the gossip and tries to subtly warn Nangong Si, who remains oblivious. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran visit Moonwhistle Fields, joining a faewolf race that deepens Mo Ran's care for Chu Wanning. During a meal, Mo Ran’s thoughtful gesture of filleting a fish for Chu Wanning surprises him, and they discuss Song Qiutong’s chastity mark, casting doubt on the affair rumors.As Nangong Si's wedding preparations continue, Mo Ran gives Song Qiutong a bracelet and recalls his own failed marriage to her in his past life. The wedding eve brings many guests to Rufeng Sect, but a mysterious figure interrupts the celebration, accusing Song Qiutong and Ye Wangxi of an affair. The figure reveals shocking truths, including a voice-changing spell and Ye Wangxi's true gender, stirring further chaos among the guests.The story takes a dark turn as the mysterious figure reveals the truth about Rufeng Sect's sinister past, exposing Nangong Liu's crimes and Xu Shuanglin’s true identity as Nangong Xu, who seeks revenge for past betrayals. Using forbidden techniques, Xu Shuanglin orchestrates the sect's destruction, unleashing an apocalyptic fire that consumes Rufeng Sect. The survivors flee to safety, and the volume closes with Chu Wanning and Mo Ran sharing a pivotal moment that marks a shift in their relationship.
Chu Wanning wakes up early to find Mo Ran sleeping beside him, leading him to reminisce about the early days when Mo Ran joined Sisheng Peak. He recalls Mo Ran's persistence in becoming his disciple and how their relationship slowly developed, from Mo Ran's initial simple gestures to Chu Wanning finally accepting him. As they continue their journey with a group of refugees, their relationship deepens through subtle, shared moments that hint at the unspoken emotions between them.Mo Ran's growing affection for Chu Wanning becomes more evident. Despite the awkwardness between them, Mo Ran takes every opportunity to be close, resulting in quiet tension and longing. They navigate their evolving feelings, with Mo Ran openly expressing his desire to be with Chu Wanning, while the latter struggles with his emotions and uncertainties. Through shared glances and touch, the intensity of their bond becomes undeniable, culminating in a passionate night where they both confront their desires and insecurities.Threats from the cultivation world loom, including the schemes of Xu Shuanglin and the potential calamity involving undead cultivators. Mo Ran grapples with the darkness of his past life as Taxian-jun while trying to protect Chu Wanning and his comrades. Their relationship undergoes various trials, with Chu Wanning offering steadfast support and Mo Ran seeking redemption and forgiveness for his past actions. This volume builds the emotional tension between Chu Wanning and Mo Ran against a backdrop of impending conflicts, highlighting their struggle to reconcile their pasts with their growing love.
The cultivators' journey to Mount Jiao begins with intimate moments between Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, followed by a chaotic departure marked by Xue Meng's frustration and Master Ma's commercial antics. Upon arrival, they face deadly trials, including swarming snakes and reanimated corpses, revealing Xu Shuanglin's manipulation. Nangong Si confronts his resurrected ancestor and ultimately sacrifices himself, while Mo Ran grapples with his past and the group discovers Nangong Liu alive.The situation intensifies as Xu Shuanglin attempts to resurrect Luo Fenghua, leading to revelations about his twisted past and motivations. After his defeat, Mo Ran faces Hua Binan's treachery and reveals his own Rufeng Sect lineage. He then encounters Taxian-jun, his past self, and battles him before seeking out Chu Wanning and Master Huaizui, only to find Huaizui dead. The discovery of a memory scroll leads Mo Ran into illusions that reveal Huaizui's guilt-ridden past and Chu Wanning's true origins.Mo Ran witnesses Huaizui's transformation from a vengeful child to a repentant monk and learns that Chu Wanning was created from a sacred tree, meant to replace Chu Lan. The illusions continue, showing Chu Wanning's kindness towards a young Mo Ran and leading to a confrontation where Huaizui demands Chu Wanning's spiritual core. The illusions further reveal Chu Wanning's warning to Huaizui from Taxian-jun's timeline and the harrowing recreation of their past life's forced intimacy, forcing both Mo Ran and Chu Wanning to confront their shared history and the complexities of their identities.
Volume 8
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Volume 9
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Volume 10
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Volume 11
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Lorem Ipsum
Chapter 1: This Venerable One Dies
Mo Ran, once known as Mo Weiyu, reflects on his life filled with ridicule, shame, and eventual tyranny as the emperor of the cultivation world.
A puppy gifted to Mo Ran grows old and dies, symbolizing the passage of time and Mo Ran's increasing disillusionment with life.
Mo Ran becomes the first emperor of the cultivation world, ruling with an iron fist, drowning the world in blood, and crushing opposition.
Mo Ran names the years of his reign with absurd titles like "Wang Ba: Tortoise," "Gua: Croak," and "Ji Ba: Cease Battle," highlighting his disregard for tradition and decorum.
After years of tyranny, a massive rebel army forms to overthrow Mo Ran, gathering at the foot of Sisheng Peak, where Mo Ran’s palace stands.
Xue Meng, a former disciple of the same sect as Mo Ran, is determined to save his imprisoned shizun, despite the fear and hesitation of the other leaders.
Xue Meng confronts Mo Ran in the palace, discovering that Mo Ran has already poisoned himself and is near death.
Mo Ran reveals that their shizun, whom Xue Meng desperately wants to save, has already been killed by Mo Ran due to a deep-seated grudge.
As Mo Ran lays dying, he tells Xue Meng that their shizun’s body is preserved in the Red Lotus Pavilion, urging him to go see it before it’s too late.
Xue Meng rushes to the pavilion, leaving Mo Ran to die alone. Mo Ran, wracked with pain, transports himself to the base of the Heaven-Piercing Tower to die in an unmarked grave.
The rebel army invades the palace, only to find it empty. Xue Meng discovers his shizun’s body has turned to ashes, and Mo Ran’s corpse lies cold before the Heaven-Piercing Tower.
Chapter 2: This Venerable One Lives
Mo Ran awakens in a brothel, confused and disoriented, recalling his death and wondering why he is alive.
He realizes he has been reborn into his 16-year-old self, recognizing his surroundings as a familiar brothel near Sisheng Peak, where he spent much time in his youth.
Mo Ran discovers he is lying next to Rong Jiu, a former lover who had died of a sexually transmitted disease in his previous life.
Confirming his suspicion of rebirth, Mo Ran checks his reflection in a mirror and sees his younger self.
Rong Jiu attempts to seduce Mo Ran, but Mo Ran, now with the mind of his 32-year-old self, feels disgusted, remembering Rong Jiu's betrayal in his past life.
Mo Ran pretends to be affectionate, playing along to avoid suspicion, while secretly harboring resentment.
He contemplates harming Rong Jiu as revenge for past betrayals but stops himself, realizing he now has the chance to change his fate.
Mo Ran decides to let go of his old grudges, symbolically tossing a shard of broken porcelain out the window.
He steals all of Rong Jiu’s valuables, deciding not to pay him, and leaves the brothel.
As Mo Ran departs, he reflects on the new life ahead of him, filled with opportunities to avoid past mistakes, and anticipates reuniting with his uncle, aunt, cousin Xue Meng, shizun, and especially Shige.
Chapter 3: This Venerable One’s Shige
Mo Ran, newly reborn, checks if his cultivation powers have carried over but realizes they haven't. However, he remains confident in his ability to cultivate again.
He adjusts his demeanor to match that of a fifteen-year-old and begins his journey back to his sect at Sisheng Peak.
Along the way, Mo Ran stops in Wuchang Town, near Sisheng Peak, and enters a busy restaurant to eat. He orders several dishes, including bon bon chicken and spicy beef tripe.
While eating, Mo Ran overhears a storyteller recounting the history of Sisheng Peak, but he quickly loses interest since he's already familiar with the tale.
Outside the restaurant, Mo Ran notices a group of street performers with a caged creature they claim is a mythical pixiu, but he immediately recognizes it as a scam.
Despite the obvious scam, the performance draws a crowd of gullible onlookers, which amuses Mo Ran.
The crowd's attention is further captured by the arrival of a mysterious black-cloaked figure and a distressed woman on horseback. The woman identifies the "pixiu" as her son, revealing that the performers had abducted and disfigured children to pass them off as mythical creatures.
The black-cloaked figure attempts to reason with the performers, who respond by attacking them. Mo Ran recognizes the cloaked figure as a fellow disciple from Sisheng Peak but initially decides not to intervene, finding the sect's righteous tendencies annoying.
As the fight continues, Mo Ran loses interest and prepares to leave the restaurant. However, when he hears the black-cloaked figure's voice, he realizes it's his beloved Shi Mei.
Overcome with emotion, Mo Ran immediately rushes to help Shi Mei, knocking away the attackers with a powerful strike and kneeling beside Shi Mei, his voice trembling as he confirms their identity.
Chapter 4: This Venerable One’s Cousin
Shi Mei, despite his name, is a male disciple of Sisheng Peak. He was an orphan found by the sect leader, who named him Shi Mei, thinking it was a humble name that would bring an easier life.
Mo Ran is deeply affected upon seeing Shi Mei alive again, struggling to contain his emotions, as Shi Mei was someone he had cherished and loved deeply in his past life.
Shi Mei, oblivious to Mo Ran's inner turmoil, gently scolds Mo Ran for wanting to fight the cultivators, emphasizing his preference for reasoning and forgiveness.
The group of rogue cultivators, after being bested by Mo Ran, pleads for mercy, and Shi Mei orders them to apologize to the woman whose children they had abducted.
Mo Ran helps Shi Mei onto a horse, and they ride back to Sisheng Peak together, with Mo Ran feeling elated at the unexpected reunion with Shi Mei, reinforcing his belief that they are meant to be together.
As they arrive at the foot of Sisheng Peak, they encounter Xue Meng, Mo Ran's younger cousin, who is impatiently waiting for Mo Ran's return.
Xue Meng, a proud and talented youth, is dressed in full armor, displaying his haughty and flamboyant nature, which Mo Ran finds both amusing and annoying.
A flashback reveals the tense relationship between Mo Ran and Xue Meng. Mo Ran, an illegitimate child, was initially looked down upon by Xue Meng, who was praised as a prodigy and the "darling of the heavens."
Despite Xue Meng's disdain, Mo Ran's natural talent quickly surpassed Xue Meng's, creating jealousy and tension between the cousins.
As they exchange insults, Xue Meng expresses his disdain for Mo Ran, calling him a "dog rolling in the mud," while Mo Ran mocks Xue Meng for his flashy appearance and behavior.
Shi Mei, feeling awkward, tries to diffuse the tension, asking Xue Meng why he was waiting outside. Xue Meng reveals he was waiting specifically for Mo Ran, surprising him and leaving Mo Ran momentarily speechless.
Chapter 5: This Venerable One Isn’t a Thief
Mo Ran and Xue Meng arrive at Loyalty Hall, where Mo Ran discovers that Rong Jiu, the man he previously robbed, has come to Sisheng Peak to complain.
Rong Jiu, weeping dramatically, is comforted by a burly man named Chang Da, who accuses Mo Ran of stealing Rong Jiu's money.
Madam Wang, the lady of Sisheng Peak, is clearly uncomfortable and unsure how to handle the situation without her husband's presence.
Mo Ran denies the accusations, claiming he doesn't know Rong Jiu or Chang Da, and questions why he would need to steal.
Chang Da lists the stolen items and demands that Mo Ran be searched. Mo Ran challenges Chang Da, saying that if nothing is found, Chang Da must crawl away from Sisheng Peak as an apology.
Despite his hesitation, Chang Da orders the search, but they find nothing on Mo Ran.
Xue Meng, fed up with the situation, angrily steps in, breaking Chang Da's finger and ordering the pair to leave Sisheng Peak.
As they leave, Xue Meng remains suspicious of Mo Ran and demands an explanation. Mo Ran maintains his innocence, but Xue Meng doesn’t believe him.
Xue Meng uses a spiritual technique to reveal the stolen items hidden by Mo Ran using Sisheng Peak's concealing technique, confirming Mo Ran's guilt.
Mo Ran tries to downplay the situation, but Xue Meng reprimands him, highlighting that Mo Ran's actions violate sect rules.
Mo Ran’s confidence fades as he remembers the strict elder at Sisheng Peak who would not tolerate his behavior. He tries to escape before the elder can find out.
Mo Ran runs away, fearing the severe punishment he would face if caught by the elder, knowing that he is not yet powerful enough to defend himself.
Chapter 6: This Venerable One’s Shizun
Xue Meng catches Mo Ran using his knowledge of Sisheng Peak's shortcuts and drags him to the backwoods, where the barrier between the mortal realm and the ghost realm is ruptured.
Mo Ran realizes why Madam Wang was in the main hall instead of someone else—Chu Wanning, his shizun, is busy repairing the barrier.
The backwoods are filled with evil spirits as a large breach in the barrier opens, and Chu Wanning is seen fighting off ghosts and repairing the barrier with his immense spiritual power.
Chu Wanning’s appearance and strength evoke a mix of fear, resentment, and twisted excitement in Mo Ran, who recalls their past life where Chu Wanning was his most formidable opponent.
Chu Wanning quickly assesses that Mo Ran is causing trouble and asks for an explanation, with Xue Meng reporting Mo Ran’s crimes of theft and debauchery.
Chu Wanning coldly disciplines Mo Ran by whipping his cheek with Tianwen, a holy weapon disguised as a willow vine, drawing blood.
Mo Ran tries to lie and deny the accusations, but Chu Wanning uses Tianwen to bind and interrogate him, forcing the truth out through intense pain.
Mo Ran confesses to both theft and debauchery, unable to withstand Tianwen’s interrogation, leaving him exhausted and humiliated.
Chu Wanning orders Mo Ran to be taken to Yanluo Hall for penance and to be publicly punished on the Platform of Sin and Virtue before the entire sect at dawn, shocking Xue Meng.
Mo Ran harbors deep hatred for Chu Wanning, recalling how he had begged Chu Wanning to save Shi Mei in their past life, only to be ignored.
Mo Ran's thoughts of revenge against Chu Wanning slip out while under Tianwen's influence, revealing his desire to humiliate and violate his shizun.
Chu Wanning, stunned by Mo Ran's thoughts, withdraws Tianwen and leaves, stating that he needs to fix the "broken" holy weapon, leaving Mo Ran dreading his potential demise.
Xue Meng is left confused, while Mo Ran, terrified and in despair, realizes he may have sealed his own fate with his earlier thoughts.
Chapter 7: This Venerable One Likes Wontons
The setting is Sisheng Peak, a newly established cultivation sect with unusual and sometimes humorous names for its locations and facilities, reflecting its humble origins.
Mo Ran is brought to the Platform of Sin and Virtue to be punished publicly for his crimes of theft, debauchery, and deception. He is to receive eighty strikes, copy the sect rules one hundred times, and spend a month in confinement.
Despite the serious charges, many disciples plead for leniency on Mo Ran's behalf, citing fabricated stories of his kindness and virtue, hoping to gain favor.
Chu Wanning, Mo Ran's shizun, listens to the pleas but uses his holy weapon, Tianwen, to interrogate the disciples, exposing their lies. Each lying disciple is punished with ten strikes, plus an extra lash from Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran, punished and in pain, reflects on his situation while lying on his bed, feeling resentful toward Chu Wanning but comforted by the presence of Shi Mei, who visits him with handmade wontons.
Shi Mei’s gentle care and the familiar taste of his wontons deeply move Mo Ran, reminding him of his past life and his promise to protect Shi Mei in this one.
Mo Ran reminisces about a time in his previous life when Chu Wanning tried to make wontons for him after Shi Mei's death, which Mo Ran perceived as an insult, leading to a confrontation.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran feeling a mix of tender affection for Shi Mei and deep resentment toward Chu Wanning, vowing to challenge Chu Wanning in this lifetime.
Chapter 8: This Venerable One Gets Punished
Mo Ran spent three days bedridden, recovering from his punishment, only to be summoned to the Red Lotus Pavilion for manual labor as part of his penance.
The Red Lotus Pavilion, known among the disciples as "Red Lotus Hell" or the "Pavilion of Broken Legs," is Chu Wanning's residence, infamous for being a dangerous place where few leave unscathed.
Despite advice from a sympathetic junior to avoid further punishment by faking continued illness, Mo Ran decides to face Chu Wanning rather than risk another encounter with the terrifying holy weapon, Tianwen.
Upon arriving at the pavilion, Mo Ran is struck by the lavish and pristine surroundings, which he finds excessive and irritating, though he grudgingly acknowledges Chu Wanning's genius in cultivation and mechanical engineering.
Inside the pavilion, Mo Ran finds the room in complete disarray, filled with blueprints, mechanical parts, and sawdust. Chu Wanning is busy working on a project, the "Holy Night Guardian," an automaton designed to protect common folk from demonic incursions.
Chu Wanning instructs Mo Ran to clean the chaotic room. Mo Ran is shocked by the extent of the mess, especially since Chu Wanning hasn’t cleaned in a year.
After half a day of cleaning, Mo Ran is exhausted and frustrated, particularly by the mountain of laundry Chu Wanning has left unwashed for months.
They take a break for lunch at Mengpo Hall, where Chu Wanning sits alone in a corner as usual, with no one daring to approach him.
Mo Ran joins him and intentionally annoys Chu Wanning by loudly eating ribs and tossing bones into Chu Wanning's bowl. Chu Wanning, disgusted and furious, leaves the meal early, abandoning his food.
Back at the Red Lotus Pavilion, Chu Wanning assigns Mo Ran the daunting task of wiping down and cataloging every book in the pavilion’s extensive library before the next morning, effectively trapping Mo Ran there overnight and ruining his plans to meet Shi Mei.
Frustrated and resentful, Mo Ran contemplates burning all of Chu Wanning’s books but then begins scheming an even more malicious plan.
Chapter 9: This Venerable One Is Not an Actor
Mo Ran finds himself cleaning and cataloging books in Chu Wanning’s library, which is filled with dry and tedious material.
Bored and mischievous, Mo Ran begins doodling explicit images in several of the books, thinking Chu Wanning will never discover them among the thousands of volumes.
Mo Ran is so absorbed in his antics that he doesn’t notice Shi Mei arriving. Shi Mei, surprised by the state of the library, offers to help Mo Ran and brings him dinner, consisting of a variety of dishes.
Mo Ran, overjoyed by Shi Mei's visit, devours the meal and feels comforted by Shi Mei's presence, even allowing Shi Mei to change his bandages.
As they talk, Mo Ran expresses his determination to protect Shi Mei from any harm, including from Chu Wanning.
Shi Mei offers to help Mo Ran with the task of cataloging, but before they can start, Chu Wanning unexpectedly arrives, catching them off guard.
Chu Wanning reprimands them for breaking the rules, especially targeting Shi Mei for sneaking into the Red Lotus Pavilion. Despite their attempts to explain, Chu Wanning coldly instructs Shi Mei to copy the sect rules ten times as punishment and leaves.
Mo Ran is left to finish the task alone. After completing his work late into the night, he discovers Chu Wanning asleep, surrounded by mechanical parts.
Mo Ran observes Chu Wanning's vulnerable state while asleep and is momentarily confused by Chu Wanning's earlier anger.
Amused by the situation, Mo Ran decides to play a prank on the sleeping Chu Wanning, slapping the air near his face as a form of mock punishment.
Chu Wanning suddenly wakes up and catches Mo Ran in the act, asking what he is doing.
Panicking, Mo Ran quickly fabricates an excuse, claiming he was killing mosquitoes for Chu Wanning, trying to avoid further punishment.
Chapter 10: This Venerable One Goes on His First Mission
Mo Ran manages to avoid punishment after his prank on Chu Wanning and heads back to his room to rest.
The next day, after morning classes, Mo Ran enjoys breakfast with Shi Mei and Xue Meng. Xue Meng mockingly comments on Mo Ran’s survival after visiting the Red Lotus Pavilion, leading to their usual bickering.
Shi Mei attempts to mediate between Mo Ran and Xue Meng, while also expressing sympathy for Chu Wanning, who often eats alone in silence, isolated by his intimidating presence.
Mo Ran dismisses Shi Mei’s concern, mocking Chu Wanning’s temper, though he internally acknowledges Chu Wanning’s loneliness.
Mo Ran’s period of confinement ends, and he is summoned by Madam Wang, who informs him that it’s time for him to take on his first exorcism mission.
Mo Ran is excited to learn that the mission involves going to Butterfly Town, a place he remembers from his past life where he had an intimate moment with Shi Mei under the influence of a demonic poison.
Madam Wang warns Mo Ran to be careful during the mission, emphasizing the importance of his safety. Mo Ran dismisses her concerns, eager to start the mission.
Mo Ran invites Shi Mei to join the mission, and the two report to Chu Wanning. The three set off on horseback for Butterfly Town.
Upon arrival, they witness a ghost marriage procession, a local tradition where the deceased are symbolically married. Chu Wanning explains the practice and its significance.
The group proceeds to meet their client, Landlord Chen, who explains the terrifying events plaguing his family since they unearthed a red coffin during construction.
Landlord Chen describes how each of his sons has met with misfortune or death, leaving only his youngest son alive but terrified for his life.
Chu Wanning questions the family about the events and learns that a mysterious ancestral tablet with the name of their youngest son, Chen Yanji, has appeared in their shrine. The tablet seems to predict who will die next, causing panic within the family.
The chapter ends with Chu Wanning showing great interest in the mysterious tablet and asking Madam Chen if the inscription, "A living member of the Chen-Sun clan," refers to her, hinting at a deeper mystery.
Chapter 11: This Venerable One Is Gonna Smooch, Rejoice!
Madam Chen, terrified, denies writing on the memorial tablet and insists she wouldn’t curse her own child. Chu Wanning suggests that she may have done it unknowingly in her sleep.
Chu Wanning channels his spiritual energy into the memorial tablet, causing blood to ooze from it, and the spirit inside to scream as the writing fades. He crushes the tablet in his hand, shattering it completely.
Chu Wanning instructs the Chen family to stay in the courtyard and warns Madam Chen to stay awake, as the spirit could possess her if she falls asleep. He reassures her that her son is safe "for now" and states that the demon must be captured.
Madam Chen-Yao offers to guide the group to the site where the red coffin was exhumed. They head to the northern mountains where the overgrown and silent area gives way to a clearing marked by a grave-sealing rock.
Chu Wanning destroys the rock with Tianwen, revealing a twelve-foot-tall wooden coffin that bursts from the ground, radiating strong demonic energy.
The coffin lid opens, revealing the naked corpse of Madam Chen-Yao’s husband, who should have been buried at the ancestral grave. She is devastated and confused by the sight of his undressed body in the red coffin.
Mo Ran, recalling his past life, begins analyzing the situation, noting the lack of decomposition in the corpse, the absence of demonic energy, and the persistent fragrance of the Hundred Butterfly Fragrance on the body.
Chu Wanning agrees with Mo Ran's observations but remains silent as Mo Ran continues to explain. Mo Ran eventually jokes about Chu Wanning’s brevity in speech and asks for praise, which Chu Wanning acknowledges with a simple "Mn."
Suddenly, the fragrance thickens, and a dense white fog envelops the area, marking the onset of an illusory realm. Madam Chen-Yao’s scream is cut off as she vanishes into the fog.
Chu Wanning places a tracking enchantment on Mo Ran’s forehead before heading off to investigate, leaving Mo Ran alone in the fog.
As the fog disperses, Mo Ran finds himself in an intricate and elegant garden, an illusory realm similar to one he encountered in his past life.
Mo Ran recalls how, in his previous life, he kissed Shi Mei for the first and only time within this illusion. Determined to not let the opportunity slip away this time, he resolves to find Shi Mei and get his fill of smooches.
Chapter 12: This Venerable One Kissed the Wrong Person... WTF...
Mo Ran wanders the illusory realm, growing increasingly agitated due to the strong scent of Hundred Butterfly Fragrance, which heightens emotions and drives him to seek out water from a spring.
Remembering his past life, where he had kissed Shi Mei after drinking the spring water, Mo Ran eagerly seeks out the spring again, drinks from it, and starts feeling the same effects.
Just as he’s about to lose consciousness, someone pulls him out of the water. Believing it to be Shi Mei, Mo Ran eagerly kisses the person who rescued him, driven by the potion’s effects and his own desires.
Mo Ran aggressively kisses and undresses the person, but something feels off. The person suddenly retaliates with a burst of spiritual energy, throwing Mo Ran aside and revealing a furious Chu Wanning, not Shi Mei.
Chu Wanning, enraged, lashes Mo Ran with Tianwen, leaving him bloodied and realizing he had made a huge mistake.
As Mo Ran recovers from the beating, he notices that Chu Wanning looks disheveled and alluring, triggering unwanted memories of their entanglements from the past life.
Chu Wanning, visibly upset but composed, orders Mo Ran to keep the incident a secret and explains that the illusion makes people see the person they most want to see.
Mo Ran, horrified by the realization that he might have kissed Chu Wanning in his previous life as well, follows Chu Wanning as they investigate a noise ahead in the illusory realm.
The two arrive at a brightly lit manor where a wedding banquet is being held. To their shock, the guests are faceless, adding to the eerie atmosphere of the illusion.
Chapter 13: This Venerable One’s Bride
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning discover a group of faceless ghosts at a wedding banquet. They hide as a procession of corpses, led by a golden boy and jade maiden, arrives at the manor. The procession includes Shi Mei and Madam Chen-Yao, who appear unconscious.
Chu Wanning warns Mo Ran not to act hastily and reveals that a barrier surrounds the courtyard. They join the procession, following the golden boy and jade maiden into the courtyard.
Inside, the corpses are paired up as brides and grooms. Mo Ran and Chu Wanning follow the process, trying to avoid detection.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning enter side rooms where they are dressed in wedding attire. Mo Ran receives a secret communication from Chu Wanning through a haitang blossom, explaining that the ghost mistress of ceremonies, who delights in conducting ghost weddings, created the illusory realm.
Chu Wanning tells Mo Ran to follow the golden boy and jade maiden and assures him that Shi Mei is safe.
After changing into wedding clothes, Mo Ran realizes he might be paired with Chu Wanning for the ceremony. He switches places in line with Madam Chen-Yao, hoping to be paired with Shi Mei.
Meanwhile, Chu Wanning also switches places with Shi Mei, intending to protect him from potential danger.
As Chu Wanning reaches the end of the corridor, a ghost attendant mistakenly addresses him as a "lady" and covers his face with a red veil, preparing him for the ceremony.
Chapter 14: This Venerable One Gets Married
Chu Wanning, with a red veil over his face, is led by a ghost attendant to the reception pavilion. Mo Ran, expecting to see Shi Mei, is shocked to find Chu Wanning standing across from him as the “bride.”
The golden boy and jade maiden begin a ghostly wedding ceremony, reciting a ghastly verse. Mo Ran struggles to hold back laughter at the situation, while Chu Wanning suppresses his anger.
The ceremony proceeds, and Mo Ran is instructed to lift Chu Wanning's veil with a fan. As he does so, he notices Chu Wanning's fierce glare, but also a fleeting moment of attraction and confusion.
Mo Ran reflects on his past life, recalling the three terrible acts he committed against Chu Wanning: murder, humiliation, and a deeply regrettable act. These memories haunt him, but he tries to focus on the present.
The ceremony continues with the cleansing rite, where Mo Ran and Chu Wanning wash each other’s hands. Chu Wanning, annoyed, pours water on Mo Ran’s sleeve, but Mo Ran, lost in memories, barely reacts.
The ceremony moves to the meat-sharing and winecup-crossing rites. Chu Wanning is visibly angry but continues to follow through with the ritual.
During the ritual bowing, Chu Wanning surprisingly kneels down, completing the required bows to heaven and earth, parents, and each other. They accidentally bump heads while bowing, adding to the awkwardness.
The jiefa rite follows, where Chu Wanning and Mo Ran cut locks of each other’s hair to symbolize their union. Mo Ran worries about Chu Wanning using the hair for revenge but complies.
The ceremony concludes, but the official announces the "auspicious hour" and instructs them to enter the bridal chamber. Mo Ran panics, realizing the gravity of the situation, and contemplates fleeing the marriage, fearing Chu Wanning's wrath if they consummate anything.
Chapter 15: This Venerable One’s First Time Seeing This Kind of Wedding Night Unveiling
Mo Ran contemplates fleeing the wedding but decides against it, considering Shi Mei's presence. He is frustrated with the ghost mistress of ceremonies for being overly diligent in overseeing the wedding night.
The golden boy and jade maiden guide Mo Ran and Chu Wanning to a large scarlet coffin, which is meant to serve as their "bridal chamber." Mo Ran realizes that the wedding night ritual involves being sealed in the coffin together, not an actual consummation.
Chu Wanning enters the coffin first, followed by Mo Ran, who has to squeeze into the limited space, causing irritation between the two. The golden boy and jade maiden seal them inside the coffin after singing an eerie elegy.
Inside the coffin, Chu Wanning erects a soundproofing barrier to ensure privacy. The two bicker over space, with Chu Wanning demanding Mo Ran to move over multiple times.
The coffin is lifted and carried by the ghostly procession, swaying with each step. Mo Ran is concerned about Shi Mei and Madam Chen-Yao, who are likely in a similar situation, but Chu Wanning reassures him.
Chu Wanning explains that the ghost procession is likely heading to the temple outside of town, where the ghost mistress of ceremonies will appear to draw "merits" from the newlywed couples. He also mentions that the Chen family may be hiding something from them.
Mo Ran asks about the red coffin and the deaths in the Chen family, but Chu Wanning is unsure, suspecting that the family may have hidden information. He explains the difference between deities and gods, implying that the ghost mistress might have acted at the behest of someone, possibly not alive.
The coffin suddenly tilts, causing Mo Ran to fall into Chu Wanning's chest. Mo Ran is immediately reminded of Chu Wanning's familiar scent, which triggers memories and intense feelings within him, causing a physical reaction.
Chapter 16: This Venerable One Is Stunned
Mo Ran finds himself in a highly uncomfortable and compromising situation, trapped in a coffin with Chu Wanning. The familiar scent of Chu Wanning triggers memories of their past life, stirring up intense and conflicting emotions within Mo Ran.
Despite his urges, Mo Ran tries to maintain control and repeatedly apologizes to Chu Wanning as the coffin continues to shake, causing him to roll into Chu Wanning's arms multiple times.
Chu Wanning eventually uses his arm to block Mo Ran from hitting the coffin walls again, ensuring Mo Ran’s comfort without making direct contact.
The coffin is carried through Butterfly Town, and Chu Wanning speculates that they are being taken to the temple outside of town, where the ghost mistress of ceremonies will likely appear to draw "merits" from the newlywed couples.
Mo Ran notices a difference between the scent of the Hundred Butterfly Fragrance and the incense burned in the illusory realm and realizes that the scent in the temple is not the same as the one in Chen-gongzi’s coffin.
As they arrive at the temple, the ghost mistress of ceremonies descends from the altar, displaying a graceful yet eerie appearance. It begins to bless the corpses inside the coffins, granting them posthumous marriages.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning watch as the ghost mistress officiates a ghost marriage, and the corpses inside the first opened coffin begin to engage in an indecent display of affection.
Mo Ran is stunned by the spectacle, shocked that even in death, the corpses can be so vigorous in their actions.
Chapter 17: This Venerable One’s Shizun Got Injured; This Venerable One Really...
Mo Ran is initially amused by the absurdity of the ghost mistress of ceremonies, who, with just a wave of her hand, could make even dead bodies engage in sexual acts, increasing her power by feeding off the "merits" from these ghost marriages.
Chu Wanning, embarrassed and disgusted by the scene, tries to shield Mo Ran from the sight and sounds, but Mo Ran insists on observing the ghost mistress’s capabilities, albeit with a teasing attitude.
The ghost mistress, hungry for more power, prepares to compel all the corpses in the coffins to engage in similar acts simultaneously, alarming Mo Ran as Shi Mei is trapped in one of the coffins.
As the ghost mistress senses something off in the coffin containing Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, she attacks, piercing the coffin with her claws and injuring Chu Wanning as he shields Mo Ran with his body.
Chu Wanning endures the excruciating pain in silence, preventing the ghost mistress from realizing they are still alive. After ensuring the ghost mistress is convinced, he prepares to strike back.
Chu Wanning bursts out of the coffin, snapping the ghost mistress’s neck with Tianwen, revealing her true form as a celestial spirit. Mo Ran assists by striking the ghost mistress with his hidden blade.
The battle escalates as the ghost mistress summons hordes of golden boys, jade maidens, and undead corpses to attack them. Mo Ran and Chu Wanning fend off the onslaught, with Mo Ran desperately searching for Shi Mei among the crowd.
Despite the overwhelming numbers, Mo Ran eventually spots Shi Mei and Madam Chen-Yao among the corpses. Chu Wanning instructs Mo Ran to rescue them while he prepares to unleash a powerful attack using Tianwen to destroy the ghost mistress and the surrounding area.
As Chu Wanning can only use one arm due to his injury, he warns Mo Ran to retreat quickly, as he plans to destroy everything in the vicinity to ensure the ghost mistress is vanquished.
Chapter 18: This Venerable One Once Begged You
Chu Wanning prepares to unleash the full power of Tianwen's wide-range killing technique, known as Wind, which obliterates everything within its range. Mo Ran, knowing the devastation that Wind can cause, buys Chu Wanning time by using the last of his exorcism talismans before taking Shi Mei and Mistress Chen to safety.
Despite the searing pain from his injury, Chu Wanning activates Wind, generating a massive golden vortex that pulls in and destroys everything within its reach, including the ghost mistress, corpses, and nearby objects.
Once the storm subsides, Chu Wanning is left standing alone in a desolate wasteland, surrounded by shattered bones and debris. He remains composed despite his injuries and walks over to check on his disciples.
Mo Ran, holding Shi Mei in his arms, is reminded of a traumatic memory from his past life, when Shi Mei died in his arms while Chu Wanning refused to help. The memory triggers intense emotions of hatred and vengeance in Mo Ran, but he suppresses them upon seeing Chu Wanning's injury.
Shi Mei regains consciousness, much to Mo Ran's relief. Chu Wanning administers a poison-cleansing pill to Shi Mei and instructs Mo Ran to take both Shi Mei and Mistress Chen back to the Chen Manor. Chu Wanning himself heads back to the manor to confront the Chen family.
Upon arriving at the Chen Manor, Chu Wanning finds Madam Chen possessed and attacking her family. Despite his severe injuries, Chu Wanning traps Madam Chen inside a barrier and questions Landlord Chen about the identity of the ghost possessing his wife. Landlord Chen denies knowing anything.
Chu Wanning uses Tianwen to interrogate the ghost possessing Madam Chen, forcing the spirit to manifest in a barrier with Chu Wanning. The ghost fire travels along Tianwen to Chu Wanning, revealing the ghost’s form: a young girl of about seventeen or eighteen, who appears before Chu Wanning in a beam of white light.
Chapter 19: This Venerable One Will Tell You a Story
The chapter begins with Chu Wanning using the Restoration Barrier to communicate with the spirit of a young girl, Luo Xianxian. Within this barrier, the spirit regains the character and appearance she had in life.
Luo Xianxian, initially confused and disoriented, slowly recalls that she is dead. Chu Wanning asks if she has any grievances, to which she responds tearfully, questioning if he is there to bring her justice.
Luo Xianxian reveals that she was once a resident of Butterfly Town, the daughter of a scholar who had passed away from tuberculosis. She was left alone after his death, with no relatives or place to go.
She explains that she was mistreated by the Chen family, who deceived her father and took his secret formula for fragrance, then forced her out of the town. Desperate and with nowhere else to turn, she ended her life.
Luo Xianxian recounts her life, starting from when she was five years old. She lived in Butterfly Town with her father and was neighbors with the Chen family, including Chen Bohuan, the eldest son.
One night, a young man, covered in blood and seemingly mentally disturbed, stumbled into her yard. Despite being frightened, Luo Xianxian gave him water.
The young man noticed a tangerine tree in the yard and, driven by a mix of anger and desperation, demanded that Luo Xianxian pick the tangerines for him, despite her refusal to steal from her neighbors.
The young man, growing increasingly aggressive, chopped down the tangerine tree, destroyed the fruits, and forced Luo Xianxian to eat them. Throughout the encounter, he displayed signs of deep-seated resentment and bitterness.
The young man, in a mix of rage and sorrow, revealed his hatred for "philanthropists, gentlemen, and heroes." He then fed Luo Xianxian tangerines piece by piece while humming a tune, before disappearing into the night, leaving her terrified and alone.
The chapter ends with the mess left behind by the young man, who seemed to have a tragic and tormented past, hinted at by his parting words: "There was a man from Linyi whose heart died at twenty."
Chapter 20: This Venerable One Will Tell You a Story (Pt. 2)
The next morning, the Chen family returned home to find their tangerine tree chopped down and its fruits scattered. They immediately blamed Luo Xianxian, believing she had stolen the tangerines and destroyed the tree out of jealousy.
Scholar Luo, Luo Xianxian’s father, confronted her and, despite her tearful denials, punished her severely, believing she had stolen and lied. Luo Xianxian was left to kneel outside without food as punishment.
That night, Chen Bohuan, the eldest son of the Chen family, secretly visited Luo Xianxian and gave her a mantou to eat, expressing sympathy and assuring her that he believed she didn’t steal anything. This marked the beginning of a close relationship between the two.
Some time later, news spread about a murder in a neighboring village, committed by a blood-soaked bandit who terrorized a family. The dates matched the night Luo Xianxian had met the lunatic, confirming her story and clearing her name.
With the misunderstanding resolved, the Chen and Luo families grew closer. Madam Chen, impressed by Luo Xianxian’s beauty and character, arranged an engagement between her and Chen Bohuan.
Time passed, and Scholar Luo eventually created the "Hundred Butterfly Fragrance," a scent that lasted for one hundred days. However, he refused to sell it, considering it beneath his dignity.
Madam Chen, however, saw the potential for profit and, after Scholar Luo’s death, pressured Luo Xianxian into giving her the formula. Luo Xianxian, believing in Madam Chen’s kindness, agreed and helped her interpret the formula.
Using the formula, the Chen family became wealthy and influential, moving into a large new home. Although Luo Xianxian lived with them, she was hidden from the public eye, and no one knew she was actually married to Chen Bohuan.
As the Chen family’s status rose, Madam Chen began to regret the engagement, finding Luo Xianxian too simple and dull. Her dissatisfaction grew, especially after Young Mistress Yao, a wealthy governor’s daughter, noticed and became interested in Chen Bohuan.
Chapter 21: This Venerable One Will Tell You a Story (Pt. 3)
Young Mistress Yao, captivated by Chen Bohuan, immediately pestered her father, the governor, to arrange a marriage with him. Since the wedding between Chen Bohuan and Luo Xianxian had been kept secret, the governor believed Chen was unmarried.
The governor proposed the marriage, which left Landlord Chen and Madam Chen in a panic. They regretted their previous decision to marry Chen Bohuan to Luo Xianxian and now saw an opportunity to elevate their family's status through a marriage with Young Mistress Yao.
Landlord Chen and Madam Chen argued about how to resolve the situation, with Madam Chen proposing to annul the marriage with Luo Xianxian by pretending it never happened and forcing her out of the house.
Landlord Chen hesitated, knowing their son was in love with Luo Xianxian, but Madam Chen assured him she would take care of it.
Madam Chen faked a grave illness, claiming to be possessed by a ghost. A priest was summoned, who falsely declared that someone within the family was cursing her. The accusation was subtly directed at Luo Xianxian.
The Chen brothers pressured Luo Xianxian to leave, citing their mother's "illness" as her fault. Though distressed, Luo Xianxian refused to leave.
The Chen brothers eventually resorted to violence, attacking and beating Luo Xianxian before throwing her out into the snow on a frigid night, threatening her not to return.
Luo Xianxian, beaten and alone, crawled through the snow to the temple of the ghost mistress, seeking refuge. In her despair, she knelt before the statue of the ghost mistress, lamenting her fate and the broken promises of her marriage.
As she froze, she recalled her wedding to Chen Bohuan and the love they once shared, realizing that no one would believe her if she claimed to be his wife. She longed for the comfort and protection he once offered but felt utterly abandoned.
Luo Xianxian died in the temple, her body found the next day by townspeople. Her last thoughts were of her love for Chen Bohuan and the injustice she suffered, pleading to the ghost mistress that she hadn't lied about her marriage.
Chapter 22: This Venerable One’s Shizun Is About to Get Angry
After hearing Luo Xianxian's tragic story, Chu Wanning was filled with rage and wanted to punish the Chen family. However, he restrained himself to continue listening to Luo Xianxian’s tale within the Restoration Barrier.
Luo Xianxian's spirit encountered a lady resembling the ghost mistress after her death. This figure offered to unite Luo with Chen Bohuan in death, but Luo Xianxian refused, not wanting to harm him. The ghost mistress then advised her to visit the living world on the seventh day to reassess her feelings.
On the seventh day, Luo Xianxian’s spirit returned to Chen Manor and discovered the house festively decorated for Chen Bohuan’s engagement to Young Mistress Yao. She realized that Chen Bohuan was preparing to marry someone else, breaking his promise to her.
Overwhelmed by the betrayal, Luo Xianxian witnessed Chen Bohuan, now gaunt and exhausted, preparing for the proposal. She tried to reach out to him, but he could not see her. She then overheard the Chen brothers discussing their mother’s deception and felt deep betrayal and sorrow.
Consumed by hatred and despair, Luo Xianxian returned to the ghost mistress’s temple and begged to become a malicious ghost to seek vengeance on the Chen family. The ghost mistress granted her wish, turning her into a vengeful spirit.
Luo Xianxian, controlled by the ghost mistress, went on to possess Madam Chen and murder the Chen family. Chen Bohuan was buried in the red coffin to fulfill Luo Xianxian’s wish to be buried with him, and the coffin was placed where his new house was to be built as a curse.
Chu Wanning deduced that the paper ghost bride in the illusory realm was intended to serve as Luo Xianxian’s corporeal form, as only she could be buried with Chen Bohuan. Luo Xianxian’s spirit had scattered when Chu Wanning opened the coffin, causing the shift in the coffin’s energy.
Inside the Restoration Barrier, Luo Xianxian, now free of her maliciousness, tearfully confessed that she never wanted to harm anyone, including Chen Bohuan. She pleaded with Chu Wanning to believe that she was innocent and had never lied.
Moved by her sorrow, Chu Wanning assured her that he believed her, which brought her some comfort. He then ended the Restoration Barrier.
Outside the barrier, Chu Wanning confronted the Chen family, particularly Landlord Chen and the youngest son, demanding to know if they still denied recognizing the voice that had possessed Madam Chen.
Chapter 23: This Venerable One Couldn’t Stop Him
Landlord Chen and his youngest son attempted to deny any knowledge of Luo Xianxian, but Chu Wanning saw through their lies and confronted them with intense anger.
Chu Wanning's harsh interrogation and threatening demeanor frightened the Chen family, particularly Landlord Chen, who eventually confessed his actions.
Chu Wanning lashed out at Landlord Chen with Tianwen, disgusted by his lies and manipulative behavior. Landlord Chen tried to defend himself by claiming they had no choice due to their fear of offending the governor’s daughter.
Landlord Chen attempted to manipulate Chu Wanning by invoking the reputation of Sisheng Peak, demanding protection as a client. Chu Wanning, however, was unfazed and returned the payment, showing that he was not bound by their manipulations.
Chu Wanning's whipping of Landlord Chen shocked Mo Ran and Shi Mei, who tried to intervene. Mo Ran was particularly alarmed by Chu Wanning's disregard for the sect's rules and the severity of his actions.
Despite the interventions, Chu Wanning's anger led him to continue lashing Landlord Chen. Shi Mei, moved by pity, tried to protect the old man, but ended up being struck by Tianwen himself, resulting in a deep gash on his face.
The situation escalated as Shi Mei was injured, and Mo Ran was left torn between stopping Chu Wanning and his concern for Shi Mei's well-being.
Chapter 24: This Venerable One Declares a Cold War
Chu Wanning lashed out at Landlord Chen but stopped when Shi Mei, injured by Tianwen, pleaded for mercy.
Mo Ran was furious at Chu Wanning for Shi Mei’s injury, and they had a tense confrontation.
Chu Wanning was silent and didn’t apologize for injuring Shi Mei, creating a rift between him and Mo Ran.
Landlord Chen thanked Shi Mei, portraying him as the savior while Chu Wanning was seen as the villain.
Chu Wanning instructed the Chen family to atone by honoring Luo Xianxian and correcting the claims about the Hundred Butterfly Fragrance.
Chu Wanning and his disciples stayed at an inn for the night due to their injuries and to ensure no lingering spirits caused further harm.
Mo Ran was reminded of the wedding robes he and Shi Mei were still wearing from the ghost wedding, leading to an awkward moment.
Chu Wanning removed his wedding robes in a dramatic display, ripping them apart with spiritual energy.
Once alone, Chu Wanning treated his severely injured shoulder in silence, struggling with the pain.
Chu Wanning found a brocade pouch containing the locks of hair from the ghost wedding and wrestled with his feelings for Mo Ran.
Mo Ran knocked on Chu Wanning’s door, interrupting his self-reproach and intensifying the emotional tension.
Chapter 25: This Venerable One Really Can’t Stand Him!
Chu Wanning, despite his initial reluctance, allowed Mo Ran into his room after a day of cold silence between them.
Mo Ran noticed Chu Wanning's poorly bandaged wound and offered to help, feeling conflicted emotions toward his shizun.
Mo Ran apologized for his earlier outburst at the Chen Manor, but Chu Wanning, feeling wronged, remained distant and silent.
Despite his irritation, Chu Wanning eventually allowed Mo Ran to rebandage his wound, though the atmosphere remained tense.
Mo Ran questioned Chu Wanning about his actions at the Chen Manor, to which Chu Wanning replied simply that he was angry. Mo Ran criticized Chu Wanning's approach, which further strained their relationship.
The conversation grew tense as Mo Ran insisted Chu Wanning should apologize to Shi Mei for accidentally hurting him. Chu Wanning, stubborn and feeling cornered, refused and ordered Mo Ran to leave.
Mo Ran, frustrated with Chu Wanning's inability to apologize, stormed out and went to check on Shi Mei instead.
After a brief conversation with Shi Mei, where Mo Ran expressed his annoyance with Chu Wanning's temper, he decided to cook a meal for Shi Mei in the inn’s kitchen.
Mo Ran spent several hours preparing a meal, but when it was time to invite others to eat, he deliberately chose not to call Chu Wanning, still holding a grudge against his shizun.
Chapter 26: This Venerable One’s First Meeting With Him
Mo Ran initially didn't invite Chu Wanning to join him and Shi Mei for the meal he prepared but eventually did so out of respect for his shizun’s position.
The meal consisted of handmade noodle soup with a rich broth that Mo Ran had simmered for hours, specifically tailored to Shi Mei’s love for spicy food.
While Shi Mei enjoyed the meal, Chu Wanning was visibly displeased, criticizing the soup for being too spicy and unpalatable, and ultimately left the table without eating.
Mo Ran, who knew Chu Wanning couldn’t tolerate spicy food but had forgotten in the moment, felt frustrated and embarrassed by Chu Wanning's harsh critique.
Chu Wanning returned to his room, lying down and feeling weak due to his injuries and lack of food, but his mind was preoccupied with memories of his first meeting with Mo Ran.
The memory flashback to their first encounter:
Chu Wanning was preoccupied with examining a weapon he was forging when the elders discussed Mo Ran’s arrival at Sisheng Peak.
Mo Ran, who had recently been saved by the sect leader, was brought to the Heaven-Piercing Tower, where all the elders had gathered for him to choose a teacher.
Despite Chu Wanning’s formidable reputation and aloofness, Mo Ran boldly and immediately chose him as his teacher, surprising everyone.
This encounter left a lasting impression on Chu Wanning, though he didn’t show it at the time. Mo Ran’s lively and direct nature starkly contrasted with Chu Wanning’s cold demeanor, setting the stage for their complex future relationship.
Chapter 27: This Venerable One Will Make You a Bowl of Noodles
Chu Wanning was caught off guard when Mo Ran suddenly approached him, grabbing his wrist and asking if he could be his disciple. Chu Wanning was visibly flustered, unaccustomed to such boldness and familiarity.
Despite Chu Wanning's immediate rejection, Mo Ran persisted, stating that he liked Chu Wanning the most based on appearance alone and wanted him as a teacher. This left Chu Wanning confused and somewhat unsettled.
When asked why he chose Chu Wanning, Mo Ran responded that Chu Wanning seemed the gentlest and most easygoing of the elders—a statement that baffled both Chu Wanning and the other elders, given Chu Wanning’s reputation for being anything but gentle.
After the incident, Chu Wanning retreated to his room, where he struggled with hunger, pain, and confusion over Mo Ran’s behavior. He tried to rest but was haunted by memories of his first encounter with Mo Ran and the unexpected connection that had formed.
Mo Ran, feeling guilty about Chu Wanning’s injury, brought him a bowl of plain noodles that he had the inn’s cook prepare. He ensured it wasn’t spicy and contained none of the ingredients Chu Wanning disliked. Mo Ran left the room after delivering the meal, leaving Chu Wanning to eat in silence.
Despite being famished, Chu Wanning hesitated for a long time before finally eating the now-cold noodles, reflecting on the complex emotions and interactions between him and Mo Ran.
The group returned to Sisheng Peak, passing through Butterfly Town, where the locals gossiped about the Chen family’s scandal. Shi Mei noticed that the townspeople were rebuilding the temple and expressed concern about the potential dangers of another ghost deity forming.
Upon returning to Sisheng Peak, Chu Wanning instructed his disciples to report to Loyalty Hall while he went to the Discipline Court to receive punishment for his actions during the mission.
The Jielü Elder, who was responsible for enforcing discipline, was shocked by Chu Wanning’s insistence on receiving the full punishment for his transgression. He attempted to dismiss the matter, but Chu Wanning remained adamant, kneeling in front of the hall and demanding the punishment be carried out according to the rules.
Chapter 28: This Venerable One’s Mind Is a Bit of a Mess
The news of Chu Wanning being punished for breaking the rules spread quickly throughout the sect, causing concern and disbelief among the disciples.
Xue Meng was particularly distressed upon hearing that his shizun was enduring two hundred strikes and rushed to the Discipline Court to intervene, only to find Chu Wanning already in the midst of his punishment.
Chu Wanning, kneeling with his back straight, insisted on receiving the full punishment without any leniency, despite being injured and bleeding heavily.
The Jielü Elder, tasked with administering the punishment, was conflicted but continued as Chu Wanning requested, leading to a scene of intense physical and emotional strain.
Xue Meng, unable to bear seeing his shizun suffer, attempted to intervene but was blocked by a barrier created by Chu Wanning, who sternly ordered him to leave.
Xue Meng, Mo Ran, and Shi Mei all knelt outside the hall in silent support of Chu Wanning, showing their devotion despite being powerless to stop the punishment.
After the two hundred strikes were finally completed, the barrier was removed, and Xue Meng rushed to Chu Wanning's side, furiously confronting the Jielü Elder for not holding back, while Mo Ran was shocked by the extent of Chu Wanning's injuries.
Mo Ran experienced a surge of conflicting emotions, including anger, loathing, and confusion, as he struggled with his complicated feelings toward Chu Wanning, ultimately choosing not to follow him and Xue Meng as they left.
Shi Mei suggested they go after Chu Wanning, but Mo Ran declined, feeling that he couldn't help and that his presence would only add to the chaos, leaving him with a troubled and conflicted mind.
Chapter 29: This Venerable One Doesn’t Want You to Die
Mo Ran lay awake in bed, his thoughts consumed by memories of Chu Wanning, unable to sleep as he reflected on his complex feelings toward his shizun.
He recalled his first impression of Chu Wanning, admiring his gentle and focused demeanor under a flowering tree at Sisheng Peak, but this admiration soon turned to resentment due to Chu Wanning's harsh treatment.
Mo Ran had once sought Chu Wanning's approval and respect, but his efforts were met with indifference, leading him to harbor deep-seated resentment and hatred toward his shizun.
As Mo Ran’s resentment grew, he provoked Chu Wanning to garner his attention, but Chu Wanning remained cold and unresponsive, never giving him the recognition he desperately sought.
In his previous life, after becoming Emperor Taxian-jun, Mo Ran had exacted his revenge by tormenting Chu Wanning, draining his blood slowly as part of a cruel execution during his coronation ceremony.
Despite his desire for revenge, Mo Ran was unsettled when Chu Wanning, on the verge of death, showed a hint of pity and regret, apologizing to Mo Ran and leaving him conflicted.
In a fit of rage and confusion, Mo Ran decided he didn’t want Chu Wanning to die and rushed to save him, taking him to the Red Lotus Pavilion to heal him, realizing that his hatred was tied to Chu Wanning’s existence.
Back in the present, unable to sleep, Mo Ran decided to visit Chu Wanning, who was kneeling in Yanluo Hall as part of his punishment.
Mo Ran watched Chu Wanning from outside the hall, feeling conflicted and unsure of why he had come, but he couldn’t bring himself to leave.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran standing outside the window all night, watching Chu Wanning kneel in silence, both of them separated by the red lattice window and the unspoken distance between them.
Chapter 30: This Venerable One Doesn’t Want to Eat Tofu
The news of Chu Wanning’s punishment spread quickly among the disciples at Sisheng Peak, with exaggerated rumors about his harsh treatment and the two hundred strikes he endured.
During morning classes, the disciples gossiped about the event, much to Xue Meng's frustration, as he couldn’t stop the chattering despite his irritation.
Mo Ran, exhausted from staying up all night, was berated by Xue Meng, leading to a petty argument between the two.
After three days of kneeling in reflection, Chu Wanning began his three-month confinement at Sisheng Peak, during which he was assigned menial tasks, including chores at Mengpo Hall.
The Mengpo Hall supervisor was nervous about having Chu Wanning perform such tasks but assigned him to wash vegetables.
Chu Wanning, unaware of the expectations around his status, diligently washed cabbages at a small stream, causing passing disciples to be shocked at the sight.
Despite his effort, Chu Wanning took too long, and by the time he returned, the cabbages were no longer needed for the meal, leading to a frustrated inquiry about why he was asked to wash them.
The supervisor, flustered, suggested Chu Wanning make tofu and cabbage stew, which Chu Wanning agreed to, despite not being very skilled in cooking.
When the disciples arrived for their meal, they were horrified to find that the tofu and cabbage stew Chu Wanning made was unappetizing and resembled an inedible black mass.
None of the disciples dared to ask for Chu Wanning’s stew, and they respectfully greeted him with nervousness but avoided his dish entirely.
Feeling disheartened, Chu Wanning noticed that despite his efforts, no one wanted to eat what he had prepared.
When Xue Meng, Mo Ran, and Shi Mei arrived, Xue Meng cheerfully greeted Chu Wanning and asked about his condition, only for Chu Wanning to unexpectedly ask Xue Meng if he wanted to eat his tofu, leaving Xue Meng speechless.
Chapter 31: This Venerable One’s Uncle
Xue Meng, eager to impress his shizun, requested three servings of the charred tofu Chu Wanning prepared, promising to eat it all without wasting any.
Mo Ran, feeling competitive, requested six servings of the tofu to outdo Xue Meng, despite his initial hesitation.
Shi Mei, not wanting to be left out, also asked for three servings, leading to all three disciples suffering from food poisoning the next day.
On the second day, the Jielü Elder suggested that Chu Wanning help with sweeping and polishing the pillars of Naihe Bridge instead of assisting at Mengpo Hall.
Chu Wanning diligently completed his tasks, but as it began to rain, he created a barrier over Naihe Bridge to shield the disciples returning from classes.
The disciples mistakenly credited the Xuanji Elder for the barrier, praising him as they passed by, unaware it was Chu Wanning’s doing.
Mo Ran, observing Chu Wanning from the bridge, recognized the barrier as Chu Wanning's work and tossed his umbrella to Chu Wanning, asking him to use a spell to protect him as well.
Chu Wanning created a barrier for Mo Ran, who humorously misidentified the flower patterns on it, which Chu Wanning corrected before leaving.
The rain continued for four days, and when it cleared, Xue Zhengyong, the master of Sisheng Peak and Xue Meng’s father, returned after more than two months away.
Xue Zhengyong’s arrival was bold and unannounced, and he immediately began bantering with his family, showcasing his unique fan with the phrases “Xue is Beautiful” and “Others are Ugly.”
Mo Ran and Xue Meng assisted Madam Wang in preparing medicine for Chu Wanning, and Mo Ran, seeking to avoid further questions about Chu Wanning’s punishment, volunteered to deliver the medicine himself.
Xue Zhengyong engaged in a bout of mutual flattery with Xue Meng, discussing various disciples from other sects, including Mei Hanxue from Kunlun Taxue Palace, before turning his attention to his wife, Madam Wang.
Mo Ran, seizing the opportunity, left the couple to their reunion and took the medicine to the Red Lotus Pavilion, where he discovered Chu Wanning bathing in the lotus pond along with the silhouettes of two other people.
Chapter 32: This Venerable One Will Baby You a Bit; Will That Do?
Mo Ran was shocked and enraged when he discovered Chu Wanning bathing in the lotus pond with what appeared to be two other figures. Overcome with jealousy and confusion, he rushed into the pond, only to find that the two figures were automatons, not people.
The automatons were performing the Flower Spirit Sacrifice technique, healing Chu Wanning's wounds. Mo Ran's abrupt intrusion disrupted the spiritual array, causing Chu Wanning's wounds to worsen dramatically.
Mo Ran quickly acted to stop the damage, but Chu Wanning's condition deteriorated rapidly, bleeding heavily as the wounds reopened. Mo Ran carried the unconscious Chu Wanning back to his room, panicking at the sight of his severe injuries.
Mo Ran treated Chu Wanning's wounds, cutting away the infected flesh and applying medicine, all while cursing him for his stubbornness and pride. Despite his harsh words, Mo Ran couldn't help but care for Chu Wanning, recalling their complicated past.
After dressing Chu Wanning's wounds and ensuring he was comfortable, Mo Ran attempted to feed him medicine, but Chu Wanning, still unconscious, struggled to swallow it.
Mo Ran, frustrated yet concerned, stayed by Chu Wanning's side through the night, even though he tried to convince himself not to care. He eventually fell asleep holding Chu Wanning, comforting him through his feverish tossing and turning.
In his sleep, Mo Ran's emotions from his past life resurfaced, blurring the line between hatred and longing. He held Chu Wanning tenderly, mumbling comforting words and calling him by his name.
The next morning, Chu Wanning woke up to find Mo Ran lying next to him, startled and confused. Mo Ran, still half-asleep, murmured nonsensical requests and even kissed Chu Wanning's lips before asking to hold him a little longer, leaving Chu Wanning speechless.
Chapter 33: This Venerable One Is Off to Fetch His Weapon
Chu Wanning was stunned when Mo Ran, half-asleep, kissed him and muttered affectionately. Though Chu Wanning wanted to reprimand him, he was too flustered to speak and instead buried his face in the quilt, overwhelmed with a mix of emotions.
Once composed, Chu Wanning dressed and calmly woke Mo Ran, instructing him to attend morning classes. Mo Ran, confused about how he ended up in Chu Wanning's bed, was relieved to escape without further questioning.
Xue Zhengyong learned of Chu Wanning's punishment and was furious, but his wife, Madam Wang, calmed him down. She prepared medicine for Chu Wanning, which Xue Zhengyong delivered to him at Naihe Bridge.
Xue Zhengyong expressed concern over Chu Wanning's strictness with Mo Ran, fearing Chu Wanning might look down on his nephew due to his difficult upbringing. Chu Wanning reassured him that he did not judge Mo Ran's background and was committed to his role as a teacher.
Chu Wanning's three months of confinement ended, and he gathered his disciples to inform them that they would journey to Dawning Peak to summon their own weapons, a significant milestone in their cultivation.
Chu Wanning explained the legend of Jincheng Lake at Dawning Peak, where mythical beasts would offer a weapon to those who could successfully thaw the lake's surface with their spiritual power.
Xue Meng was excited at the prospect, asking Chu Wanning about his experience. Chu Wanning shared that a kunpeng had brought him a weapon after asking for a simple meat bun, though he warned that not all requests from mythical beasts were so easy to fulfill.
Chu Wanning hinted at a darker memory associated with Jincheng Lake, recalling a disappointing display of heartlessness he had witnessed there. He reflected on the rarity of people who could resist the temptation of power to stay true to their principles.
To shift the conversation, Xue Meng asked about Chu Wanning's experience with his holy weapons, to which Chu Wanning, slightly irritated, responded that he possessed three, leaving his disciples curious about each one's story.
Chapter 34: This Venerable One Falls Out of Favor
Chu Wanning revealed to his disciples that he possessed three holy weapons, but preferred not to use the other two. This revelation stirred different reactions in his disciples: Xue Meng was in awe, Mo Ran was contemplative, and Shi Mei seemed fascinated.
Xue Meng expressed a desire to see Chu Wanning’s other weapons, but Chu Wanning stated that Tianwen was sufficient and hinted at the danger and responsibility of using the other weapons.
Shi Mei expressed doubts about his ability to summon a weapon at Dawning Peak, fearing embarrassment. Chu Wanning reassured him, stating that fights were not Shi Mei’s strength and that it was okay to refuse challenges.
The group set off on a journey to Dawning Peak. Along the way, they stopped at Dai City, a bustling and affluent place in the upper cultivation realm.
At the inn, the group faced a shortage of rooms and had to share. Mo Ran wanted to room with Shi Mei, but Xue Meng resisted, leading to playful bickering. Chu Wanning ultimately decided that Xue Meng would room with him, leaving Mo Ran visibly displeased.
Mo Ran’s frustration was rooted in his expectation that Chu Wanning would choose him, revealing his subconscious possessiveness and jealousy. This decision left Mo Ran feeling like a neglected stray pup, confused and angry over the unexpected choice.
Chapter 35: This Venerable One Slips
Mo Ran was lying in bed, listening through the thin walls to the sounds coming from the next room where Chu Wanning and Xue Meng were staying. He misinterpreted their conversation and the sounds he heard, becoming increasingly anxious and jealous.
Mo Ran heard Xue Meng mentioning something being tight and Chu Wanning groaning, which led him to jump to the wrong conclusion about what was happening.
Unable to contain his curiosity, Mo Ran knocked on their door and found out that they were simply changing Chu Wanning’s bandages, which had stuck to his wounds.
Embarrassed by his assumptions, Mo Ran tried to cover up his mistake when Shi Mei returned with passes to a hot spring.
Despite his reservations, Mo Ran joined the others at the hot spring, but he was anxious about being around Chu Wanning in such a vulnerable setting.
At the hot spring, Mo Ran became overwhelmed by Chu Wanning’s appearance, triggering memories of their past life. He struggled with his emotions, feeling guilty for his physical reaction.
Mo Ran tried to avoid Chu Wanning by sinking into the water, but when he resurfaced, he accidentally splashed water onto Chu Wanning’s face.
The situation became even more awkward when Mo Ran, trying to back away, slipped and fell into Chu Wanning’s arms.
Chapter 36: This Venerable One Has Probably Lost His Mind
Mo Ran accidentally fell into Chu Wanning’s arms in the hot spring, causing a surge of physical attraction and intense internal conflict.
The close contact made Mo Ran highly aware of his unresolved feelings and desires for Chu Wanning, leading to overwhelming embarrassment and confusion.
Chu Wanning, too, felt unsettled by the encounter, especially as he noticed Mo Ran’s reaction. He quickly distanced himself, but the situation left both of them rattled.
Mo Ran handed Chu Wanning a towel to wipe his face, but the tension between them only grew. Mo Ran tried to cover his discomfort by focusing on mundane tasks like choosing a fragrance bar for the bath.
Mo Ran’s thoughts became increasingly chaotic as memories of their past life together flooded back. He struggled to reconcile his intense physical reactions with his emotional attachment to Shi Mei.
Unable to control his urges, Mo Ran returned to his room and, overwhelmed with guilt and shame, tried to relieve himself while desperately thinking of Shi Mei instead of Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran was tormented by his uncontrollable attraction to Chu Wanning, despite his deep-seated feelings for Shi Mei.
Chu Wanning, lying in bed that night, also wrestled with his thoughts, unable to believe that Mo Ran might have feelings for him. He quickly dismissed the idea, considering it too far-fetched.
The next morning, both Mo Ran and Chu Wanning pretended nothing had happened, though they were both deeply affected by the previous night’s events.
As they prepared to climb Dawning Peak, Chu Wanning bought winter cloaks for his disciples. He was particularly careful in his choices, revealing a softer, more considerate side of himself.
Xue Meng was surprised to receive a cloak with purple trim, a color he disliked, but he accepted it without complaint.
The group finally reached the foot of Dawning Peak, where Mo Ran was flooded with memories of his past life, including his declaration of conquest and his ill-fated marriage to Song Qiutong.
Mo Ran was reminded of the disillusionment and emptiness of his past ambitions, realizing that his desires were ultimately unfulfilled fantasies.
As they began their ascent, Mo Ran offered to carry Shi Mei, recalling how he had carried his bride in his past life. Chu Wanning overheard and scolded Mo Ran for the offer, showing a flash of jealousy.
Mo Ran and Shi Mei exchanged a look, acknowledging Chu Wanning’s stern demeanor, with Mo Ran jokingly mouthing to Shi Mei that Chu Wanning was petty and heartless, only to be immediately rebuked by Chu Wanning.
Chapter 37: This Venerable One Meets a God
The group finally arrived at Dawning Peak, where they were greeted by the breathtaking sight of the snow-covered Jincheng Lake, illuminated by the full moon.
Xue Meng excitedly offered to go first in the attempt to break the ice and seek a weapon, but Chu Wanning deemed him too rash and declined his request.
Shi Mei volunteered to go first instead, but despite his best efforts, he was unable to break the ice, leaving him disappointed.
Next, it was Mo Ran's turn. Unlike his previous life, he approached the task with a sense of calm familiarity, knowing what awaited him.
Mo Ran summoned his blade, Bugui, from the depths of the lake. As expected, the lake’s ice shattered, and an enormous turquoise-black dragon emerged, holding a pitch-black blade in its jaws.
The dragon, however, did not immediately hand over the blade as it had in Mo Ran's past life. Instead, it seemed puzzled by Mo Ran’s soul, detecting two additional shadows within him and asking if Mo Ran was mortal, divine, or demonic.
Mo Ran assured the dragon he was human, albeit one who had been reborn. The dragon remained perplexed but agreed to give Mo Ran the blade after peering into his soul.
When the dragon used its technique, it revealed the presence of two distinct figures within Mo Ran's soul: Shi Mei and Chu Wanning. This revelation stunned Mo Ran, leaving him confused and disturbed.
Before Mo Ran could process this discovery, the surface of Jincheng Lake split apart, and a herd of ox-headed beasts emerged. They were soon followed by the arrival of Gouchen the Exalted, the legendary god of weaponry.
Gouchen, appearing as a man with a pleasant demeanor, acknowledged Mo Ran’s rare spiritual power and invited him to the bottom of the lake to select a weapon better suited to him than Bugui.
Mo Ran, shocked by the unexpected opportunity, hesitated but then agreed, asking Gouchen to also grant Shi Mei a weapon if he successfully completed the task.
Gouchen agreed and lifted the barrier, inviting all three disciples to join him. As they approached, Gouchen recognized Chu Wanning, leading to a moment of surprise and curiosity on his part.
Chapter 38: This Venerable One Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea
Gouchen the Exalted recognized Chu Wanning from his previous visit to Jincheng Lake, recalling the purity and depth of his spiritual strength. Chu Wanning confirmed his satisfaction with the weapon Tianwen and mentioned his other weapon, Jiuge, which he rarely used due to its chilling temperament.
Gouchen instructed the old dragon, Wangyue, to return to the depths while Chu Wanning cast water-repelling charms on his disciples. The group then entered the freezing waters of Jincheng Lake, where they could move as easily as on land, revealing a vast underwater world.
The lake bottom was a vibrant and bustling city, filled with various creatures and spirits living in harmony. The group marveled at the strange sights, including a rabbit spirit riding a tiger, among other unusual scenes.
Gouchen led the group through the city's marketplace, where they saw vendors selling all sorts of exotic goods, from fish-blood mantou to squid ink brow-filler. The group also encountered a fuban, a rare creature extinct in the outside world, gathering rocks obsessively.
Gouchen took the group to his residence, an expansive courtyard behind a large seashell. The residence was filled with merfolk servants, as it was shared with Wangyue, the old dragon and crown prince of the eastern seas.
The group reached a massive, ancient weeping willow at the heart of the courtyard. The tree was over a hundred thousand years old and had cultivated into a spirit. Xue Meng accidentally plucked a leaf from the tree, causing it to bleed, but Gouchen used his spiritual energy to heal the tree.
The entrance to the holy weapon arsenal was inside the hollow of the ancient willow. Gouchen dispelled the barriers guarding the entrance and led the group inside, noting that the arsenal might be small and messy.
As the group prepared to enter the arsenal, Chu Wanning instinctively took the lead, reminding Mo Ran of how his shizun always positioned himself at the vanguard during missions. This behavior, which Mo Ran once saw as arrogance, now seemed to hint at something deeper.
Chapter 39: This Venerable One Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea
The group entered the hollow of the ancient tree and descended a narrow passage to reach the arsenal of holy weapons. Contrary to Gouchen’s description, the arsenal was vast, filled with countless magnificent weapons, and towered shelves that seemed to stretch endlessly into the sky.
Gouchen encouraged Xue Meng and Shi Mei to choose any weapon they liked, while he focused on helping Mo Ran find a suitable weapon. However, none of the weapons they tried resonated with Mo Ran.
Gouchen then summoned a fox spirit named Ji Baihua, who brought a mysterious golden brocade box called Ever-Yearning. Ji Baihua explained that the box could only be opened by one person who was destined to be the most important in Mo Ran’s life, someone he deeply loved and who loved him in return.
Mo Ran, confident that Shi Mei was the one, offered the box to him. However, nothing happened when Shi Mei touched the box, leaving Mo Ran confused and concerned.
Suddenly, Chu Wanning, without gloves and unaware of the box's significance, took Ever-Yearning from Shi Mei. The box responded to Chu Wanning’s touch, and the yin-yang koi design on the box came to life, unlocking it.
To Mo Ran’s shock, the box contained a glowing willow vine that resembled Tianwen, Chu Wanning's holy weapon. The revelation left Mo Ran questioning everything, as he struggled to understand how Chu Wanning could be the one destined to open the box, challenging his beliefs about who he truly cared for.
Chapter 40: This Venerable One Cannot Believe This—What the Hell?
Mo Ran discovers that the weapon inside Ever-Yearning is a golden willow vine identical to Chu Wanning's Tianwen. Both vines, though originally one, are now two distinct weapons.
Gouchen the Exalted explains that these willow vines are part of the five supreme holy weapons, representing the wood element. The original wood elemental weapon split in two during its creation, leading to the existence of two identical weapons, each meant to be wielded by a spiritual essence of wood.
When Mo Ran inadvertently names his new weapon "Ah! What the Hell?!" due to his surprise, the name becomes permanently inscribed on the weapon.
Despite Mo Ran’s embarrassment over the name, Xue Meng and Shi Mei choose their own weapons—a longsword and a short flute, respectively—though neither weapon immediately submits to them.
The group returns to Gouchen’s estate for a banquet, where they indulge in food and drink. Mo Ran, tipsy, reflects on the strangeness of Chu Wanning being the one to open Ever-Yearning, struggling to reconcile his feelings for his shizun.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning have a sparring match with their willow vines, Jiangui and Tianwen. Although Mo Ran has never used a willow vine before, he performs admirably, though he’s ultimately exhausted and overwhelmed by Chu Wanning's skill.
Later that night, Mo Ran falls asleep while examining Jiangui. He wakes up in an unfamiliar stone room, his wrist cut and bleeding. The room is dark, damp, and confined, leaving Mo Ran disoriented and alarmed.
Chapter 41: This Venerable One Kisses the Wrong Person Again...
Mo Ran awakens in a small, plain stone cell with three walls and bars emitting a magical red light. His hands and feet are shackled, and his spiritual powers are suppressed. Two merfolk enter the cell, ignoring Mo Ran’s demands for answers and placing a figure wrapped in red fox fur next to him on the bed.
The merfolk imply that the person next to Mo Ran is someone he likes, leading Mo Ran to believe it might be Shi Mei. They leave, leaving Mo Ran in silence, his mind racing with conflicted emotions.
Mo Ran's anxiety turns to horror as the figure begins to stir. To his shock, it’s not Shi Mei, but Chu Wanning, who seems to be under some kind of spell or control. Mo Ran is conflicted, both aroused and filled with rage at the sight of Chu Wanning, who appears to have been violated.
Overcome with a mix of emotions, Mo Ran questions who could have done this to Chu Wanning, his possessiveness and anger blinding him to the reality of the situation.
As Chu Wanning, under the influence of the spell, leans in to kiss Mo Ran, he is overwhelmed by the situation. However, just as things escalate, Mo Ran hears someone calling his name.
The real Chu Wanning appears outside the cell, holding a cursed talisman, revealing that the Chu Wanning in the cell is actually a corpse under the control of a forbidden technique, the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
Chu Wanning frees Mo Ran from the cell and explains that the Gouchen they met is an imposter who uses illusions and the Zhenlong Chess Formation to control others. He also reassures Mo Ran that Shi Mei and Xue Meng are safe, though they were also drugged and imprisoned elsewhere.
The Zhenlong Chess Formation is a powerful forbidden technique that uses living and dead beings as chess pieces, controlling them from a distance. The technique, combined with the illusion magic from a Qingqiu fox fur artifact, created the convincing illusion that led Mo Ran to mistake the corpse for Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran, still shaken, asks Chu Wanning how he realized Gouchen was a fake.
Chapter 42: This Venerable One Is a Little Uneasy
Chu Wanning explains how he knew Gouchen was an imposter: He mentions that a true god would use living beings, not the dead. Additionally, the fake Gouchen couldn’t detect that Chu Wanning possessed two holy weapons, which raised his suspicions.
Mo Ran's confusion: Mo Ran is puzzled as to how the fake Gouchen could create holy weapons. Chu Wanning clarifies that the origin of the weapons in Jincheng Lake is unknown, and the weapons given to Xue Meng and Shi Mei were fake. However, Jiangui, Mo Ran’s weapon, is real.
The impostor's goal: Chu Wanning reveals that the fake Gouchen’s ultimate target is Mo Ran, not just the acquisition of holy weapons. He speculates that this might be related to the willow tree in the courtyard, which could be one of the three heavenly willow branches Gouchen brought to the mortal realm.
Escape from the dungeon: Chu Wanning and Mo Ran make their way out of the dungeon, passing through a path that leads to the courtyard where a giant willow tree stands. There, they find three coffins, one empty, and the other three containing the bodies of Chu Wanning, Shi Mei, and Xue Meng.
The coffin's purpose: Chu Wanning explains that the coffins are designed to drain the cultivation of those inside to nourish the giant willow tree. He reveals that the bodies in the coffins are actually those of demons, whom he defeated while pretending to be unconscious.
Searching for Shi Mei and Xue Meng: Chu Wanning and Mo Ran set out to find the others, but they are not at the agreed meeting place. Chu Wanning uses a tracking spell to locate them, leading them to the marketplace they visited earlier.
Realization of the illusion: As they enter the marketplace, Mo Ran notices that everything looks exactly as it did the previous day, down to the actions and words of the market’s inhabitants. Chu Wanning confirms Mo Ran’s suspicion that the entire scene is an illusion, likely created by the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
The chilling truth: Chu Wanning points out that for the impostor to control everyone in the lake, they must all be dead. This realization sends a shiver through Mo Ran, as the implications of the situation become clear.
Chapter 43: This Venerable One Is a Sacrificial Offering?!
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning hear a shrill voice from behind them and see the fuban struggling under its heavy pile of rocks, heading towards the apothecary.
An elderly merman with a golden tail, different from the one seen before, removes the rocks from the fuban’s back, causing the fuban to explode into blood, which diffuses into the water.
The illusion of the market shatters, revealing that all the monsters and creatures were dead, their bodies now decaying and filling the water with a miasma of blood, obscuring visibility.
Despite the dire situation, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran stay close, holding hands as they summon their holy weapons, Tianwen and Jiangui.
They notice white spots of light on the ground where the fuban's rocks had been. The elderly merman gestures for them to pick one rock each, which they do, triggering a teleportation spell that transports them back to the arsenal of holy weapons.
Reunited with Xue Meng and Shi Mei, who were also teleported there, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran exchange greetings. Chu Wanning, feeling nauseous from the teleportation, holds Mo Ran’s hand throughout the ordeal.
Mo Ran immediately lets go of Chu Wanning’s hand upon seeing Shi Mei, causing Chu Wanning to feel a pang of disappointment, though he hides it well.
A disfigured figure emerges from the crucible pool in the arsenal, bound by chains and badly mutilated. The figure, unable to speak, uses a wave of molten metal to form ancient Cangjie script in the air, asking for help.
Chu Wanning translates the message, revealing that the figure is the spirit of the Heart-Pluck Willow, which was brought to Jincheng Lake by the real Gouchen the Exalted. The willow tree has been under the control of the fake Gouchen, who slaughtered everything in the lake and used the Zhenlong Chess Formation to control their remains.
The Heart-Pluck Willow explains that it was able to regain temporary consciousness due to the awakening of Tianwen and Jiangui. It reveals that the fake Gouchen’s goal is to extend the willow’s life by offering Mo Ran, a spiritual essence of wood, as a sacrificial offering.
Mo Ran learns that he was chosen because the younger the sacrificial offering, the better. The offering must be sated in their desires and taken without awareness to prevent resentful energy from accelerating the willow’s withering.
Mo Ran realizes that the fake Gouchen used the fox spirit monster, disguised as Chu Wanning, to satiate his desires as part of the sacrificial ritual.
Chu Wanning, misunderstanding Mo Ran’s embarrassed reaction, scolds him for being "shameless," unaware of the specifics of Mo Ran's thoughts.
The chapter ends with the arsenal of holy weapons shaking violently, prompting Xue Meng to yell in alarm as they brace for whatever is coming next.
Chapter 44: This Venerable One Doesn’t Want to Owe You
The Heart-Pluck Willow, struggling to maintain control, signals to Chu Wanning that he is about to lose consciousness and urges them to destroy him quickly.
Despite Xue Meng’s warnings, Chu Wanning approaches the Heart-Pluck Willow, who uses his remaining strength to write on Chu Wanning's palm, advising them to draw lots, break the nightmare, and not lose sight of their hearts.
The Heart-Pluck Willow then collapses back into the crucible, and nine fiery pillars rise, releasing four tokens into the air. Chu Wanning cautions the group, taking the first token, but it is blank.
Mo Ran’s token, however, bears the word "blass," which Chu Wanning identifies as "blood hourglass," and a massive copper hourglass with thorny vines descends from the ceiling.
Chu Wanning orders Mo Ran to discard the token, but the token sticks to Mo Ran’s hand. Thorny vines shoot out, and Chu Wanning pushes Mo Ran out of the way, taking the brunt of the attack himself.
Mo Ran is stunned, recalling the many conflicting memories of Chu Wanning—both the cruel and the kind. Chu Wanning, gravely injured, insists on trading tokens with Mo Ran, but Mo Ran refuses, not wanting to owe him a favor.
As the vines attack again, Mo Ran shields Chu Wanning, taking the hit and being dragged to the copper hourglass, where he is bound to a cross.
The hourglass drains Mo Ran’s blood, and a holy weapon, Gouchen’s sword, stabs him in the chest, causing blood to fill the hourglass.
A powerful waterfall separates Mo Ran from the others, and Chu Wanning, desperate to reach him, repeatedly attempts to break through the barrier, despite his severe injuries.
Shi Mei and Xue Meng watch in distress as Chu Wanning weakens further, but his efforts are in vain. Suddenly, a sword slashes through the waterfall, and a voice declares itself as Gouchen the Exalted, accusing them of trespassing in his arsenal.
Chapter 45: This Venerable One Knew You Would Come
Xue Meng angrily reacts to the voice of Gouchen the Exalted, accusing them of trespassing. Shi Mei explains that the voice is a recorded message, manipulated by the fake Gouchen.
The voice of Gouchen continues, stating that they must undertake a trial to prove their virtue by resisting illusions. If they fail, Mo Ran will bleed out and die.
Chu Wanning, Shi Mei, and Xue Meng are forced into a dream illusion, leaving Mo Ran alone as the blood hourglass.
Mo Ran, slowly losing consciousness from blood loss, wonders who among them would wake up to save him. He doubts Xue Meng and Chu Wanning but hopes Shi Mei will remember him.
As Mo Ran nears unconsciousness, Shi Mei appears, crossing the burning ground to reach him, determined to save him despite the pain.
Unbeknownst to Mo Ran, it's actually Chu Wanning in Shi Mei’s body due to the Heart-Pluck Willow's magic, which switched their consciousnesses.
Chu Wanning struggles to climb the thorny vine to reach Mo Ran, enduring pain and injuries, but Mo Ran believes it is Shi Mei making the sacrifice.
Chu Wanning, in Shi Mei’s body, manages to reach Mo Ran and pulls the sword from his chest, freeing him from the hourglass.
As Mo Ran collapses, he confesses his feelings for Shi Mei, not realizing it’s actually Chu Wanning, who responds with a soft, ambiguous "Me too" before Mo Ran loses consciousness.
Chapter 46: This Venerable One Awakens
Mo Ran wakes up inside the holy weapon arsenal, unharmed despite the previous life-threatening events. He discovers that the injuries he suffered were part of a nightmare and that none of them had real wounds.
Overjoyed, Mo Ran checks on Shi Mei, who also awakens unharmed. Mo Ran embraces Shi Mei, apologizing for making him suffer, but Shi Mei is confused and doesn't remember any pain, only a dream about his parents.
Xue Meng also wakes up and is initially disoriented, thinking he’s still in a dream. He realizes the reality when Mo Ran recounts the events, but all are surprised to find that Chu Wanning is still asleep.
Chu Wanning finally wakes up, but his gaze is distant and cold. He reaches out to Mo Ran, but upon seeing Mo Ran holding Shi Mei’s hand, his expression cools further.
Chu Wanning, suppressing his emotions, explains that the trial was likely Gouchen’s way of testing them and dismisses Shi Mei's confusion about rescuing Mo Ran as a wiped memory.
Chu Wanning reflects on his unrequited feelings for Mo Ran, realizing that Mo Ran's affection is solely for Shi Mei. He suppresses his emotions further, resigning himself to a life of solitude and emotional detachment.
Xue Meng suddenly notices the Heart-Pluck Willow reemerging from the crucible, controlled and wielding Gouchen’s sacred blade. Chu Wanning urgently orders them to flee.
As they attempt to escape, the Heart-Pluck Willow uses the Temptation of the Heart technique, whispering manipulative thoughts into their minds to sway them.
Xue Meng is lured by the promise of a powerful holy weapon, causing him to slow down and turn back toward the weapon. Mo Ran and Shi Mei try to stop him, but the voice in Xue Meng’s head grows more persuasive.
Just as Xue Meng is about to succumb to the temptation, he snaps out of it, grabs the Ancestral Sword, and uses it to stab the Heart-Pluck Willow, breaking the spell.
The Heart-Pluck Willow, regaining consciousness, silently thanks Xue Meng for stopping him before dissipating into millions of sparkles. The Ancestral Sword is also destroyed in the process.
As the holy weapon arsenal begins to collapse, Shi Mei calls out for them to leave quickly. Xue Meng discards the destroyed sword and exits the collapsing arsenal with the others, leaving the ruins behind.
Chapter 47: This Venerable One Feels Like Something Is Off
After escaping the holy weapon arsenal, Chu Wanning and his disciples rest in a corridor outside. Everyone is exhausted and injured, except Xue Meng, who seems deeply troubled and lost in thought.
Xue Meng approaches Chu Wanning, questioning if the holy weapon he chose was a fake. Overcome with emotion, he collapses into Chu Wanning's arms, devastated by the realization that he may never possess a holy weapon and achieve his ambitions in the cultivation world.
Chu Wanning comforts Xue Meng, gently telling him that he’s already great, but Xue Meng is crushed, knowing that without a holy weapon, his future in the cultivation world is bleak.
Mo Ran observes the scene with a heavy heart, reflecting on the emotional toll this journey has taken on all of them, especially Xue Meng, who must now face a future without the glory he once thought was assured.
As they leave the arsenal, they witness the Heart-Pluck Willow collapsing into the crucible, marking the end of the ancient tree spirit. The destruction of the holy weapon arsenal sets off a chain reaction, causing chaos in Jincheng Lake as the merfolk assume their original forms to survive the turmoil.
Mo Ran narrowly avoids being struck by a sea dragon’s tail. Suddenly, a massive black dragon named Wangyue appears, offering to ferry them to safety as the lake begins to collapse.
The group climbs onto Wangyue’s back, holding on tightly as the dragon soars out of the lake and into the sky. They eventually land safely on the shore of Jincheng Lake, where they witness the lake’s surface melting and the dragons within crumbling into dust as black chess pieces rise from the water.
Mo Ran realizes that the Zhenlong Chess Formation was controlling everything in the lake, and he grows increasingly uneasy, sensing that something is off about this timeline.
Wangyue, now in human form, reveals that he was the elderly merman who led them to the arsenal. He explains that he had no choice but to rely on them to overcome the Heart-Pluck Willow, as the fake Gouchen was using the tree spirit’s power to practice forbidden techniques.
Wangyue admits that while he was not fully controlled by the fake Gouchen, part of him was influenced, which is why he acted as he did. He reveals that the fake Gouchen lacked the strength to control living beings and had resorted to controlling the dead instead.
Chu Wanning suggests that the fake Gouchen might not have been able to take precautions against Wangyue because he didn’t have the strength to do so, hinting that there might be more to this mysterious figure than they initially thought.
Chapter 48: This Venerable One’s Old Dragon
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning realize that the fake Gouchen is not only an impostor but also a corpse controlled by a puppeteer. The true identity of the one behind the events remains hidden.
The fake Gouchen reappears in a grotesque, decaying state. He taunts Chu Wanning, refusing to reveal his true identity but hinting that he came back from the dead to take revenge on the righteous.
Chu Wanning identifies the fake Gouchen as a "white chess piece," a special type of puppet in the Zhenlong Chess Formation that can act independently but is still controlled by its master.
The fake Gouchen warns Chu Wanning that destroying the Heart-Pluck Willow won’t stop him, as he can find other sources of spiritual energy. He then fixates on Mo Ran with malice, implying that he is not the only one who knows the three forbidden techniques.
The fake Gouchen disintegrates as his spiritual energy is exhausted, leaving behind a jade-white chess piece that falls into Jincheng Lake.
With the Heart-Pluck Willow gone, Wangyue, who also relied on the ancient tree spirit’s energy, collapses and nears death.
Wangyue, in his final moments, recalls his duty to guard Jincheng Lake for millennia and the agreement he made with Gouchen the Exalted. He expresses his regret for being unable to see the world beyond the lake and makes a last request to Mo Ran to retrieve a branch of plum blossoms from the mountain, something he cherished in his youth.
Wangyue dies, and the characters reflect on the ancient dragon’s long life, his loyalty to Gouchen, and the demise of the holy weapons and merfolk of Jincheng Lake.
Mo Ran reflects on his past life, remembering the powerful long blade given to him by Wangyue. He feels a deep sense of regret, realizing that the original blade had likely been destroyed by the Heart-Pluck Willow before he could obtain it in this life.
The group returns to Sisheng Peak after resting in Dai City. Xue Meng, feeling ashamed and defeated, avoids telling his parents about his failure to obtain a holy weapon. Chu Wanning immerses himself in researching alternative ways to help Xue Meng.
Chu Wanning is plagued by questions about the fake Gouchen’s true identity, his motives, and the meaning behind the final words spoken by the white chess piece.
Despite his serious injury, Chu Wanning continues to research late into the night, ignoring Xue Zhengyong’s concerns about his health.
Exhausted, Chu Wanning falls asleep and dreams vividly. In the dream, he finds himself shackled in Loyalty Hall, unable to move. Mo Ran appears, but instead of helping, he approaches Chu Wanning with a disturbing smile, gripping his jaw and leaving the dream unresolved.
Chapter 49: This Venerable One’s Shizun Is Always So Mad
Chu Wanning experiences an intense and disturbing dream where an older, domineering version of Mo Ran forcefully kisses him and makes aggressive advances, leaving Chu Wanning shaken and unable to resist.
In the dream, Mo Ran taunts Chu Wanning, suggesting that he should offer himself to gain what he desires. Chu Wanning, overwhelmed by the unfamiliar and humiliating feelings, is unable to defend himself against Mo Ran’s advances.
As Mo Ran in the dream becomes more forceful, Chu Wanning’s body reacts against his will, further deepening his shock and disbelief. Despite his anger and horror, he is powerless to stop what is happening.
Just as the situation escalates, Chu Wanning suddenly awakens in the library of the Red Lotus Pavilion. Disoriented and still affected by the dream, he instinctively slaps the real Mo Ran, who had been trying to wake him.
Mo Ran, confused and hurt by the slap, questions why Chu Wanning is so angry, to which Chu Wanning, still flustered from the dream, harshly tells him to leave. However, Mo Ran informs him that it is already morning, and they are late for practice.
Embarrassed and unsettled, Chu Wanning quickly composes himself and heads to the Platform of Sin and Virtue with Mo Ran, where Xue Meng and Shi Mei have been waiting. He struggles internally with the lingering effects of the dream and the shame it brought him.
Upon arrival, Chu Wanning instructs Mo Ran and Shi Mei to spar, while he has a private conversation with Xue Meng. He reassures Xue Meng about his potential, despite the loss of the holy weapon at Jincheng Lake, and encourages him to prepare for the upcoming Spiritual Mountain Competition.
Xue Meng, feeling relieved and motivated by Chu Wanning’s confidence in him, vows to continue training hard. Chu Wanning’s words boost his spirits, restoring some of his lost confidence.
After easing Xue Meng’s worries, Chu Wanning approaches the practice field, only to be startled by something he sees as he turns the corner toward where Mo Ran and Shi Mei are sparring.
Chapter 50: This Venerable One Likes You
Chu Wanning, a lover of weapons, is outraged by the sight of Mo Ran misusing Jiangui, a holy weapon, by shrinking it to the size of a hair tie and using it in a childish game with Shi Mei.
Mo Ran ties Jiangui around Shi Mei's finger to test if it has the truth-extracting power of Tianwen. Despite Shi Mei's hesitation, he goes along with Mo Ran’s playful insistence.
Mo Ran, feeling uneasy after the events at Jincheng Lake, particularly about the box Ever-Yearning that Shi Mei couldn’t open, uses the opportunity to ask Shi Mei some questions.
Mo Ran starts with light questions, asking Shi Mei’s opinions on Xue Meng and Chu Wanning. Shi Mei admits that Xue Meng is a good person but tactless, and that Chu Wanning is a good but short-tempered teacher who had been kind to him when others were not.
Mo Ran, feeling insecure, dismisses Chu Wanning’s kindness towards Shi Mei as mere duty, and grows frustrated when Shi Mei speaks fondly of Chu Wanning, recalling a past incident where Chu Wanning had shared his umbrella with him in the rain, even though he got soaked himself.
When Mo Ran asks Shi Mei what he thinks of him, Shi Mei hesitates, and Jiangui’s power forces him to confess that he thinks Mo Ran is great. Mo Ran, touched and relieved, expresses his affection for Shi Mei, telling him that he is very fond of him and wants to make him happy.
As Mo Ran moves to touch Shi Mei, Chu Wanning, who has been secretly watching, strikes Mo Ran with Tianwen, furious at their distraction from training. He coldly rebukes Mo Ran, accusing him of slacking off and letting his success with Jiangui go to his head.
Chu Wanning orders Shi Mei to spar with him and tells Mo Ran to practice, warning him that if he can’t last at least ten moves against him later, he’ll be punished by copying the book of meditation techniques three hundred times. Mo Ran, knowing the difficulty of the task, feels resigned to his fate.
Chapter 51: This Venerable One’s Shizun... Pfft Ha Ha Ha
For three days, Chu Wanning is even more sullen and irritable than usual, avoiding Mo Ran and others, trying to suppress his complicated feelings, particularly his jealousy and longing.
Chu Wanning struggles internally with his feelings for Mo Ran, trying to convince himself that they are inappropriate and unnecessary, yet he can't shake them.
Time passes, and as the end of the year approaches, Chu Wanning returns to Sisheng Peak from dealing with monsters. He is uncomfortable with the cold as snow starts falling.
Upon entering Loyalty Hall to report to Xue Zhengyong, Chu Wanning unexpectedly encounters Mo Ran alone. The interaction makes Chu Wanning uncomfortable, especially recalling his recurring, vivid dreams about Mo Ran.
Mo Ran, unaware of Chu Wanning's inner turmoil, naturally dusts snow off Chu Wanning and tries to dry his hair, which causes Chu Wanning to feel even more conflicted and uneasy.
Chu Wanning dismisses Mo Ran’s concern, insists on taking care of himself, and leaves Loyalty Hall, feeling disturbed by Mo Ran's actions and their own complex dynamic.
Mo Ran tries to help Chu Wanning by offering him an umbrella when it starts snowing heavily, but Chu Wanning refuses, insisting he doesn’t need help.
In a display of frustration and pride, Chu Wanning uses his spiritual energy to create a barrier against the snow, showing off his power but also revealing his emotional turmoil.
Mo Ran realizes that Chu Wanning might have overheard his conversation with Shi Mei at the practice field, understanding that Chu Wanning is upset about it.
Chu Wanning, refusing to discuss the matter further, leaves Mo Ran behind, only to fall sick shortly after returning to the Red Lotus Pavilion, suffering from a cold and fever.
The next day, Chu Wanning wakes up feeling strange, only to realize with shock that he has physically shrunk, becoming much smaller than his usual self.
Chapter 52: This Venerable One Doesn’t Even Get an Appearance
Xue Zhengyong is practicing with his sword when he receives a message via a haitang blossom, instructing him to go to the Red Lotus Pavilion.
Upon arriving, Xue Zhengyong is shocked to find that Chu Wanning has been transformed into a five- or six-year-old child, likely due to a curse from the ancient willow vine that injured him at Jincheng Lake.
Xue Zhengyong finds the situation amusing and struggles to contain his laughter, much to Chu Wanning’s irritation.
Chu Wanning reluctantly agrees to let Xue Zhengyong fetch Madam Wang for help. Madam Wang examines Chu Wanning and suggests that the condition might be caused by a self-healing secretion from the willow vine, advising him to rest and see if his condition improves.
Chu Wanning decides to go into seclusion at the Red Lotus Pavilion, instructing Xue Zhengyong to look after his disciples in the meantime.
After three days with no change, Chu Wanning grows restless and decides to take a walk around Sisheng Peak to clear his mind.
While wandering, he encounters Xue Meng in the bamboo forest, where Xue Meng is practicing swordplay. Xue Meng, not recognizing Chu Wanning, orders him to leave, but Chu Wanning refuses.
Xue Meng becomes irritated and tries to scare Chu Wanning by launching bamboo spikes at him, but Chu Wanning effortlessly destroys them with a flick of a bamboo leaf, stunning Xue Meng.
Chu Wanning criticizes Xue Meng’s swordplay, instructing him to start over and follow the rhythm of the melody Chu Wanning plays on the leaf.
Despite his initial anger, Xue Meng eventually humbles himself and practices according to Chu Wanning’s instructions, finally mastering the maneuver after several attempts.
Xue Meng, impressed, asks Chu Wanning which elder’s disciple he is, and Chu Wanning claims to be a disciple of the Xuanji Elder.
Xue Meng dismissively refers to the Xuanji Elder as the "Rubbish King," but Chu Wanning takes it in stride, leading to a discussion about the nicknames the disciples have for the elders.
Chapter 53: This Venerable One’s Cousin Is Certainly Not Very Smart
Xue Meng explains to Chu Wanning (in his child form) that all the elders at Sisheng Peak have nicknames given by the disciples. He offers to take Chu Wanning for a late-night snack and explain more.
As they walk, Xue Meng asks Chu Wanning's name. Chu Wanning, in disguise, gives the name "Xia Sini," which Xue Meng fails to recognize as a pun meaning "Scare you to death."
Xue Meng, unaware of Chu Wanning's true identity, suggests that Chu Wanning should quit being Xuanji's disciple and become his junior under Chu Wanning, offering to ask his shizun to take him on.
Their conversation is interrupted when Mo Ran arrives, calling Xue Meng "Mengmeng" and teasing him. Mo Ran notices Chu Wanning and finds him oddly familiar, but Chu Wanning stays silent to avoid being recognized.
Xue Meng, annoyed, tells Mo Ran that Chu Wanning is his new friend and that they are going for a late-night snack. Mo Ran insists on joining them, much to Xue Meng’s annoyance.
The trio heads to Wuchang Town, where they choose a gudong soup joint for their meal. Xue Meng orders the food, assuming Chu Wanning can handle spicy food, but Chu Wanning quietly requests a twin pot (half-spicy, half-mild) since he can't handle spicy food.
Xue Meng questions Chu Wanning about his background and expresses surprise that someone so young is away from home. Mo Ran joins the conversation, pointing out that Chu Wanning shares a preference for non-spicy food with their shizun, Chu Wanning.
As they eat, Mo Ran and Xue Meng bicker playfully, with Mo Ran teasing Xue Meng about the pig brain he’s searching for in the soup. Chu Wanning watches them argue while enjoying his mild soup and sweet soy milk.
Mo Ran notices Chu Wanning's fondness for sweets and orders him more soy milk, commenting that Chu Wanning’s tastes are similar to their shizun's.
The conversation eventually returns to the topic of elder nicknames, and Chu Wanning (disguised as Xia Sini) casually asks what the disciples call the Yuheng Elder, eager to learn what they think of him.
Chapter 54: This Venerable One Squabbles Over Pastries
Xue Meng explains that their shizun, Chu Wanning, is the only one on Sisheng Peak without any nicknames because no one dares to joke about him. However, Mo Ran disagrees, saying that Chu Wanning actually has many nicknames, such as "Bai Wuchang," "Little Napa Cabbage," "Big Mantou," and "Little Widow," all because he only ever wears white.
Xue Meng becomes angry upon hearing these nicknames, while Chu Wanning, who is still disguised as a child, listens silently, barely managing to maintain his composure.
Mo Ran teases Xue Meng further by revealing that the female disciples have even more flowery nicknames for Chu Wanning, comparing him to various delicate and pure things, which leaves both Xue Meng and Chu Wanning speechless.
After their meal, Chu Wanning is escorted back to the Xuanji Elder’s quarters by Xue Meng and Mo Ran. Xue Meng asks if they can meet again at the bamboo forest, but Chu Wanning, unsure of when he'll return to his original form, only gives a noncommittal answer.
The next morning, Chu Wanning wakes up still in his child’s body and decides to visit Xue Zhengyong to discuss his condition. He admits that he’s been cultivating for over ten days with no change and asks for help.
Xue Zhengyong suggests asking the Tanlang Elder for assistance, despite Chu Wanning’s reluctance. After a brief confrontation, Tanlang confirms Madam Wang’s diagnosis that Chu Wanning's condition was caused by the ancient willow’s sap and could take years to reverse unless Chu Wanning refrains from using spiritual techniques.
Tanlang taunts Chu Wanning, offering to help if he begs properly, but Chu Wanning refuses with a biting remark, leaving in frustration.
Chu Wanning isolates himself in the Red Lotus Pavilion, claiming to be in seclusion. Meanwhile, the secret of his condition is kept among a few trusted individuals, and his disciples grow concerned about his prolonged absence.
Chu Wanning in his child form, now called Xia Sini, becomes a regular part of the group with Mo Ran, Xue Meng, and Shi Mei. They often share meals, during which Chu Wanning gets into a playful dispute with Mo Ran over pastries, showing a rare lighter side.
The light-hearted mood is shattered when a gathering whistle is heard across Sisheng Peak, signaling an emergency. The four disciples rush to the Loyalty Square, where the entire sect has assembled.
Xue Zhengyong appears with six stunning women, envoys of the feathered tribe from Zhuque, the land of immortals, signaling something serious and unexpected. The disciples are left stunned and anxious as they try to comprehend the significance of this event.
Chapter 55: This Venerable One Feels Uneasy
The feathered tribe, a half-immortal, half-fae people residing in Peach Blossom Springs, had come to the mortal realm. Known for their immense power, they often intervened during times of crisis in the cultivation world.
Mo Ran recalls how, in his previous life, the arrival of the feathered tribe had marked the beginning of Shi Mei's tragic fate. Mo Ran, now aware of the impending disaster, becomes anxious, especially as events seem to be progressing differently from his past life.
Xue Zhengyong informs the gathered disciples that the feathered tribe has come to select individuals with strong spiritual energy to train at Peach Blossom Springs to help avert a looming calamity. The news excites most of the disciples, but Mo Ran remains uneasy, fearing for Shi Mei's safety.
Mo Ran remembers how Shi Mei had died in the previous timeline during a battle to repair the barrier between the mortal and ghost realms, a death he blamed on Chu Wanning. These memories fill Mo Ran with resentment and a deep-seated hatred for his shizun.
As the selection process begins, one of the envoys unexpectedly chooses Mo Ran, something that hadn’t happened in his previous life. Mo Ran is initially shocked but then relieved, hoping that his presence at Peach Blossom Springs might prevent Shi Mei’s tragic fate.
The selected disciples, including Mo Ran, Shi Mei, Xue Meng, and Chu Wanning (disguised as Xia Sini), are gathered before Loyalty Hall. Xue Meng is surprised to be chosen, and the group is informed they will travel to Peach Blossom Springs after the New Year.
Mo Ran, while initially overjoyed at the thought of accompanying Shi Mei, feels uneasy as he passes the sealed-off Red Lotus Pavilion where Chu Wanning has been in seclusion. He wonders if his shizun will emerge before they leave for Peach Blossom Springs.
Mo Ran speaks to "Xia Sini," expressing concern about Chu Wanning’s prolonged seclusion and the severity of his injuries from Jincheng Lake. When asked if he misses his shizun, Mo Ran is taken aback by the question but does not provide a clear answer.
Chapter 56: This Venerable One Is Busy Wrapping Dumplings
Mo Ran reflects on the question of whether he misses Chu Wanning. Despite his deep resentment from his previous life, he acknowledges that Chu Wanning has continuously protected and cared for him in this lifetime. Mo Ran realizes that Chu Wanning's injuries have often been due to his own actions.
Chu Wanning feels a brief moment of warmth from Mo Ran’s words but is quickly disillusioned when Mo Ran expresses a desire to help Chu Wanning recover and not be in debt. Chu Wanning feels his hope for something more than a master-disciple relationship being crushed.
Chu Wanning responds with a resigned smile, acknowledging that Mo Ran is his disciple and that everything done for him is voluntary, which contrasts with his own unfulfilled hopes.
Mo Ran, noticing Chu Wanning’s downcast mood, comments on how Chu Wanning appears serious despite his youth. He laughs and pats Chu Wanning on the head, which initially causes Chu Wanning to laugh as well.
As Mo Ran continues to pat Chu Wanning, he notices that Chu Wanning’s laughter fades and tears well up in his eyes. Chu Wanning quietly asks Mo Ran to stop, expressing a desire to end their playful interaction.
Mo Ran, oblivious to the shift in Chu Wanning’s emotions, continues to interact with him in a carefree manner, unaware of the impact his actions have on his shidi.
Chapter 57: This Venerable One Listens to You Play the Guqin Once Again
Despite Chu Wanning’s initial clumsiness in wrapping dumplings, he successfully produces neatly formed, round dumplings. This surprises his disciples, who are astonished to see their shizun engaged in such a mundane activity.
The three disciples express their shock and amazement. They comment on how unexpected it is that Chu Wanning knows how to make dumplings, revealing their surprise at his culinary skills.
Chu Wanning, although he maintains his usual expressionless demeanor, shows slight embarrassment with the pinkening of his ears. He explains that making dumplings is similar to crafting automatons, indicating that his skill comes from his technical background rather than culinary expertise.
Mo Ran, observing Chu Wanning, is reminded of a past event. He recalls a time from his previous life when Chu Wanning had made wontons, which were subsequently destroyed by Mo Ran in a fit of rage. This memory is poignant for Mo Ran, as it contrasts sharply with the current scene.
Mo Ran remembers the specific incident when he had lost his composure after Shi Mei’s death and ruined the wontons Chu Wanning had prepared. Chu Wanning, with flour on his face, had silently picked up the discarded wontons and thrown them away, showing a quiet resignation and unfamiliarity.
Mo Ran is deeply affected by the memory of Chu Wanning’s silent response. He realizes that he never truly understood or wanted to understand Chu Wanning’s feelings during that time. The recollection makes him reflect on Chu Wanning’s emotional state and how he has always been somewhat oblivious to his shizun’s true feelings.
Mo Ran contrasts this past memory with the present scene, where Chu Wanning’s current calm demeanor while making dumplings evokes a sense of nostalgia and regret. The contrast between the past and present highlights Mo Ran’s internal struggle with his feelings toward Chu Wanning and the complexities of their relationship.
Chapter 58: This Venerable One Feels a Little Hazy
Mo Ran, who normally has a high tolerance for alcohol, drinks excessively to mask his anxiety and feigned nonchalance. He consumes five jars of pear-blossom white wine, leading to a state of hazy consciousness.
After getting drunk, Mo Ran is helped back to his room by Shi Mei, who assists him in collapsing onto his bed. In his inebriated state, Mo Ran tries to call out for Shi Mei but ends up murmuring Chu Wanning’s name instead.
The habit of addressing Chu Wanning is deeply ingrained in Mo Ran, stemming from his past experiences. His intoxicated state makes him call out for Chu Wanning, revealing his true, muddled feelings.
Chu Wanning, who had been carrying Xue Meng back to his room, arrives with a bowl of sobering soup just in time to hear Mo Ran’s slurred calls. He is taken aback and tries to convince himself he must have misheard, given that Mo Ran typically calls him “Shizun.”
Chu Wanning recalls a past moment at the Red Lotus Pavilion when Mo Ran had called out “Wanning” in his sleep and even kissed him lightly. This memory stirs a hope within Chu Wanning that Mo Ran might have some genuine affection for him.
Chu Wanning struggles with his feelings and tries to suppress any budding hope or fantasy. He is aware of his own hesitance and emotional complexity when it comes to matters of the heart.
Shi Mei, observing the scene, looks at Chu Wanning with uncertainty and addresses him, but ultimately decides not to press the matter further. He acknowledges Chu Wanning’s presence and takes his leave, trusting him to care for Mo Ran.
Chapter 59: This Venerable One Is Only So Simple
The group, including Mo Ran, Shi Mei, Xue Meng, and Xia Sini, departs from the Yangtze River port on a self-navigating ferry. The vessel is protected by a barrier as they set out to sea.
Mo Ran and Shi Mei have an opportunity to spend time together without their shizun present. Mo Ran finds himself less excited about this than he anticipated.
Xue Meng and Xia Sini retire for the night, leaving Mo Ran and Shi Mei alone on the deck. Mo Ran lies on the deck, looking up at the starry sky, while Shi Mei joins him with dried fish they had bought earlier. They chat and snack together.
Shi Mei expresses concern that their journey to Peach Blossom Springs might prevent them from attending the Spiritual Mountain Competition. He notes that while it doesn’t matter to him, Mo Ran and the young master would miss an opportunity to make a notable debut.
Mo Ran dismisses the importance of reputation and competition, stating that learning valuable skills at Peach Blossom Springs to protect those he cares about is more important.
Shi Mei smiles warmly, appreciating Mo Ran's perspective and comments that Shizun would be pleased to hear Mo Ran’s sentiments.
Mo Ran inquires about Shi Mei’s happiness, to which Shi Mei responds positively, affirming his contentment.
Mo Ran observes Shi Mei, feeling a sense of admiration and contemplation. Despite his usual tendency to entertain more worldly thoughts, he finds it difficult to think of Shi Mei in such a manner, attributing this to Shi Mei’s pure and unattainable nature.
As Mo Ran continues to gaze at Shi Mei, Shi Mei notices and tucks a stray strand of hair behind his ear, smiling at Mo Ran’s lingering look.
Chapter 60: This Venerable One Discovers a Secret
Enhanced by spells, the ferry reaches the Port of Yangzhou by the next morning. Envoys are present at the harbor to welcome them, with well-bred horses prepared.
The party has breakfast at the harbor. The feathered tribe, not needing sustenance, rests with their eyes closed while the deckhands, having risen early, eat and observe the newcomers with curiosity.
Mo Ran overhears some deckhands discussing the newcomers. They identify the travelers as people from the lower cultivation realm, noting the emblem on their vambraces, which resembles the one on the Holy Night Guardians, an invention by the Yuheng Elder of Sisheng Peak.
The deckhands speculate about the Yuheng Elder's power compared to their own sect leader, Jiang. Mo Ran, though unable to fully understand their dialect, notices that Chu Wanning comprehends the conversation.
Chu Wanning feels comforted to hear that his invention, the Holy Night Guardian, is being recognized and used in the common world. This news inspires him to think about future projects, including designing lighter wheelbarrows to further benefit people.
After breakfast, the group departs quickly and reaches their next destination, the foot of a new location, within a few hours.
Chapter 61: This Venerable One Is Really Great?
Mo Ran and Xue Meng meet a dignified young man who introduces himself as Ye Wangxi from Rufeng Sect. Ye Wangxi carries himself with a composed and dignified demeanor, his eyes shining like scattered starlight.
Xue Meng, who has a reputation for being unruly and lacking in manners, asks Ye Wangxi’s name without using honorifics and questions his reputation. His comment about Ye Wangxi not being well-known reflects his usual disregard for social etiquette.
Mo Ran, recognizing Ye Wangxi’s significant status and future potential, discreetly tugs at Xue Meng’s sleeve to signal him to be more respectful. Mo Ran introduces himself and Xue Meng, downplaying Xue Meng’s rudeness by calling him his “ill-mannered little brother.”
Despite Xue Meng’s rudeness, Ye Wangxi remains calm and polite, addressing Mo Ran and Xue Meng without showing any sign of offense. He responds courteously and continues the conversation without escalating the situation.
Mo Ran is aware of Ye Wangxi’s future prominence. In their previous lifetime, Ye Wangxi was known to be an exceptional talent, second only to Chu Wanning in the cultivation world. Mo Ran’s respectful behavior is driven by his recognition of Ye Wangxi’s significant status and abilities.
Xue Meng reacts strongly to being called Mo Ran’s “little brother” and expresses his annoyance, further highlighting his rebellious nature. Mo Ran continues to manage the situation diplomatically, emphasizing that Ye Wangxi should not be troubled by Xue Meng’s attitude.
Chapter 62: This Venerable One Arrives at Ancient Lin’an
The rigorous daily training schedule begins before dawn. Mo Ran's favorite part is feather-gathering in the Ancestral Abyss, where they collect golden feathers. Following this, the group meditates in Zhurong Cave, using the cave’s yang energy to temper their inner spiritual energy. They then practice demon suppression with the feathered tribe and engage in practice matches at Asura Arena. The day concludes with lectures on The Demon Compendium and The Art of Exorcism at Stargazing Cliffs.
Mo Ran prioritizes helping Shi Mei, who struggles with qinggong and might not have enough to eat. Mo Ran ensures Shi Mei receives half of his harvested feathers daily, highlighting his concern and support for his friend.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning grow closer during this period. They engage in various activities together, including Chu Wanning playing tunes on a leaf while Mo Ran listens, and Chu Wanning feeding fish while Mo Ran holds an umbrella. Their growing bond is evident as they spend time together in different settings.
When it rains, Mo Ran and Chu Wanning walk along a limestone footpath under an oil-paper umbrella. Mo Ran shows care by carrying Chu Wanning on his back when rainwater accumulates, with Chu Wanning clinging quietly to him. This act of kindness demonstrates Mo Ran’s protective and affectionate nature towards Chu Wanning.
The routine of daily training and interactions becomes a significant part of Mo Ran’s and Chu Wanning’s lives, reflecting their growing friendship and the structured, disciplined environment they are part of.
The chapter showcases Mo Ran’s personal growth and his evolving relationship with Chu Wanning, indicating a deepening of their bond amidst the demanding training and routine of Peach Blossom Springs.
Chapter 63: This Venerable One Sees...Whom?!
Lin’an City is portrayed as being deeply embroiled in war, with blood congealed on the ground, crumbled walls, ruined houses, and withered greenery suffocated by the miasma of malicious ghosts.
Mo Ran is initially disoriented by the scene of devastation. He sees fresh entrails hanging from a pagoda tree, with crows feeding on them. Beneath the tree, a middle-aged man's corpse lies with his stomach torn open and his eyeballs pecked away.
Despite his past life’s revelry in bloodshed, Mo Ran now feels an unexpected sense of sympathy upon witnessing such scenes. He reflects on whether his true nature has changed, as he had once enjoyed causing similar devastation.
Mo Ran hears the sound of galloping hooves and sees a dust cloud approaching, indicating the arrival of riders in the war-torn area. He instinctively pulls Chu Wanning behind him, but they find no place to hide.
The riders, numbering about a dozen, appear in a uniform style: white attire with bright red patterns, helmets adorned with feathers, and circlets of entwined dragons. Their horses are thin and starved, but the riders themselves remain spirited despite their grim appearance.
The riders’ attire and equipment are stained yet neat, and their determination and spirit stand out in the dire circumstances.
Chapter 64: This Venerable One Tells Shidi a Story
Mo Ran sees a small child, about three or four years old, approaching from the stone steps of the residence. The child is holding a bamboo pinwheel, dressed simply with a jade pendant, a lock of entrusted name for good fortune, and a red silk protection amulet.
The child resembles Mo Ran’s little shidi in appearance, prompting Mo Ran to speculate that the Chu family from two hundred years ago might be related to Chu Wanning and that they could be distant relatives.
Chu Wanning, who has always been uncertain about his origins and childhood, ponders the possibility that this Chu-gongzi could be his ancestor.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning approach the front of the line, where Chu-gongzi is about to hand Mo Ran a talisman. Chu-gongzi looks up and notices Mo Ran, displaying a gentle and refined demeanor.
Chu Xun, the governor's son, introduces himself with a warm and friendly smile, in stark contrast to Chu Wanning’s usual severity. He inquires about Mo Ran's origins.
Mo Ran, feeling unsettled by the resemblance and Chu Xun’s penetrating gaze, responds awkwardly, stating he is from Sichuan.
Chu Xun acknowledges the distance with a smile but shifts his attention toward Chu Wanning, suggesting he may be assessing the situation or making a connection with Chu Wanning.
Chapter 65: This Venerable One’s Story Is Super Bad
Mo Ran starts a story about a poor child who works for a landlord, performing various laborious tasks and receiving minimal sustenance.
The child is given only three pieces of flatbread each day, which he is grateful for, despite the hard work and poor conditions.
While taking the ox out to graze, the child encounters a mad dog that bites the ox's leg. The landlord, enraged, beats the child and demands that he kill the dog to make up for the injury.
The child, fearing for his safety and livelihood, kills the dog and returns with it, only to discover that the dog was the favorite pet of the county master.
The landlord, knowing the county master’s influence, is terrified of the repercussions and decides not to give the child his flatbread. He also threatens to turn the child over to the county master if needed.
Chu Wanning, who has been listening to the story with his eyes closed, finds the story unreasonable and expresses his frustration.
Mo Ran explains that such situations are often dictated by power and influence, reflecting on the unfairness of the world.
Mo Ran continues the story, but Chu Wanning becomes increasingly disinterested and frustrated with the narrative.
Chapter 66: This Venerable One Sees the Heavenly Rift for the First Time
On the second day, Lin'an City remains quiet. Chu Xun organizes a meticulous evacuation plan, ensuring that the number of straw men used as decoys matches the population. The citizens are preparing to flee to Putuo, following Chu Xun's instructions.
Mo Ran observes the scene from the governor’s residence gate and comments on the effectiveness of Chu Xun’s strategy. He speculates that the plan would only fail if someone had leaked information to the ghosts, implying the need for a potential betrayal.
Mo Ran realizes that Chu Wanning (his shidi) is missing and looks for him. He finds Chu Wanning having wandered off to watch a group of riders preparing for departure.
Mo Ran encounters Chu Xun’s young son, who is sitting alone and looking dejected. The boy, holding a kite stuck in a tree, asks Mo Ran for help retrieving it.
Mo Ran uses his qinggong to climb the tree, retrieve the kite, and return it to the child. The boy thanks him and seems pleased.
Mo Ran takes the opportunity to ask about the boy’s mother. The child reveals that she is in the mountains behind the city, always resting there and only visited during the spring bloom.
Mo Ran is intrigued and puzzled by this information. He reflects on how Chu Xun, being so preoccupied with the evacuation and the city's safety, may not have the chance to tend to his family.
The boy’s simple and innocent responses make Mo Ran contemplate the personal sacrifices and hidden aspects of Chu Xun’s life amidst the turmoil of war.
Mo Ran is left with a sense of unease and curiosity about the situation of Chu Xun’s family and the mysterious circumstances surrounding his wife's extended rest in the mountains.
Chapter 67: This Venerable One’s Heartfelt Anguish
The City God Temple stands at the boundary of Chu Xun’s protective barrier, with the barrier stopping at the temple's stairs.
Inside the temple, the scene is grim. Flickering candles cast weak light over a dozen ghosts with corporeal forms, who are lined up on either side of the temple. A woman dressed in red is tied up and facing away from the onlookers, staring up at a statue on the altar.
Xiaoman is present, holding Chu Xun’s young son, Chu Lan, who is visibly distressed. Mo Ran, witnessing this disturbing sight, feels a surge of anxiety and moves to intervene but is stopped by Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning warns Mo Ran that the ghosts are already dead, and the current scene is an illusion. He advises Mo Ran to avoid getting involved to prevent personal harm.
Chu Xun, desperate and anguished, calls out for his son, pleading for him to be released. He is visibly distraught and confused, demanding Xiaoman let Chu Lan go.
Xiaoman, holding Chu Lan tightly, shows signs of inner conflict. His trembling hands and visible veins suggest his reluctance despite his outward appearance of composure.
Observers from the governor’s residence, having arrived at the scene, react with shock and anger at the sight. They are appalled by the situation involving Chu Xun’s son.
Xiaoman cuts the ropes binding the red-robed woman, who slowly turns around. She is revealed to be beautiful and elegant, but her face is unsettling, hinting at the true horror behind the scene.
Chapter 68: This Venerable One Can’t Bear It
Chu Lan's death and the illusion continue to plague the survivors.
The survivors, still in shock, prepare to leave for Putuo Mountain with the dawn approaching.
Chu Xun, deeply affected by the loss of his family, appears emotionally numb and detached.
The people of Lin’an express concern about Chu Xun’s state and the feasibility of their escape plan.
Mo Ran observes the anxiety and genuine sympathy among some survivors for Chu Xun.
The ghost king's voice interrupts the night, addressing not Chu Xun but the entire city, casting doubt on their escape plan.
The ghost king warns that reaching Putuo Mountain in one day is impossible and questions Chu Xun’s ability to protect them.
The ghost king's taunts and threats instill fear in the survivors, causing distress and panic among the children and adults alike.
Chu Xun stands apart, ignoring the ghost king's provocations and remaining stoic.
The ghost king denounces human nature as inherently vile, suggesting that Chu Xun’s apparent kindness is only a facade.
Survivors face mounting fear and uncertainty as they prepare for the journey to Putuo Mountain, with doubts about their safety and reliance on Chu Xun.
The city remains in turmoil as the survivors await the final moments before their departure, grappling with both their loss and the ominous threats from the ghost king.
Chapter 69: This Venerable One Will Learn From You, Heh Heh
Mo Ran reflects on the differences between Chu Xun and Chu Wanning, noting the disparity between the scars they bear.
He reassures himself that Chu Xun and Chu Wanning are not the same person, despite their similarities in appearance and principles.
Mo Ran feels a sense of relief, considering the emotional strain he would experience if Chu Xun were actually Chu Wanning.
The chaos in Lin’an without Chu Xun’s protection becomes evident as night falls.
The ghost king’s threats prove true: the city is engulfed in violence and horror.
Blood fills the moat, and the sounds of suffering and zombie attacks permeate the night.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning take refuge in a dilapidated house, having carefully secured it.
The interior of the house is covered in dust, indicating it has been abandoned for some time.
From their hiding spot, Mo Ran and Chu Wanning witness the ongoing destruction and hear the disturbing sounds of the city under siege.
Chapter 70: This Venerable One Returns
Chu Wanning proves he is not easily threatened by effortlessly defending himself against Xiaoman's attack.
Xiaoman’s hands are severed, and he retreats in pain and shock, revealing Chu Wanning’s formidable skill.
Chu Wanning, visibly enraged and pale, is initially speechless but eventually reassures Mo Ran that he is not injured and prefers to handle himself.
Mo Ran is impressed by Chu Wanning’s skills and offers to help, but Chu Wanning insists on contributing from the sidelines and provides pointers on weapons.
Chu Wanning’s sincerity and skill are evident, and he asks Mo Ran to trust him, albeit in a somewhat endearing manner.
Mo Ran is momentarily flustered by Chu Wanning’s unexpected cuteness, leading him to bury his face in his hands, reflecting on the situation.
Chapter 71: This Venerable One’s Been Framed
Mo Ran is shocked to find that the weapon responsible for Eighteen’s death resembles his own weapon, Jiangui, raising suspicions of a duplicate or frame-up.
As Mo Ran is contemplating this, Chu Wanning arrives and warns him to put Jiangui away, but it’s too late.
A crowd of feathered tribe members and cultivators from various sects, including Xue Meng, Ye Wangxi, and Shi Mei, arrives at the cave.
They find Eighteen murdered, with Mo Ran and a child appearing battered. Mo Ran, covered in blood and holding Jiangui, is surrounded by the chaotic scene.
The crowd erupts in accusations, calling Mo Ran a murderer and expressing outrage and panic.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed by the situation and begins to doubt his own reality, feeling as if the nightmare of Lin’an’s bloodshed from two hundred years ago is repeating itself.
In his confusion and desperation, Mo Ran attempts to explain that he is not responsible, but the situation continues to spiral out of control.
Chapter 72: This Venerable One Stews Soup
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning are locked up in a cave for the night, trying to pass the time. Chu Wanning remains calm and composed, while Mo Ran is restless and bored.
Mo Ran, unable to settle down, repeatedly complains about being bored and suggests various activities, but Chu Wanning is indifferent and suggests sleeping.
Mo Ran persistently tries to engage Chu Wanning by tugging at his cheeks and asking him to play. Chu Wanning initially ignores him but eventually responds out of frustration.
Mo Ran introduces Chu Wanning to the game of cat’s cradle, which he learned from his sisters. He explains the game and demonstrates how to play with the string.
Although Chu Wanning is grumpy and reluctant, he sits up and attempts to learn the game from Mo Ran, who patiently guides him through the instructions.
Despite the tense situation, the interaction between Mo Ran and Chu Wanning offers a brief moment of lightheartedness, contrasting with their otherwise grim circumstances. The chapter ends with them engaging in the game, adding a touch of normalcy to their confinement.
Chapter 73: This Venerable One Is Confused
Mo Ran encounters Xue Meng for the first time since his detention. He greets Xue Meng with a smile, remembering Xue Meng's earlier defense of him.
Xue Meng reacts with shock and disgust at Mo Ran's smile, expressing his displeasure with a contemptuous attitude. He questions what there is to smile about and criticizes Mo Ran.
Mo Ran is taken aback by Xue Meng’s reaction and is momentarily at a loss for words. Shi Mei, sensing the tension, tries to lighten the mood by addressing Xue Meng and asking who has annoyed him.
Xue Meng vents his frustration, using a series of strong and negative adjectives. He is particularly enraged by Da-shixiong, whom he curses vehemently.
Mo Ran and Shi Mei listen as Xue Meng continues his tirade against Da-shixiong, displaying his anger in graphic terms.
Shi Mei interrupts Xue Meng's rant when she notices a group of lady cultivators who admire Da-shixiong approaching. Xue Meng, alarmed by their presence, quickly retreats, showing a mix of disdain and fear.
Chapter 74: This Venerable One’s Fault
Mo Ran is initially dumbstruck and embarrassed when he realizes he is holding a handkerchief with a haitang flower sewn on it, but he can't remember why he has it. He frantically searches for an explanation.
After a moment of panic, Mo Ran recalls that the handkerchief belongs to Xia-shidi, not Shizun. He takes it from Shi Mei, apologizing for the confusion.
Shi Mei is silent and hasn't expressed any desire for the handkerchief. Mo Ran explains that he must have mistakenly taken Xia-shidi’s handkerchief from the drying rack, feeling relieved that he didn’t mistakenly take Shizun’s possession.
Shi Mei, maintaining a calm demeanor, acknowledges the situation and suggests they go pick up Xia-shidi.
As they head towards the cave, Shi Mei begins to slow down and stumbles on a rock. Mo Ran catches him and notices Shi Mei’s pale complexion.
Shi Mei downplays his condition, attributing it to not eating much for lunch and feeling faint. Despite his reassurances, Mo Ran grows increasingly concerned about Shi Mei’s well-being.
Chapter 75: This Venerable One Is Illiterate, Deal With It
The crowd becomes increasingly agitated, staring at Jiangui and the bloody willow vines wrapped around the murdered victims. Accusations of cruelty and calls for Mo Ran's execution fill the air.
The Elder Immortal questions Mo Ran about the murders. Despite his denial, she remains unmoved and instructs her followers to seize him.
Shi Mei emerges from his room to find Mo Ran being restrained with magical bindings and immortal-binding rope by high-level members of the feathered tribe. Shi Mei is shocked and distressed by the sight.
Shi Mei asks Mo Ran what happened. Mo Ran advises him to stay calm and go find Uncle Xue Zhengyong and the Xuanji Elder to help resolve the situation.
Shi Mei leaves to seek assistance, while Mo Ran stands alone, facing the angry crowd. He remains composed despite the hostile environment.
In the midst of the chaos, someone from the crowd spits at Mo Ran.
Chapter 76: This Venerable One Meets That Guy Again
Chu Wanning, who isn’t one for overly sentimental gestures, dismisses Mo Ran’s question as trivial. He uses a wind spell to send off a haitang flower for scouting.
The flower returns with a golden amulet indicating the location of the Ancestral Abyss. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran prepare to investigate this location.
The Ancestral Abyss is known for its dangerous fiery depths, and Chu Wanning casts a concealment barrier to avoid detection by the feathered tribe as they approach.
At the abyss, they see an eerie red light and a cliffside densely packed with sleeping owls. Chu Wanning theorizes that the stories of dangerous flames might be exaggerated.
Mo Ran questions the reality of the danger, but Chu Wanning decides to test it by throwing something in. Instead of a rabbit, Chu Wanning retrieves a branch of peach blossoms.
By throwing the delicate peach blossoms into the abyss, Chu Wanning aims to confirm that the supposed "fierce flames" are not actually hazardous if the blossoms survive.
Chapter 77: This Venerable One Feels Very Awkward
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran have been traveling extensively and decide to rest at an inn in a small town.
After several days of hasty travel, Chu Wanning sits alone in his room, examining a porcelain bottle containing golden pills. These pills are a new medication from Tanlang that allows Chu Wanning to regain his adult form for seven days. He reflects on Tanlang's warning that intense emotions might affect the medication’s effectiveness.
Mo Ran, having just bathed, enters Chu Wanning's room in a bathrobe, and asks if he can sleep on Chu Wanning's floor for the night. Mo Ran expresses dissatisfaction with his own room but is vague about the reason.
Chu Wanning, who is caught off guard and tries to maintain his composure, notices Mo Ran’s discomfort but is unsure of the exact cause.
Chapter 78: This Venerable One’s Shizun Has a Nightmare
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran spend the night at an inn. Mo Ran, exhausted, quickly falls asleep on the floor, while Chu Wanning struggles with restless thoughts before finally falling into a troubled slumber.
Chu Wanning’s dream begins with him kneeling in the snow during a bleak winter day. The sky is overcast and heavy with clouds, casting a gray pallor over the land.
The snow has accumulated past Chu Wanning's ankles, and despite the thick sky-blue cloak lined with fur that he wears, the cold still penetrates.
Chu Wanning notices the intricate silver thread patterns on the cloak, which feels familiar but he can’t quite place.
Despite his efforts to move, Chu Wanning finds himself unable to rise. His body feels unresponsive and heavy, even as snow accumulates on his shoulders and ice forms on his eyelashes.
An elderly voice speaks from behind him, identifying itself as Liu-gong. The voice expresses concern that His Imperial Majesty won’t see Chu Wanning today and suggests they return to the pavilion.
Chu Wanning, still kneeling and unable to turn around, responds with a weary and resolute tone. He thanks Liu-gong and insists that he will stay in the snow, dismissing the concern.
Liu-gong, a figure of considerable age and apparent loyalty, offers to keep Chu Wanning company despite his protests. The voice is filled with concern and reluctance.
As Liu-gong walks away, the sound of crunching snow signifies his departure. However, he soon returns, holding an umbrella over Chu Wanning's head to shield him from the falling snow.
Chu Wanning feels a mix of gratitude and sadness, recognizing the depth of Liu-gong’s loyalty and the burden of his own isolation and duty.
The dream emphasizes Chu Wanning’s inner conflict and sense of responsibility. The snow, the cold, and the unyielding position highlight his feelings of loneliness and the weight of his commitments.
The dream sequence concludes with Chu Wanning’s continued kneeling in the snow, a poignant reminder of his past trials and the sacrifices made in the name of duty and honor.
Chapter 79: This Venerable One’s Shizun Is an Actor
Mo Ran, familiar with Chu Wanning’s character, is initially skeptical about the claim that Chu Wanning’s son is Xia Sini. Despite his doubts, Mo Ran decides to play along with Chu Wanning’s game, feigning surprise and disbelief with exaggerated responses like, “Oh heavens,” and “I can’t believe Shizun is actually a playboy.”
Mo Ran finds the situation amusing and entertaining, though he remains unclear about Chu Wanning’s true intentions. He continues to tease Chu Wanning, enjoying the playful dynamic between them.
At a teahouse, Mo Ran takes the opportunity to poke fun at Chu Wanning. He playfully questions Chu Wanning about why he won’t acknowledge Xia-shidi as his child, to which Chu Wanning responds that the timing isn’t right and it depends on Xia-shidi himself.
Chu Wanning’s serious and enigmatic answers only add to Mo Ran’s amusement. Mo Ran struggles to maintain a straight face and expresses mock pity for Xia-shidi.
While traveling on horseback, Mo Ran snaps a willow branch to distract himself and continues his playful questioning. He asks Chu Wanning about Shiniang (Xia Sini’s mother), specifically inquiring if she is pretty.
Chu Wanning, caught off guard by the question, chokes on his response and hastily clears his throat. He downplays Shiniang’s appearance, saying she is “all right,” which surprises Mo Ran. Mo Ran had expected someone who could catch Chu Wanning’s eye to be more impressive.
Chu Wanning’s discomfort and attempts to handle Mo Ran’s probing questions contribute to the chapter’s humorous tone, showcasing their dynamic relationship and Chu Wanning’s struggle to maintain his composure under Mo Ran’s relentless teasing.
Chapter 80: This Venerable One’s Ex-Wife... Is Here
The chapter opens with Ye Wangxi, who had previously stayed with Mo Ran at Peach Blossom Springs, making a grand entrance. He is dressed in the colors of Rufeng Sect, wearing a blue cloak with silver crane embroidery, and a silver incense bell hangs at his waist. His attire and demeanor reflect a blend of refined elegance and heroism.
Ye Wangxi is greeted by Xuanyuan Pavilion’s chief steward, who shows deference to him. The steward informs Ye Wangxi that a booth has been reserved for Rufeng Sect, and Ye Wangxi is led to the upper floors of the pavilion.
As Ye Wangxi and his entourage ascend to the upper floors, the remaining guests in the hall begin to whisper among themselves, curious about the new arrival. They speculate about the identity and significance of Ye Wangxi.
Mo Ran, observing the situation, questions Chu Wanning about Ye Wangxi, wondering if he is familiar to him. Chu Wanning admits that Ye Wangxi looks familiar but cannot recall where he has seen him before.
Mo Ran provides additional context, mentioning that Ye Wangxi had stayed in the same residence as him at Peach Blossom Springs and noting Ye Wangxi’s respectable abilities. Mo Ran also speculates that Ye Wangxi’s status within Rufeng Sect must be significant if he was chosen to represent the sect.
Chu Wanning explains that Rufeng Sect comprises seventy-two cities, and thus, it is possible for him to be unfamiliar with every member of the sect, despite the fact that Ye Wangxi appears to be someone of importance.
The chapter builds intrigue around Ye Wangxi’s identity and his role within Rufeng Sect, while also highlighting Mo Ran’s curiosity and Chu Wanning’s struggle to place him.
Chapter 81: This Venerable One’s Bugui!
Ye Wangxi arrives at Xuanyuan Pavilion dressed in Rufeng Sect colors, wearing a blue cloak embroidered with a crane and a silver incense bell hanging from his waist. His appearance is refined and elegant compared to his usual valiant heroism.
The chief steward of Xuanyuan Pavilion greets Ye Wangxi and leads him to a reserved booth on the upper floors. The crowd below observes and whispers about Ye Wangxi’s identity and purpose.
Mo Ran, who is with Chu Wanning, notices Ye Wangxi and expresses curiosity about his identity and role. Mo Ran reflects on Ye Wangxi’s previous stay at Peach Blossom Springs and questions whether Chu Wanning knows him.
Chu Wanning admits that Ye Wangxi seems familiar but cannot recall the details. He is intrigued but remains uncertain about Ye Wangxi's background.
The Second Pavilion Master announces the starting bid for an item at ten million gold. The bidding quickly becomes competitive, with several participants raising the stakes.
The bids rise rapidly as participants place increasingly higher amounts. The crowd reacts with surprise and excitement as the bids reach notable figures.
Ye Wangxi places a bid that dramatically increases the price. The bid of twenty-five million gold causes several bidders to withdraw, and the atmosphere becomes tense.
The Xuan booth on the second floor places a staggering bid of thirty-five million gold. The pavilion master announces this bid, causing gasps and speculation among the audience about the bidder’s identity and the source of their wealth.
The crowd is astonished by the high bid, with many commenting on the excessive amount and speculating that the bidder must be affiliated with one of the ten great sects. The high stakes and financial power on display add to the drama.
Chu Wanning inquires whether Mo Ran has sufficient funds for the auction. Mo Ran, who is shocked by the high bid and the unexpected appearance of Song Qiutong, realizes that he is financially unprepared for the competition.
Mo Ran expresses his concerns about the…
Chapter 82: This Venerable One Can’t Believe It
The scene opens outside the Fragrance Inn on Rainbell Isle, where the innkeeper, adorned with pearl bracelets and munching on fried melon seeds, waits for the auction to end. The innkeeper is adept at reading her guests' needs and expects a quiet day with limited business since many cultivators would not be staying overnight.
As the auction nears its end, the innkeeper prepares for a potential influx of customers by instructing her waiter to clean the tables and prepare extra melon seeds for the evening.
A black-and-white silhouette approaches quickly, and as it nears, the innkeeper realizes it is a handsome cultivator dressed in black, urgently carrying someone in his arms. The cultivator bursts into the inn in a state of panic.
The cultivator, Mo Ran, demands a room in a frantic and aggressive manner. His abrupt and intense behavior catches the staff off guard, leading to confusion among the inn’s workers.
Mo Ran’s shouting and urgency cause the waiter to be momentarily stunned and unsure how to respond. He is overwhelmed by the unexpected situation and Mo Ran's demanding presence.
A young woman’s voice emerges from behind Mo Ran, apologetic and soothing. She attempts to calm the situation and address Mo Ran’s needs. The woman’s demeanor contrasts with Mo Ran’s agitation, and her voice is described as difficult to stay angry at.
Mo Ran’s actions and the arrival of the young woman add a dramatic and urgent tone to the scene, setting up a situation that promises further developments.
Chapter 83: This Venerable One Wants You
The chapter opens with Mo Ran in a state of intense agitation. He is overwhelmed by a mix of rage and desperation as he tightly grips Chu Wanning’s throat, trying to extract a response.
Mo Ran’s mind is in turmoil, and he fears that if Chu Wanning were to complete a specific phrase—particularly, if he were to say “in life or in death”—it would confirm his worst fears. The gravity of the situation is evident in Mo Ran’s violent reaction.
Chu Wanning, unable to breathe properly, suffers from the intense pressure Mo Ran is applying. His face turns red, and he grows weaker as he struggles against Mo Ran's grip.
Mo Ran eventually regains a semblance of control and releases Chu Wanning. Chu Wanning collapses onto the bed, and the visible bruises on his neck make Mo Ran realize the severity of his actions.
Overcome with guilt and confusion, Mo Ran tries to speak but is unable to find the right words. He stumbles through attempts to call out to Chu Wanning, eventually uttering a strained “You.”
Mo Ran reflects on recent events, struggling to reconcile his feelings. He recalls that Chu Wanning had never acted strangely in this lifetime and questions why he would have spoken as he did.
Mo Ran is haunted by the dying words Chu Wanning had spoken in a past life: “It was I who wronged you.” He grapples with the notion that these words might have been genuine and questions whether Chu Wanning’s compassionate sentiments were sincere or merely a means to an end.
Mo Ran had never believed that Chu Wanning could truly admit to his wrongdoings or show genuine compassion. This disbelief is compounded by his conviction that Chu Wanning had always looked down on him and never treated him with honesty.
Despite these reflections, Mo Ran still feels no regret about his actions. He turns away slowly, wrestling with his conflicting emotions and the painful realization that he might have been wrong about Chu Wanning’s true feelings.
Chapter 84: This Venerable One Stole a Kiss and You Don’t Even Know
Chu Wanning wakes up to find Mo Ran lost in thought at the table. Mo Ran is staring blankly, his gaze vacant as he rests his cheek in his hand, illuminated by the flickering candlelight.
Chu Wanning tries to get up but finds he lacks the strength. He watches Mo Ran silently, who remains unaware that Chu Wanning has regained consciousness.
Chu Wanning reflects on the shocking revelation that Mo Ran has learned about Xia Sini potentially being Chu Wanning’s child. He questions how such a thing could be true, given his aloof and particular nature. The thought of him having a child, especially in their past life, seems improbable.
Mo Ran struggles with confusion and frustration over the situation. He bangs his head against the table and groans in despair, overwhelmed by the complexity of the situation and his inability to make sense of it.
Chu Wanning, still observing, notices Mo Ran's distress and calls out to him with a soothing but slightly hoarse voice. Mo Ran is startled and quickly stands, moving towards Chu Wanning’s bed.
Mo Ran sees a small tear on Chu Wanning’s lower lip and recalls his loss of control the previous night. Embarrassed and flustered, Mo Ran's face turns red as he remembers his actions.
The chapter delves into the emotional and psychological turmoil both characters are experiencing. Chu Wanning grapples with the implications of Mo Ran’s shock and his own past actions, while Mo Ran is consumed by confusion and regret over the situation and his own behavior.
Chapter 85: This Venerable One Isn’t Someone You Can Simply Get Rid of with a Mere Fifteen Hundred Gold
The innkeeper's apologetic voice is heard as she tries to placate a demanding guest. She suggests that they cannot simply evict all guests but offers a private room, the Returning Fog Pavilion, as a solution for the wealthy guest.
The guest responds angrily, overturning tables and chairs in frustration. He dismisses the innkeeper’s offer and insists on paying fifteen hundred gold to have the other guests removed immediately, deriding the names of the offered rooms.
The innkeeper tries to placate him further, offering a smaller but elegant room with added entertainment for free, but the guest is insistent.
Mo Ran finds the situation amusing, noting that fifteen hundred gold is a trivial amount to him compared to his past wealth. He laughs and comments to Chu Wanning about the guest's misguided belief that he could simply get rid of them with such a sum.
Chu Wanning, intrigued, lifts the bamboo curtain to see what is happening downstairs and witnesses the commotion. The guest's aggressive behavior and the innkeeper's attempts to accommodate him provide a stark contrast to Mo Ran’s nonchalant demeanor.
Chapter 86: This Venerable One’s Ex-Wife Isn’t Low-Maintenance
Ye Wangxi appears visibly taken aback but maintains his composure when confronted by Nangong Si. He clarifies that he is at Xuanyuan Pavilion on the sect leader's orders to purchase an item, not to follow Nangong Si.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning realize that Ye Wangxi is there for the holy weapon, leading to a mutual understanding between them.
Nangong Si is upset and feels overshadowed by Ye Wangxi’s presence. He questions why Ye Wangxi is tasked with retrieving items instead of him, implying that Nangong Si is capable of handling such tasks himself.
Ye Wangxi calmly explains that he is calling Nangong Si “A-Si” because it was instructed by the sect leader, not out of personal disrespect. He suggests that Nangong Si should address any grievances with his father rather than taking it out on him.
Nangong Si reacts angrily, accusing Ye Wangxi of being overly familiar and not knowing his place. He asserts that despite any pretense, Ye Wangxi will never be his equal due to their different social standings.
Ye Wangxi responds with quiet humility, acknowledging the disparity between them but not aspiring to be Nangong Si’s equal. His demeanor shows a mixture of restraint and underlying emotion.
Nangong Si seems somewhat mollified by Ye Wangxi's respectful response and drinks from his jar of wine. The scene highlights the tension and complex dynamics between the characters, particularly the class distinctions and personal grievances.
Chapter 87: This Venerable One Doesn’t Want You to Take Any More Disciples
The little dragon, Zhu Jiuyin, returns swiftly and triumphantly from outside, excitedly announcing that it has detected numerous magical traces in the inn.
Mo Ran playfully interacts with the dragon, teasing it about its paper-like nature and imaginary traits. The dragon, whose tail is made of paper, playfully smacks Mo Ran’s hand, which only tickles him.
The dragon insists on its grandeur and announces itself as the Dragon of the Candle, rejecting the term "paper" and asserting its mythical status. It identifies itself as Zhu Jiuyin, declaring its impressive capabilities.
Mo Ran finds the dragon's grandiose claims amusing and humorously pretends not to understand, further irritating the dragon.
Zhu Jiuyin becomes increasingly agitated, performing dramatic gestures and even bumping into a candlestick. The resulting flicker of the flame causes Mo Ran to steady the candle, but the dragon, in a fit of frustration, bites Mo Ran’s hand.
Mo Ran nonchalantly picks up the dragon by its tail and throws it onto Chu Wanning’s robes. The dragon, annoyed, tries to complain to Chu Wanning about being mistreated by Mo Ran.
Chu Wanning, uninterested in the dragon’s antics, disregards its complaints and focuses on other matters. The scene underscores the playful and comedic interactions among the characters, highlighting the lighthearted side of their relationships.
Chapter 88: This Venerable One Meets Another One Reborn
Mo Ran’s attention is drawn to a mysterious figure appearing at the end of the hall. The figure is clad in a floor-length, gold-patterned black cloak and a black silk curtain conceals his face. He holds a narrow, black blade, Bugui.
The cloaked figure speaks coolly, revealing that he knows Mo Ran’s identity, though his own remains unknown. His voice is distorted, adding to the sense of foreboding.
Mo Ran tries to stay composed and questions the figure's intentions, identifying himself merely as a disciple of Sisheng Peak.
The figure then reveals knowledge of Mo Ran's past life as Taxian-jun, the Emperor of the Mortal Realm, who was infamous for his brutality and betrayal. He describes Mo Ran's past deeds, including the slaughter of his teacher, family, and countless others, and his ultimate fall from grace.
The figure identifies Mo Ran as Mo Weiyu, a name associated with extreme evil and deserving of suffering, further heightening Mo Ran’s agitation.
Mo Ran’s composure shatters as he is overwhelmed by the figure's accusations and the resurfacing of his past sins. His demeanor shifts from youthful to a ruthless, fiendish glare, ready to confront the mysterious figure aggressively.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran on the verge of attacking the figure, driven by rage and a sense of being provoked by his past sins and current identity.
Chapter 89: This Venerable One’s Past Affair with You
Mo Ran wakes up to find it bright and sunny. He notices that Chu Wanning is still asleep, lying on his side with his back turned. Chu Wanning's long, black hair spills across the bed.
Mo Ran, intrigued by Chu Wanning’s peaceful state and feeling unmotivated to get up, decides to stay in bed and gently plays with Chu Wanning’s hair. He enjoys the sensation and the faint floral scent of the hair.
As Mo Ran runs his fingers through Chu Wanning’s hair, he recalls past memories and sensations. The comfort and familiarity of the moment evoke a nostalgic longing for the past.
Mo Ran reflects on their shared history, particularly the more intimate and salacious moments they had at Sisheng Peak’s Wushan Palace. He recalls holding Chu Wanning and the closeness they once shared.
Feeling both nostalgic and emotionally conflicted, Mo Ran closes his eyes and presses his lips lightly to Chu Wanning’s hair, reminiscing about their past relationship and the emotional complexity it brings.
Chapter 90: This Venerable One’s Idiom Explanation Is Just Fine
Chu Wanning wakes up around noon feeling refreshed after a full night’s sleep, thanks to the Tapir Fragrance Dew. He is surprised to find Mo Ran missing, as he usually sleeps in late.
Chu Wanning calls out for Mo Ran, but there is no response. He checks the room and finds Mo Ran’s clothes neatly folded over a wooden frame.
Chu Wanning notices that the wooden screen dividing the room from the bathing area has steam rising from behind it. He calls out again but receives no reply.
Chu Wanning cautiously approaches the screen, which is decorated with a painting of wild birds and mountain peaks. He peeks around it and sees a large camphor wood bath barrel filled with hot, steamy water and floating bathing herbs.
Upon closer inspection, Chu Wanning realizes that someone must be in the bath barrel as bubbles are rising to the surface from underneath the herbs and petals.
Suddenly, Mo Ran leaps out of the bath barrel, creating a splash and startling Chu Wanning. Mo Ran had been holding his breath underwater and thus didn’t hear Chu Wanning calling for him.
Chu Wanning is shocked and takes a step back, his face turning slightly ashen as he processes the sight of a naked Mo Ran emerging from the water.
Mo Ran, startled by Chu Wanning’s presence, realizes he has been discovered. The moment is awkward, and Mo Ran tries to cover himself while Chu Wanning stands in stunned silence.
Chu Wanning looks around the bathing area, noting the steam and herbs in the water, indicating that Mo Ran had been preparing for a bath and lost track of time.
The chapter ends with Chu Wanning still processing the unexpected and intimate situation, while Mo Ran, embarrassed, attempts to compose himself after the surprise encounter.
Chapter 91: This Venerable One’s Shizun Is a Pro
The chapter opens in a grand hall where Chu Wanning, dressed in elegant white robes, stands with a dignified demeanor. His appearance is contrasted by the slight hint of scorn in his eyes, hidden beneath a facade of politeness.
Li Wuxin, a character from the Rufeng Sect, is shocked to discover that Chu Wanning is present. He stutters and appears pale, unable to reconcile Chu Wanning’s current situation with the last impression he had of him.
Chu Wanning greets Li Wuxin calmly, revealing that they have not seen each other since he left Rufeng Sect. Li Wuxin’s earlier impression of Chu Wanning as someone who had disappeared into obscurity is challenged by this unexpected encounter.
Li Wuxin accuses Chu Wanning of being involved in the murder of five hundred civilians from Butterfly Town, alleging that Chu Wanning has used their deaths to practice dark magic.
Chu Wanning dismisses the accusation with a cool response, stating that while he did not commit the murders, he is willing to address any questions Li Wuxin has at this moment. He makes it clear that he has more pressing matters to attend to and will not be going to Tianyin Pavilion with Li Wuxin.
Chu Wanning takes his seat in the Loyalty Hall, deliberately positioning himself with a gesture that indicates the importance of his presence. His seat is to the left of Xue Zhengyong’s and is marked by a fine bamboo mat and a partially lowered bamboo screen, contrasting with the more lavishly adorned seat of the Lucun Elder.
The chapter highlights Chu Wanning’s composed and authoritative handling of the situation, emphasizing his refined demeanor and strategic approach in dealing with Li Wuxin’s accusations.
Chapter 92: This Venerable One Returns to Butterfly Town
The chapter begins with a scene of shock and disbelief in the hall, as the Bitan Manor disciples are stunned by recent revelations.
The narrative delves into the distinction between various tiers of cultivators. It explains that exceptional cultivators have the ability to create new spells, elixirs, and magical items, distinguishing them from average and superior cultivators. These top-tier practitioners, known as "zongshi," are revered for their unparalleled skill and creativity.
Li Wuxin is revealed to be sweating nervously, though he tries to maintain a bold front as the sect leader. He acknowledges Chu Wanning's status as a zongshi, admitting his underestimation of Chu Wanning's abilities.
Li Wuxin mentions having obtained an item during his confrontation with the vengeful ghost of Luo Xianxian in Butterfly Town and suggests that it may be related to Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning asks about the item, and Li Wuxin produces a brocade box, claiming it is a weapon.
Chu Wanning, with a look of recognition, inquires if the item is a willow vine. This revelation surprises everyone, including Mo Ran.
Li Wuxin is shocked by Chu Wanning's knowledge of the item and questions how he could have known. The tension builds as Chu Wanning reveals a golden light emanating from his palm, signifying his involvement or knowledge regarding the item.
Chapter 93: This Venerable One’s Shizun, Who Dares Touch?!
Chu Wanning's living soul is wandering inside a barrier and encounters numerous wandering ghosts and shadows of lost souls.
He notices a disturbing pattern: the corpses he finds all have their hearts removed, with empty chest cavities and mangled remains. This unsettling discovery makes Chu Wanning realize that something significant is happening.
As the defensive barrier around Butterfly Town weakens, Chu Wanning hurries towards Chen Manor.
Upon arrival, Chu Wanning finds four large cauldrons positioned at the four cardinal directions outside Chen Manor. These cauldrons are emitting dense fumes in red, blue, brown, and gold colors, instead of the usual white.
Each cauldron is filled with blood and human hearts, revealing that the hearts of the deceased have been collected and piled in the cauldrons.
Chu Wanning recognizes the technique used as "Sand Amassed into a Tower," where the hearts of many people with the same elemental essence are gathered to create a temporary but substantial power boost. This method involves harnessing the resentment of the dead.
Chu Wanning is puzzled by the choice of Butterfly Town and Luo Xianxian as the locations for this ritual and continues to investigate.
Inside the Chen Manor, Chu Wanning discovers that the place is in disarray, with furnishings and items scattered across the floor.
He finds Landlord and Madam Chen hanging from the ceiling beams, their hearts removed. Unlike the reanimated townspeople, their bodies have been shredded and are beyond reanimation due to their condition.
Chapter 94: This Venerable One Sees the Heavenly Rift Again
Nangong Si expresses displeasure as he notices the blazing red of Mo Ran’s holy weapon. He inquires about Mo Ran’s identity.
Ye Wangxi informs Nangong Si that Mo Ran is the gongzi from Sisheng Peak and mentions that they resided in the same courtyard at Peach Blossoms Springs.
Nangong Si reacts with a sneer and questions Ye Wangxi's connection to Mo Ran, which makes Ye Wangxi's demeanor shift to one of discomfort and silence.
Nangong Si decides to give Mo Ran some recognition due to his mastery of a holy weapon at a young age, expressing a desire to see Mo Ran’s abilities.
Meanwhile, Mo Ran is focused on the deteriorating barrier around Butterfly Town and becomes impatient, wondering if Chu Wanning is finished with his tasks.
Chu Wanning faces Luo Xianxian, who is attacking fiercely. The white silk curtain is shredded as Luo Xianxian's nails tear through it.
Chu Wanning senses a familiar presence from Luo Xianxian, initially thinking it might be Tianwen, but soon realizes it is not. The energy emanating from Luo Xianxian is similar to that of Tianwen.
As Chu Wanning engages in combat, he begins to piece together clues. He identifies the energy as belonging to the “Heart-Pluck Willow” technique.
Chu Wanning recalls that Luo Xianxian was already dead and her body had been cremated to ashes. This realization helps him understand the situation better.
Chapter 95: This Venerable One’s Calamity from His Past Life
The thin boundary between the world of the yin and the yang has weakened, leading to frequent tears and gaps, but now a catastrophic event occurs—a bloody eye appears in the sky, known as the Heavenly Rift.
The Heavenly Rift creates a terrifying and eerie atmosphere, with debris whipping through the air and an unnatural hue spreading across the sky and earth.
Everyone present, including notable figures like Li Wuxin and Xue Zhengyong, is struck with horror and uncertainty at the sight of this immense catastrophe.
Mo Ran is deeply affected by the sight of the Heavenly Rift, as it evokes memories of a similar calamity from his past life. He recalls the massacre and bloodshed associated with this event.
Mo Ran reflects on his previous lifetime when he and Chu Wanning had worked together to repair the barrier against the Heavenly Rift. Despite their efforts, Mo Ran was ultimately overwhelmed by ghosts and demons pouring from the rift, leading to his fall.
Mo Ran is disoriented by the current event, realizing that the rift’s appearance was not supposed to happen for another three years.
He vividly remembers a snowy night from his past life, shortly after New Year’s Eve. The scene was filled with red scraps from firecrackers and the faint smell of smoke. Mo Ran had celebrated the New Year with everyone, feeling content despite never expressing his feelings for Shi Mei.
Mo Ran recalls the warmth and affection he felt from Shi Mei's presence during that time, reflecting on how he had hoped to remain by Shi Mei’s side even if he could not act on his feelings.
Chapter 96: This Venerable One’s Hatred Born in This Life
Ye Wangxi expressed his disdain for Mei Hanxue, recalling him as the “da-shixiong” from Peach Blossom Springs who was admired by many female cultivators.
Nangong Si initially showed interest in Mei Hanxue but quickly lost it upon realizing he was merely a pretty boy who relied on his looks, and he refocused on the ongoing battle.
Mei Hanxue, with an exasperated glance at Xue Meng, began to play his pipa, commanding the cultivators of Taxue Palace to reposition.
The Taxue Palace musicians played a powerful piece, the "Song of Alkaid," and "Nullification Dance," causing the demonic fiends to freeze and display vacant expressions.
Li Wuxin, recognizing Taxue Palace's skill in music and barrier-mending, asked Mei Hanxue if he could mend the Heavenly Rift.
Mei Hanxue admitted that repairing the Heavenly Rift of the Infinite Hells was beyond his abilities.
Li Wuxin’s expression faltered, but he continued to hope for solutions.
Xue Zhengyong then asked Mei Hanxue if he could help maintain the barrier around Butterfly Town.
Mei Hanxue agreed to try and assist with guarding the barrier, acknowledging his familiarity with Xue Zhengyong from Sisheng Peak.
As Mei Hanxue prepared to take action, the scene shifted to focus on the broader implications of the crisis and the struggle to address the Heavenly Rift and the demonic invasion.
Mo Ran, feeling a chilling sense of déjà vu from a past life, abruptly pulls Shi Mei behind him, instructing Xue Meng to protect him.
Xue Meng is taken aback by Mo Ran’s sudden action and questions his intention.
Mo Ran, aware that Chu Wanning alone cannot mend the barrier, decides that one of his disciples needs to help. He realizes that Shi Mei is vulnerable and will be safest with Xue Meng.
Mo Ran embraces Shi Mei for the first time openly, then forcefully shoves him away, preparing to face the impending danger.
He resolutely states his intention to assist Chu Wanning with sealing the barrier, showing no room for argument. He makes a deep, meaningful look at Shi Mei.
Mo Ran tries to express his feelings to Shi Mei, but the howls of fiends drown out his words. His attempt to convey his emotions is cut short, and he struggles with the realization of his impending departure.
A fleeting image of Shi Mei’s gentle smile from Mo Ran’s previous life appears, underscoring the depth of his feelings and the weight of the moment.
Chapter 97: This Venerable One...
Mo Ran, severely injured and disoriented, hears someone calling his name. He opens his eyes to see a blurry figure in white that vaguely resembles Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning is seen channeling spiritual energy into Mo Ran’s wounds, trying to heal him. Mo Ran is confused and disbelieving, struggling to recognize the figure due to his dazed state.
As Mo Ran’s vision clears, he sees Chu Wanning’s face streaked with blood, with a look of sadness and concern that he has never seen before. This image contrasts sharply with Chu Wanning’s usual impassive demeanor.
Mo Ran reaches out to touch Chu Wanning, but hesitates, torn between the fear that this might be an illusion and the desire for it to be real. He is conflicted because he has been used to harboring hatred for Chu Wanning.
Around them, Mo Ran sees a scene of devastation—mountains of corpses and rivers of blood—making him question whether he is still on the battlefield or has descended into hell.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed with guilt and self-loathing, feeling unworthy of Chu Wanning’s compassion. He reflects on his sins and believes he deserves eternal damnation, while Chu Wanning, a good person, should not be subjected to this suffering with him.
Chu Wanning’s voice, though soft and distant, reassures Mo Ran to hold on a little longer, providing a glimmer of hope amid the chaos and pain.
Mo Ran is shocked to learn that Xia Sini is actually Chu Wanning. Xue Meng confirms this with a strange expression, causing Mo Ran to react with disbelief and confusion.
Mo Ran reflects on his past experiences with Xia Sini and Chu Wanning, piecing together clues about their identities. He recalls moments like sleeping together at Peach Blossom Springs, the golden hair clasp, and the embroidered handkerchief.
Memories of Xia Sini and Chu Wanning intermingle in Mo Ran’s mind. He remembers his past feelings toward Chu Wanning and his interactions with Xia Sini, realizing they share many similarities.
Overwhelmed by the revelation, Mo Ran paces in agitation, repeating the realization that Chu Wanning is Xia Sini. He struggles to reconcile the two identities, feeling as if his mind might explode from the shock.
Mo Ran bitterly reflects on his past experiences with Chu Wanning, emphasizing how Chu Wanning’s reputation as a prestigious zongshi and Beidou Immortal meant nothing to him. He recounts a moment of near-death during the battle of the Heavenly Rift, where Chu Wanning ignored his pleas for help, revealing his perceived indifference to the suffering of others.
Mo Ran expresses his belief that Chu Wanning’s self-interest and his desire to maintain his good name outweigh any personal connections or responsibilities. He asserts that Chu Wanning would have left anyone, even his own disciples, to fend for themselves in a crisis.
The room’s atmosphere grows tense as Mo Ran’s anger and disillusionment are palpable. Despite his calm demeanor, his eyes betray his emotional turmoil.
Xue Meng, enraged by Mo Ran’s harsh words, physically confronts him. In a swift and forceful reaction, Xue Meng grabs Mo Ran by the collar and strikes him across the face.
Mo Ran is taken aback by the sudden attack, but he retaliates, gripping Xue Meng and demanding an explanation for the assault.
Xue Meng, consumed by rage, shouts at Mo Ran, calling him a “bastard” and expressing his anger without holding back. The confrontation escalates into a violent struggle, driven by Xue Meng’s fury and Mo Ran’s frustration.
Chapter 98: Shizun, I’m Begging You, Please Pay Attention to Me
The cliff at Sisheng Peak, humorously named "Aaaaah," is known for its steepness and cold, snow-covered surface. It is the resting place for the deceased of Sisheng Peak and got its name from the cries of those who fell from it.
Mo Ran reflects on a past visit to this cliff following the battle that opened the rift to the Infinite Hells. He had mourned Shi Mei’s death by his coffin, unable to accept that Shi Mei was gone.
Xue Zhengyong had explained to Mo Ran that the name "Aaaaah" originated from his own grief over his brother’s death. Xue Zhengyong’s intense mourning and cries led to the cliff’s name.
Xue Zhengyong offered Mo Ran wine to ease his sorrow, but Mo Ran declined. Xue Zhengyong shared his experience of profound mourning, acknowledging the deep sorrow that influenced the cliff's name.
Xue Zhengyong provided Mo Ran with advice about the fleeting nature of life, based on his own experiences of loss and mourning.
Mo Ran leaves Frostsky Hall after reflecting on his past and the death of Shi Mei. He acknowledges that despite the closure of the Heavenly Rift, his struggles are far from over, especially with Chu Wanning gone.
Arriving at Mengpo Hall late at night, Mo Ran orders a small bowl of noodles and finds a quiet corner to eat. The warmth of the food contrasts with his inner turmoil.
As Mo Ran eats, he remembers his past self’s stubbornness and grief after Shi Mei’s death, including an encounter with Chu Wanning in the kitchen. He recalls how Chu Wanning had tried to make wontons, which Mo Ran had interpreted as a taunt at the time.
Mo Ran reflects on how he had reacted harshly, feeling that Chu Wanning had no right to use the same ingredients or make the same food as Shi Mei had. He had accused Chu Wanning of being indifferent to Shi Mei’s death.
This memory stings Mo Ran, who struggles to swallow his noodles and confront his lingering pain and resentment. Despite his attempts to focus on eating, his thoughts keep drifting back to his past grievances.
Chapter 99: Shizun’s Third Weapon
That night, Mo Ran rests against the haitang tree on Sisheng Peak. The tree offers him some solace and a tenuous connection to the world, as he reflects on Chu Wanning’s presence and his own past actions.
Mo Ran realizes that his belief in the misfortune of having Chu Wanning as his master was misplaced. He now understands that Chu Wanning was the true victim of their relationship, suffering greatly due to their connection.
Mo Ran reminisces about his early interactions with Chu Wanning, recalling how he had pestered Chu Wanning to accept him as a disciple. He remembers Chu Wanning's gentle and bewildered reaction, and regrets the suffering his actions have caused.
Mo Ran wishes he could go back in time and avoid insisting on being Chu Wanning’s disciple. He recognizes that his actions have led to Chu Wanning’s downfall and suffering over two lifetimes.
Overcome with guilt and sorrow, Mo Ran struggles with his emotions, feeling as though his heart is being gnawed at by pain. He eventually falls into a troubled sleep.
In his dreams, Mo Ran is haunted by a painful memory of standing at the pinnacle of the human realm with Chu Wanning, whose spiritual core had been abolished and who had been a prisoner in Mo Ran’s palace. The memory is linked to recent assassination attempts against him, adding to his torment.
Chapter 100: Shizun’s Last Words
Mo Ran's blood runs cold as he recalls the power of Chu Wanning’s guqin Jiuge, which he had seen only once during a previous life-or-death battle. Jiuge’s music had the ability to split the skies and shatter clouds, causing chaos among Mo Ran’s million-strong army of chess pieces by awakening their consciousness.
Despite Chu Wanning's previous inability to summon Tianwen and his apparent spiritual depletion, he has now managed to call forth Jiuge, which is even more powerful than before. This raises questions for Mo Ran about how Chu Wanning achieved this feat, suggesting a possible pretense of weakness.
Mo Ran is troubled by the thought that Chu Wanning’s spiritual core might not have been shattered as believed. He speculates that Chu Wanning might have been faking his weakness and enduring hardships to later exact revenge, which leads Mo Ran to regret not realizing this sooner.
The confrontation at Heavenly Lake is described as intensely fierce, comparable to their previous battles. Mo Ran feels isolated and unable to communicate with anyone, exacerbating his sense of helplessness.
The power of Jiuge is demonstrated as it nullifies Mo Ran’s forbidden magic and disrupts the bloody conflict among the Taxue Palace cultivators. The music from Jiuge has the effect of restoring awareness to those who were previously under the influence of Mo Ran’s spells.
Jiuge’s music also shatters the enchanted ice pillars that had been used to bind Xue Zhengyong and others, further showcasing its strength and the depth of Chu Wanning’s power.
Mo Ran reflects on the past, realizing the deep connection between Chu Wanning and his guqin Jiuge. He recalls the powerful effect of Jiuge and the fact that Chu Wanning’s apparent loss of power might have been a strategic move rather than an actual depletion of strength.
Mo Ran’s thoughts are clouded with regret and confusion as he considers the possibility that Chu Wanning’s enduring strength and ability to summon Jiuge might have been a carefully planned act of revenge rather than a result of genuine weakness. This adds to Mo Ran’s sense of betrayal and the tragic outcome of their past and present conflicts.
Chapter 101: Shizun, the Last Flame in This World
Mo Ran stands in silence for a long time before breaking it with a bright smile, addressing Song Qiutong with a chilling tone. He comments on the notion of a pavilion with only one master, suggesting it would make for an interesting story.
Mo Ran leisurely approaches Song Qiutong, using his foot to tip her chin up and make her look at him. He comments on how she has been hiding her true feelings and suggests they have a candid conversation.
Mo Ran begins questioning Song Qiutong about various events. He first asks her how Chu Wanning ended up at Kunlun Mountain when he distinctly remembers locking Chu Wanning in the residential palace before leaving. Song Qiutong, terrified, claims ignorance about how Chu Wanning was freed.
Mo Ran continues his interrogation, recalling that when he appointed Song Qiutong as empress and put her in charge of Sisheng Peak, he later imprisoned Chu Wanning in a water prison for disobedience. He questions how Song Qiutong had visited Chu Wanning under the pretense of a prison inspection and faced his scorn.
Song Qiutong’s face pales and she starts to tremble at the mention of this incident. She admits that Chu Wanning insulted her and Mo Ran, which she had previously reported to Mo Ran, but her explanation becomes frantic and disjointed under pressure.
Mo Ran’s calm demeanor contrasts with Song Qiutong’s increasing panic. His questioning is methodical and unyielding, aiming to uncover the truth behind Chu Wanning’s actions and the events surrounding his imprisonment and release.
The chapter reveals Mo Ran's cold and calculated approach as he digs into the past to piece together the full story, with a focus on uncovering who facilitated Chu Wanning’s escape and the implications of Song Qiutong’s actions during this time.
Chapter 102: Shizun’s Shizun
Mo Ran reflects on the significance of his words "Shizun, pay attention to me," which he had spoken when he first met Chu Wanning beneath the Heaven-Piercing Tower and again when they parted at Red Lotus Pavilion. The words symbolize a lifetime of longing and regret.
Mo Ran finishes his last jar of pear-blossom wine and descends from Sisheng Peak, marking the eve of his final day. He prepares to end his life, realizing that the next morning, Taxian-jun, who has been a source of turmoil for the past decade, will be found dead by suicide at the age of thirty-two.
Upon awakening, Mo Ran finds himself disoriented under the flowering tree before the Heaven-Piercing Tower. He absently murmurs Chu Wanning's name, realizing that Chu Wanning is gone in this lifetime as well.
Mo Ran recalls his previous life, where he struggled daily and Chu Wanning stood by him until the end. He regrets that in this life, Chu Wanning will not witness his transformation or redemption.
Overwhelmed with emotion, Mo Ran covers his eyes with his arm, struggling to hold back tears as he processes his loss and the weight of his actions.
In the distance, Mo Ran hears his uncle, Xue Zhengyong, frantically calling for him. This indicates that while Mo Ran is lost in his personal grief, others are still searching for him and concerned about his well-being.
The chapter explores themes of regret, loss, and the impact of Chu Wanning’s absence on Mo Ran’s sense of self and future.
In his past life, Mo Ran had sought Master Huaizui in vain, as the sage had passed away the year before Mo Ran reached the pinnacle of the human realm. Huaizui’s age and existence were shrouded in mystery.
In this reborn life, Mo Ran is surprised to find Master Huaizui visiting him unannounced in the dead of night, a shocking turn of events given Huaizui's reputed death.
Mo Ran reflects on his ignorance in his previous life. He had later learned that Huaizui was a legendary figure capable of wielding the forbidden technique Rebirth, which Mo Ran had hoped to use to resurrect Shi Mei.
When Shi Mei died, Mo Ran had hurriedly sent emissaries to summon Huaizui, but they returned with news of the sage’s death, dashing Mo Ran’s hopes of revival.
The revelation that Huaizui is alive in this lifetime overwhelms Mo Ran. He is overcome with a mix of shock and urgency, realizing he must seize this opportunity.
Mo Ran quickly instructs a disciple to invite the great master in, but then decides to go personally. As he moves to do so, a monk in a bamboo hat and worn robes appears inside Loyalty Hall with extraordinary speed and without any noticeable disturbance in the environment.
The monk introduces himself in a deep voice, acknowledging Mo Ran’s status and minimizing the disturbance caused by his arrival.
This unexpected visit from Huaizui brings hope and urgency to Mo Ran’s situation, prompting a significant shift in his approach to dealing with his losses and seeking redemption.
Chapter 103: Shizun, I’m Coming to Find You
In his past life, Mo Ran had sought Master Huaizui in vain, as the sage had passed away the year before Mo Ran reached the pinnacle of the human realm. Huaizui’s age and existence were shrouded in mystery.
In this reborn life, Mo Ran is surprised to find Master Huaizui visiting him unannounced in the dead of night, a shocking turn of events given Huaizui's reputed death.
Mo Ran reflects on his ignorance in his previous life. He had later learned that Huaizui was a legendary figure capable of wielding the forbidden technique Rebirth, which Mo Ran had hoped to use to resurrect Shi Mei.
When Shi Mei died, Mo Ran had hurriedly sent emissaries to summon Huaizui, but they returned with news of the sage’s death, dashing Mo Ran’s hopes of revival.
The revelation that Huaizui is alive in this lifetime overwhelms Mo Ran. He is overcome with a mix of shock and urgency, realizing he must seize this opportunity.
Mo Ran quickly instructs a disciple to invite the great master in, but then decides to go personally. As he moves to do so, a monk in a bamboo hat and worn robes appears inside Loyalty Hall with extraordinary speed and without any noticeable disturbance in the environment.
The monk introduces himself in a deep voice, acknowledging Mo Ran’s status and minimizing the disturbance caused by his arrival.
This unexpected visit from Huaizui brings hope and urgency to Mo Ran’s situation, prompting a significant shift in his approach to dealing with his losses and seeking redemption.
Chapter 103: Shizun, I’m Coming to Find You
Mo Ran and Shi Mei discover that Master Huaizui was Chu Wanning’s former teacher.
Huaizui reveals he has a method to potentially bring Chu Wanning back using the forbidden Rebirth technique.
The Rebirth technique defies fate and involves great risk, potentially resulting in eternal damnation.
It requires locating Chu Wanning’s three ethereal souls: earth soul, cognizance soul, and human soul.
The cognizance soul remains in the body, while the human and earth souls need to be found.
Using "soul-calling lanterns," the human soul can be illuminated if Chu Wanning retains attachments to the world.
The journey involves traveling to the underworld, and the person must wholeheartedly wish for Chu Wanning's return.
Chu Wanning was expelled from the sect for wanting to help people in the lower cultivation realm, defying the sect’s rules.
Huaizui recounts their heated argument, where Chu Wanning chose to cut ties and leave to help others despite the dangers.
Mo Ran feels intense guilt over Chu Wanning's death and is determined to shoulder the risk alone.
Shi Mei is cautious about the technique’s difficulty and the possibility of failure.
Xue Meng arrives, reacts emotionally to the possibility of reviving Chu Wanning, and expresses doubt and anger toward Mo Ran.
Despite the dangers, all three disciples—Mo Ran, Shi Mei, and Xue Meng—agree to undertake the challenge.
Huaizui provides each with a soul-calling lantern to find Chu Wanning’s human soul.
They must find and sustain Chu Wanning’s human soul in the lantern until daybreak.
One of them will travel alone to the underworld to find the earth soul and fuse it with the human soul within the lantern.
Mo Ran, Shi Mei, and Xue Meng set off on their paths to find Chu Wanning's soul, each motivated by their attachment to him.
Chapter 104: Shizun’s Wontons
Mo Ran carries the soul-calling lantern through Sisheng Peak, becoming invisible to the living as he searches for Chu Wanning's soul.
He checks several locations, including Red Lotus Pavilion, Frostsky Hall, and Three Lives Platform, but finds no trace of Chu Wanning. He fears that his shizun might be tired of life and unwilling to be found.
As Mo Ran navigates through the wild grass, he encounters a soul at the end of Naihe Bridge. The soul is covered in blood and appears confused and lifeless. Mo Ran realizes the soul is not Chu Wanning and continues searching.
Mo Ran is distressed, worrying that Chu Wanning's soul might also be lost and unresponsive. He quickens his pace, driven by anxiety and urgency.
He arrives at Mengpo Hall, thinking it unlikely that Chu Wanning's soul would be there. Just as he is about to leave, he hears a faint sigh from within the hall.
The soft sigh is a significant and overwhelming sound for Mo Ran, filling him with hope and fear as he prepares to investigate further.
Chapter 105: Shizun’s Human Soul
Mo Ran leads Chu Wanning, who is disoriented and missing two souls, into his room. Chu Wanning is confused, unable to recognize the surroundings or even understand whose hand he is holding.
Once inside the room, Chu Wanning sets down a bowl of wontons and approaches the bed. He assumes Mo Ran is asleep and expresses a hint of disappointment when there is no immediate response.
Mo Ran, unable to bear seeing Chu Wanning’s confusion and fearing he might leave, sits on the bed and calls out to him, revealing that he is awake.
Chu Wanning’s response is hesitant and uncertain, indicating his disorientation. Mo Ran realizes Chu Wanning is easily deceived in his current state and decides to play along.
Mo Ran uses a hair clasp to create the sound of Shi Mei leaving and closing the door behind him, convincing Chu Wanning that Shi Mei has departed.
Chu Wanning mentions the wound on Mo Ran’s back, reflecting on their past interactions. Mo Ran reassures him that the wound is no longer painful and attributes it to his own mistake of picking a precious herb without permission, not to any fault of Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning, touched by Mo Ran’s words, is momentarily taken aback. His reaction shows a mix of concern and sadness as he raises his hand, possibly to check on Mo Ran’s well-being or express his feelings.
Chapter 106: Shizun, Where Are You?
The gatekeeper expresses a mocking attitude towards Mo Ran, noting his unfortunate situation as a cultivator who has come to the underworld. His comment reflects the gatekeeper’s disdain for cultivators and his own sour grapes.
Despite Master Huaizui’s enchantment designed to mask Mo Ran’s living essence, the gatekeeper senses something unusual about him. The gatekeeper, intrigued but not immediately able to identify the issue, scrutinizes Mo Ran more closely.
The gatekeeper, eager to assert his authority, presents a "sin-measuring ruler" and boasts about its significance. This ruler is used to measure a person’s merit and sin in life, revealing a sense of power and control.
Mo Ran, realizing that measuring his merit might lead to dire consequences, is apprehensive. He worries that his past actions will result in severe punishment or worse, but he has little choice but to comply due to the gatekeeper's scrutiny.
As soon as the ruler touches Mo Ran’s wrist, it emits a loud, disturbing screech. Blood starts dripping from the ruler, and the air is filled with anguished cries and curses from disembodied voices. These voices express deep torment and anger, highlighting the ruler’s ability to reveal the gravity of Mo Ran’s past sins.
The voices that emanate from the ruler curse Mo Ran and plead for mercy, reflecting the suffering of those affected by his actions. They shout things like "I will not rest in death," "May you never be allowed to reincarnate," and "Don’t kill me—please don’t kill me."
The harrowing sound and the sight of the ruler bleeding cause Mo Ran to recoil in shock. His face loses color as he becomes overwhelmed by the emotional and spiritual weight of his past deeds. The scene underscores his internal turmoil and the consequences of his previous actions.
Chapter 107: Shizun’s Portrait
Mo Ran endures a lengthy and tedious lecture from a scholar who discusses Confucian and Mencian philosophy for four hours. Despite struggling to stay awake and comprehend the material, Mo Ran must maintain a facade of interest.
Skilled at feigning attentiveness, Mo Ran uses a series of responses: an initial “Oh?” with a confused expression, followed by an “Oh...” with a look of dawning comprehension, and finally an enthusiastic “Ohhh!” to indicate new understanding.
Chu Wanning, unimpressed by Mo Ran's performance, tells him to be quiet. Conversely, the scholar, thrilled by Mo Ran’s apparent engagement, becomes increasingly excited and animated.
Mo Ran praises a painting discussed by the scholar, declaring it a priceless masterpiece. This praise elates the scholar, who shows his delight through his animated reactions.
Mo Ran decides to leave, informing the scholar that he plans to explore further and will return the next day if the scholar is available. The scholar’s joy peaks at being addressed as “professor,” highlighting his happiness at Mo Ran’s respectful and flattering demeanor.
Mo Ran and the scholar debate over the details of Chu Wanning’s portrait. The scholar requests specifics on Chu Wanning’s facial features, but Mo Ran struggles to provide accurate descriptions.
Mo Ran’s vague and unhelpful answers, such as calling a face simply “a face,” frustrate the scholar. When asked about the shape of Chu Wanning’s face, Mo Ran suggests that it should be drawn like his own since their faces are similar, further irritating the scholar.
The scholar seeks detailed descriptions of Chu Wanning’s eyes. Mo Ran describes them as both "scary but charming" and "cold but gentle," which only angers the scholar more. Despite Mo Ran’s attempts to persuade him, the scholar initially quits in frustration.
Mo Ran, in a last-ditch effort, insists that no one else can draw as well as the scholar. This plea, combined with Mo Ran’s earnestness, persuades the scholar to continue, though he demands precise answers.
The scholar begins to ask about specific types of eyes, such as "leopard eyes," "round eyes," "almond eyes," and "phoenix eyes." Mo Ran is confused by these terms but eventually describes Chu Wanning’s eyes as upturned and pretty, which the scholar identifies as “phoenix eyes.”
The scholar, still exasperated, continues with other facial features. Mo Ran provides a more accurate description for Chu Wanning’s nose as “high,” though the discussion of lips and other features is yet to be covered.
Chapter 108: Shizun’s Earth Soul
Mo Ran follows a ghost upstairs, uncertain of what is happening. The stairs creak with each step, and Mo Ran learns that the ghost is leading him to someone called Sir Chu, who is described as their superior sent by Lord Yanluo to manage the place.
They arrive at a half-moon-shaped doorway on the second floor, where the ghost knocks lightly. Sir Chu’s voice responds from within, expressing disinterest in seeing visitors and asking to be left alone.
The ghost clarifies that the visitor is not who Sir Chu thinks it is, prompting Sir Chu to agree to meet them.
The interior of the room is simple and elegant, with plain furnishings and a luxurious rug. The room has a sharp scent of furs, contrasting with the appearance of the figure inside.
The figure, Chu Wanning, stands before a window, pruning a flower branch. He wears a dark blue mask with bared fangs and bulging eyes, which still appears gentle on him. His long hair and white robes complement his delicate appearance.
Mo Ran, feeling dry-throated and anxious, is unsure how to approach Chu Wanning. The recent exchange with the masked ghost left him with a sense of unease, especially about Chu Wanning's condition and memory. He worries that Chu Wanning may not remember him.
Chu Wanning, after finishing with the flower branch, turns to face Mo Ran.
Mo Ran realizes that Chu Wanning's cognizance soul is still in his body, his human soul is in the soul-calling lantern, but there should only be his earth soul left in the underworld. This raises the question of how Chu Wanning can appear in two places simultaneously.
Chu Xun informs Mo Ran that the compass is picking up signals in both the southeast and northeast directions and suggests that Mo Ran check both areas. The compass might be affected by magic that’s preventing it from accurately locating Chu Wanning’s earth soul.
Filled with anxiety, Mo Ran thanks Chu Xun and heads east. At a fork in the road, he hesitates between southeast and northeast.
Mo Ran lifts the soul-calling lantern and senses a vague, peculiar feeling in his heart that seems to fluctuate, drawing closer and then retreating. He follows this feeling through narrow roads and dark alleys, which grows stronger the further he goes.
The feeling leads Mo Ran to an old, two-story wooden building with a peeling plaque reading "AILING SOULS SANITARIUM." The state of the plaque increases Mo Ran’s unease.
He pushes open the door and enters, discovering an underworld infirmary filled with unconscious souls on hundreds of beds. Ghosts wearing white masks are channeling spiritual energy into the patients.
Mo Ran searches for the ghost doctor overseeing the sanitarium and finds him in the…
Chapter 109: Shizun’s Second Earth Soul
Mo Ran, feeling numb and disoriented, descends the stairs of the Ailing Souls Sanitarium while holding Chu Wanning’s soul.
Mo Ran questions the ghost doctor about the soul upstairs, asking if it is indeed Chu Wanning’s earth soul. The ghost doctor, irritated, confirms that it is, dismissing Mo Ran's doubts.
Mo Ran presses further, inquiring if the soul could be Chu Wanning’s cognizance soul instead. The doctor, frustrated, insists he can distinguish between different souls and would not have made a mistake.
Mo Ran, growing increasingly concerned, asks if it’s possible for someone to have two earth souls. The ghost doctor, annoyed by the question, suggests that Mo Ran is not thinking clearly and threatens to check his pulse.
Fearing exposure, Mo Ran apologizes and quickly leaves the sanitarium with the lantern containing Chu Wanning’s human and earth souls.
The ghost realm is dim, with day and night marked by a murky sun or cold moon. Mo Ran walks through the emptying streets, feeling overwhelmed and helpless.
Mo Ran reflects on his past, recognizing that the feelings of helplessness and uncertainty he experienced as a child are resurfacing now, deepening his distress.
Mo Ran contemplates the possibility that Chu Xun stayed in Nanke Town because of his wife, waiting for her to be freed from her extra soul and return from the seventh level so they could reincarnate together.
Chu Xun’s emotional response and the tremor in his throat reveal the depth of his grief, suggesting the topic is deeply painful for him. He confirms that the woman’s soul had fused with the child’s cognizance soul, making them inseparable.
Mo Ran, feeling sympathy but unsure how to express it, tells Chu Xun to stop, indicating he understands the situation without needing further details.
Chu Xun explains that if Chu Wanning really has two earth souls, it is likely that one was not originally his. He provides context about how souls can split under extreme circumstances but clarifies that such cases typically involve the human soul, not the earth or cognizance souls.
Chu Xun elaborates that souls generally only shatter under extreme moral failings or deep sins, which he deems unlikely for Chu Wanning. Mo Ran reflects on his own fate, wondering if his human soul might shatter when he meets his end.
Chu Xun’s explanation offers Mo Ran clarity but also leaves him pondering the broader implications for both Chu Wanning and himself.
Chapter 110: Shizun Doesn’t Know about the Little Puppy’s Past
Mo Ran wanders the streets alone, observing the eerie ghosts and wet, slippery bluestone steps. He is injured, with raw and bloody fingers from a recent struggle involving a splintered doorframe.
Despite the pain in his hand, Mo Ran’s emotional pain feels more intense. He reflects on the rejection he faced from a man behind a door who would no longer speak to him. This rejection is familiar and painful for Mo Ran, who is accustomed to malevolence and scorn.
Mo Ran acknowledges that the man’s change in demeanor meant he would not get any further honest answers about Chu Wanning’s earth soul. He had been shoved out and the door slammed in his face.
The rejection Mo Ran experienced was a reminder of his past, with Xue Meng’s derogatory words about him as “lowlife scum” still resonating deeply. These harsh words didn’t affect his dignity because he had long accepted his place as someone who is often looked down upon.
Mo Ran takes one last look at the door before slowly walking away, amidst the mocking whispers of the ghosts. He feels alone and derided, reflecting on the hopelessness of his situation.
Mo Ran observes the harsh criticisms and pity directed at a young woman with insufficient skills. Some criticize her effort, suggesting she needs to practice more to succeed, while others, more sympathetic, urge her to visit an apothecary despite her lack of money.
The sympathetic bystanders are moved but hesitant. A wealthy elderly woman offers a token amount of money—a single copper coin—while shedding tears of benevolence. This small gesture is met with hollow thanks from the woman, who clutches the coin tightly.
Mo Ran reflects on the disparity between the small charity received and the promised larger sum from a wealthy madam who had left in anger. The woman, having suffered a severe injury, attempts to chase after the madam to request the promised money.
The woman is met with hostility and derision from the madam's attendants. They berate her for her injuries and insist that she’s lucky her blood didn’t stain the madam’s clothing, adding to her misfortune.
The attendants forcefully push the woman to the ground, further exacerbating her plight, and continue to belittle her for asking for the money. This scene highlights the harsh realities and indignities faced by the woman amidst her struggle.
Mo Ran recalls a memory of a wealthy merchant's child who had a distinct mole by his mouth. This boy was known for sitting by his family’s gate with a bowl of golden, crispy fried dumplings. He would only eat the filling and discard the wrappers on the ground for the dogs.
Mo Ran approaches the boy cautiously and requests the discarded dumpling wrappers. The boy is initially surprised and resistant, questioning why he should give the wrappers away.
Despite Mo Ran’s polite persistence, the boy refuses, claiming the wrappers are meant for his well-fed dogs, Wangcai and Wangfu, who are already spoiled with braised meat.
Mo Ran’s attention is drawn to the fat dogs, and he momentarily fantasizes about the possibility of eating them due to his extreme hunger. He quickly denies any such intention when the boy accuses him of wanting to eat his pets.
The boy is horrified by Mo Ran’s thought of eating the dogs, unable to understand the depth of Mo Ran’s hunger and desperation. The interaction highlights the stark contrast between Mo Ran's dire situation and the boy’s privileged life.
Mo Ran recalls how everything in the world—beauties, fine wines, delicacies, and treasures—was offered to him in abundance.
A wealthy ore merchant from Lin’an arrives with a rare, ten-thousand-year-old black fire jade. The merchant hopes to gain favor from Emperor Taxian-jun (Mo Ran).
Normally, Mo Ran ignores such gifts, but with Chu Wanning ill and the black fire jade being beneficial for warming, Mo Ran decides to meet the merchant.
The merchant is stocky with a mole and a hair on his lip. He appears nervous and intimidated in Mo Ran’s presence.
Mo Ran, sitting on the throne, observes the trembling merchant with a smile. He recognizes him as the same boy who once sat by his family's gate eating dumplings.
Mo Ran remembers the boy with the mole, who had once asked for discarded dumpling wrappers. Despite his current high status, Mo Ran recalls the boy's humble and greedy behavior.
Mo Ran, still smiling, mentions that he remembers the fried dumplings from the boy’s place, hinting at the contrast between their past and present circumstances.
Mo Ran, still sighing, watches as the little cultivator hurriedly grabs the lantern and rushes off into the night with determined urgency.
The old man observes the scene in silence and then mutters enviously, reflecting on how nice it must be to be young and able to run so fast.
Chapter 111: Shizun Is Like a Blade, You Are Like Water
Mo Ran arrives at the Fourth Ghost King’s second palace and decides against entering through the front. Instead, he scales the roof and hides the soul-calling lantern in his qiankun pouch to avoid detection. He moves swiftly across the roof tiles, avoiding guards.
From his elevated position, Mo Ran surveys the sprawling second palace, which resembles a small town with its many courtyards and corridors. He feels a surge of anxiety, realizing the difficulty of locating Chu Wanning among the numerous rooms.
As Mo Ran contemplates his next move, he notices a line of soldiers in golden armor and boots carrying red lanterns. They march from the east gate to a nondescript side room, which is partially obscured by a large pagoda tree.
Mo Ran witnesses chaos unfolding in the side room. Shouts and the sounds of furniture being overturned are followed by a terrified scream. A disheveled woman is forcibly dragged out and thrown into the courtyard, her clothing falling off as she is handled roughly.
Amidst the commotion, the woman's desperate attempt to flee is met with a harsh reaction. A whip cracks down on her, indicating severe punishment and adding to the distressing scene Mo Ran observes from his hiding spot.
After the soldiers leave, Rong Jiu, who remains in the side room, begins to prepare himself. He is the most composed among the group, taking time to dress and groom himself. Despite his pallid appearance in death, he carefully applies rouge from hell’s deep red flowers to enhance his features.
Rong Jiu, who had led a tough life, views his situation with a sense of pragmatic acceptance. He reflects on the differences between the wealthy and himself, feeling that he cannot afford to concern himself with ideals like integrity and honor. He has only his soul left now.
As Rong Jiu is engaged in his personal grooming, he hears a rustling noise, which he initially attributes to the soldier who had shown interest in him. He turns around with a flirtatious demeanor, only to be startled when he sees Mo Ran standing nearby.
Rong Jiu’s initial reaction is one of shock and fear. His previously charming and composed expression shifts to one of alarm and disbelief as he recognizes Mo Ran. His emotional response reveals his surprise and anxiety at encountering Mo Ran in such a situation.
Chapter 112: Shizun Is Not to Be Sullied
Rong Jiu reflects on Mo Ran’s past actions from his previous life, noting that despite Mo Ran’s resentment and wrongful actions against him, the present Rong Jiu had not yet been involved in any schemes against Mo Ran.
Rong Jiu points out that Mo Ran had taken his possessions, including money, and asks how Mo Ran intends to make amends. He questions the value of material compensation in the afterlife and demands a response from Mo Ran about how he can compensate for his lost life.
Mo Ran is caught off guard by Rong Jiu’s mention of his lost life and struggles to respond. Rong Jiu reveals that Chang-gongzi, who had previously shown interest in him, betrayed him after he had become useless to him. Rong Jiu expresses his anger and frustration, recounting how Chang-gongzi fed him false promises and how he had been deceived into believing that Chang-gongzi’s family was the cause of their separation.
Rong Jiu vents his rage at Mo Ran, expressing disbelief and anger over the betrayal and how he was left to face the consequences of Chang-gongzi’s deceit. He laments that despite his efforts to buy his freedom, he was ultimately discarded.
Rong Jiu, after a period of silence, reveals that he was complicit with Chang-gongzi in a plot to kill Mo Ran and steal his cultivation. He expresses resentment, believing that Chang-gongzi must have betrayed him, leading to his own tragic end.
Mo Ran confirms that he is aware of the plot. Rong Jiu’s hatred intensifies as he reflects on how, if he had followed through with killing Mo Ran, he might have had a better life and avoided his miserable death.
Mo Ran questions Rong Jiu about his tendency to follow others' orders, to which Rong Jiu responds defensively, explaining that he only wanted to live well. He defends his actions, equating the selling of his body to any other form of labor, and argues that reputation and dignity are irrelevant compared to the desire for a comfortable life.
Rong Jiu's bitterness is palpable as he rationalizes his past decisions, equating killing for survival to eating animals. Mo Ran is introspective, reflecting on his own past actions and finding himself unable to counter Rong Jiu’s argument.
Rong Jiu expresses his lack of understanding of what gives life meaning, citing his early experiences in a brothel and his pursuit of money as a means to buy his freedom. He laments that despite his efforts, he never achieved the freedom he sought, blaming Mo Ran and others for his suffering.
The conversation reveals deep themes of regret, the search for meaning, and the consequences of one’s choices, both for Rong Jiu and Mo Ran.
Chapter 113: Shizun, Imprisoned
The chapter opens with Mo Ran arriving at the largest courtyard on the east side of the estate, which matches Rong Jiu's description. The courtyard is grand but unkempt, with three floors of cells and an old tree adorned with dead crows. Each crow holds a spinning eyeball that watches the surroundings vigilantly.
Mo Ran hides behind a corner and observes the patrol routes of the ghost soldiers, who guard the tributes meant for the Fourth Ghost King. The eerie sounds of weeping and sighing from the cells create a haunting atmosphere, adding to the sense of foreboding.
The courtyard contains over three hundred rooms. The patrols pass every ten minutes, and each floor has a guard at the stairs equipped with a soul-shattering whip and an emergency signal whistle. Mo Ran realizes it will be difficult to find Chu Wanning quickly due to the tight security.
Mo Ran notices a lone ghost soldier approaching, dressed in the same uniform as the guards and carrying a red-on-black token. He listens as the soldier exchanges greetings with the guard on duty. They discuss the change of shifts, with the new soldier arriving to relieve the current guard.
Seizing the opportunity, Mo Ran decides to act during the shift change. The new soldier goes up the stairs to begin his shift, and the guard on the first floor remains bored and distracted.
Mo Ran takes advantage of the distraction caused by the shift change to move past the guard and enter the courtyard. He stealthily navigates through the maze of cells, searching for any sign of Chu Wanning while avoiding detection from the patrolling ghost soldiers and the vigilant crows.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran's tense and careful search for Chu Wanning in the heavily guarded and ominously quiet courtyard, as he faces the challenge of locating him amid the oppressive atmosphere of the estate.
Chapter 114: Shizun, Say You Will
Chu Wanning hears a steady heartbeat, signaling life or a significant presence, and blinks in surprise, experiencing a range of emotions from joy to embarrassment.
He masks his emotions with his usual composure, quickly covering up his feelings and awkwardness. He questions Mo Ran’s presence, unintentionally revealing his nervousness.
Mo Ran avoids directly stating that he came to save Chu Wanning, understanding that doing so would make Chu Wanning uncomfortable. He gently asks Chu Wanning to guess his purpose.
Chu Wanning, flustered, accuses Mo Ran of coming to “look for trouble.” Mo Ran playfully responds, suggesting that Chu Wanning should have informed him if he was now named “Trouble.”
Mo Ran recognizes that Chu Wanning uses anger as a facade to hide his true emotions. Mo Ran reflects on how both of them have been dummies—Chu Wanning for hiding his feelings and Mo Ran for not understanding this sooner.
The atmosphere becomes lighter as Mo Ran successfully finds all four of Chu Wanning’s souls. With Chu Wanning’s rebirth now imminent, Mo Ran is in high spirits.
Mo Ran grabs Chu Wanning’s hand again, expressing his renewed connection and support as they move forward.
The sound of rapid footsteps and shouting approaches, signaling the arrival of a vast army of ghost soldiers, closing in on their location.
Rong Jiu has alerted the soldiers to their presence, creating chaos with cries of “Seize the thief!” and “Who does he think he is?”
The situation becomes tumultuous, with shadows of ghosts and torches threatening to overwhelm them, threatening eternal damnation in the Infinite Hells.
Mo Ran, despite the chaos, remains calm and at peace while holding Chu Wanning’s hand. He feels a deep respect and affection for Chu Wanning, who is not just a lover but someone cherished and esteemed.
Chu Wanning, noticing the approaching danger, urgently demands that Mo Ran get up and move. His anger masks his concern, and he pulls Mo Ran up, insisting they leave immediately.
Mo Ran is surprised by Chu Wanning’s readiness to leave and responds with a tearful smile, feeling a sense of relief and joy as he clasps Chu Wanning’s hand and presses his forehead to Chu Wanning’s.
Mo Ran whispers “Three” to Chu Wanning, though the significance of the number is not immediately clear.
As the sea of ghosts draws nearer, Mo Ran instructs Chu Wanning to put up a barrier to hold them off while he prepares to use the soul-calling lantern.
Chu Wanning, flustered and unable to perform the task, responds with a look of concern, leaving Mo Ran bewildered by the unexpected complication.
Chapter 115: Shizun Is Already Married
Mo Ran, concerned about the repercussions of having killed many ghost soldiers, expresses his worry about the underworld’s response.
Chu Wanning reassures Mo Ran that the ghost soldiers’ souls are merely shattered, not destroyed beyond repair. They will be able to piece themselves back together in a couple of days.
Mo Ran notices glowing specks of souls floating around the remains of the ghost soldiers but is quickly pulled away by Chu Wanning, who insists they must run.
As they flee across the rooftops, Mo Ran asks Chu Wanning why he shouldn’t use more spiritual energy to defeat the soldiers if they won’t be permanently harmed.
Chu Wanning sarcastically suggests Mo Ran try using more spiritual energy. Mo Ran’s attempt results in only a tiny wisp of smoke from his whip, revealing its exhausted state.
Chu Wanning explains that excessive use of spiritual energy depletes the weapon’s power and delays its recovery. He advises Mo Ran to use it sparingly.
Mo Ran recalls a past memory of Chu Wanning teaching him to use willow vine during an illusion at Peach Blossom Springs when Chu Wanning was much smaller in stature.
Chu Wanning is taken aback and flustered by Mo Ran’s remark about their past, responding with irritation and embarrassment.
The chapter closes with Mo Ran continuing to tease Chu Wanning, who is visibly red-faced and annoyed by the comparison.
Mo Ran realizes that the red robes on Chu Wanning were not a sign of restraint, contrary to Rong Jiu's claim that everyone in the main palace was tied up. Mo Ran’s anger and frustration are evident.
The Fourth Ghost King expresses his preference for beauties who are icy and standoffish, contrasting with the more compliant and tedious types. This revelation surprises Mo Ran and Chu Wanning.
The Fourth Ghost King is intrigued by Mo Ran’s and Chu Wanning’s reactions and remarks that this is the first time someone has broken into his palace like this. He is curious about Mo Ran’s relationship with Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran identifies Chu Wanning as his “shizun,” but the Ghost King dismisses this, seemingly uninterested. The King comments that he is more interested in Chu Wanning’s body than his affection.
Mo Ran questions the point of keeping Chu Wanning if he does not like the Ghost King. The King explains that his interest is in Chu Wanning's physical form, not his feelings.
The Ghost King then sneers that if Chu Wanning was already married, it would change the situation. He shows disdain for secondhand goods, implying he has no interest in those already committed to someone else.
Mo Ran is initially stunned but then smiles, sensing an opportunity. He inquires whether Chu Wanning’s being married would affect the situation with the ceremonial robes.
The Ghost King confirms that if Chu Wanning was indeed married, the ceremonial robes would be ineffective. He states that he has no interest in interfering with other people’s marriages.
The Fourth Ghost King, pleased with the earlier events, stands and claps slowly from his sedan near the palace gate, commenting on the excitement he has not experienced in hundreds of years.
Mo Ran, realizing the inappropriateness of holding Chu Wanning, quickly withdraws his hands. Chu Wanning also recovers from the moment, turning away and straightening his robes in silence.
Mo Ran attempts to ease the awkwardness by reminding the Fourth Ghost King of his promise, affirming that he did not lie.
The Fourth Ghost King confirms Mo Ran’s honesty and expresses his appreciation for the entertainment. He decides to release Mo Ran and Chu Wanning as thanks, noting that he has no shortage of beauties and won’t miss an already-married soul.
Mo Ran is relieved and impressed by the Fourth Ghost King’s magnanimity compared to the Ninth Ghost King, reflecting positively on the King’s lordly demeanor.
As Mo Ran and Chu Wanning prepare to leave, the clouds clear, and moonlight casts a shadow at Mo Ran’s feet.
The Fourth Ghost King, initially oblivious, notices something amiss and stops his beauty from feeding him a grape. He turns his attention back to Mo Ran, and his gaze travels upward, finally focusing on Mo Ran’s face with a sudden realization.
Chapter 116: Shizun Meets Rong Jiu
Chu Wanning, noticing light gathering in the Fourth Ghost King’s hand, urgently shoves Mo Ran and commands him to run.
Mo Ran grabs Chu Wanning’s arm, and they both flee toward the palace gates. Mo Ran curses Master Huaizui’s spell, complaining that its shadowy effects make them easily detectable.
Despite Mo Ran’s criticism of his own master, Chu Wanning remains silent and only glances at Mo Ran, holding back what he wants to say.
The Fourth Ghost King declares that he will not let them escape easily.
As Chu Wanning and Mo Ran approach the closing palace gates, they attempt to leap over them. The Fourth Ghost King summons lightning to strike the gates, causing the palace walls to extend skyward and closing them off completely.
Mo Ran, cursing, decides to change direction and leads Chu Wanning away to avoid capture, focusing on finding safety.
The Fourth Ghost King’s physical condition proves to be a disadvantage. Although a powerful spellcaster, his long years of indulgence have left him physically weak, unable to run more than a few steps without becoming breathless. His habitual laziness and preference for comfort have impaired his physical abilities.
After their escape, Chu Wanning walks away in silence, leaving Mo Ran confused and worried about what might have upset him. Mo Ran follows, unsure whether to speak or remain quiet.
Mo Ran cautiously asks Chu Wanning if he has ever experienced any karmic events, referencing the extra soul Mo Ran found in the underworld. He shares that Chu Xun mentioned the extra soul might not originally belong to Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning is initially puzzled but admits he does not remember any karmic bonds from the past. He confirms that he has four souls and, although uncertain about the origin, decides to set the matter aside since it does not seem to be causing immediate issues.
The two continue down hidden paths, inspecting the spiritual strength of the spell sealing off the second palace. Chu Wanning examines the barrier at a watchtower, but without his full spiritual power, he struggles to discern the flow of energy and is ultimately unsuccessful.
Chu Wanning admits that his diminished soul and powers make it difficult to break through the barrier. He expresses his frustration and uncertainty about how to proceed.
Chapter 117: Shizun Tells Me to Get the Hell Out
Rong Jiu hints that Chu Wanning will be upset and jealous upon hearing about Mo Ran’s past indiscretions. Mo Ran, unaware of Chu Wanning’s true feelings, assumes Rong Jiu is threatening to reveal Mo Ran’s past misdeeds, which would deeply embarrass Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran reacts angrily, demanding Rong Jiu leave Chu Wanning alone.
Rong Jiu responds with feigned sweetness, offering to behave if Mo Ran agrees to take him along and not mistreat him. He continues to act coy and charming, showing no sign of fear.
Mo Ran, frustrated, threatens Rong Jiu with severe consequences if he causes any trouble. Despite his anger, Mo Ran is unable to fully confront Rong Jiu’s manipulative behavior.
Rong Jiu, unaffected by Mo Ran’s threat, continues to act with affected charm, causing Mo Ran to reflect on his past feelings for Rong Jiu and others like Song Qiutong. Mo Ran is left in a state of confusion and regret over his past choices.
Mo Ran reflects on his past behavior, recognizing that he had engaged in numerous indiscretions and casual encounters, particularly in brothels. This realization weighs heavily on him, especially considering that Chu Wanning would be deeply disturbed by such behavior.
Mo Ran remembers Chu Wanning’s clear disgust and contempt from their past interactions, especially when Mo Ran was punished on the Platform of Sin and Virtue. He is deeply concerned that Chu Wanning's reaction to seeing Rong Jiu might lead him to leave in anger, potentially jeopardizing Mo Ran's efforts to recover the earth soul.
Despite not fearing physical punishment from Chu Wanning, Mo Ran is terrified of losing Chu Wanning’s trust and the earth soul. He resolves to confront the situation honestly and apologize directly to Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran positions himself strategically between Chu Wanning and the door, intending to prevent Chu Wanning from walking away if he reacts negatively. He plans to block Chu Wanning’s escape routes and endure any anger directed at him.
As Mo Ran begins to speak, he notices the faint light catching on Chu Wanning’s scarlet silk and golden embroidery, his heart trembling with anxiety. He prepares to make his confession, hoping to address the situation before it escalates further.
Chapter 118: Shizun Sometimes Falls for Tricks Too
Mo Ran is shocked to discover that he still has a shadow, implying that he is not dead. This realization sends a rush of thoughts and emotions through him.
Rong Jiu, recognizing the significance of Mo Ran being alive and sneaking into the underworld, sees an opportunity for personal gain. He reflects on his life’s hardships and considers how exposing Mo Ran could elevate his status in the underworld, possibly securing an official position and improving his circumstances.
Rong Jiu imagines the rewards he could reap from this opportunity, envisioning himself as a high-ranking official in the underworld, far removed from his past disgrace and suffering.
Despite his excitement, Rong Jiu acknowledges his own weakness and delicate condition, realizing that he cannot yet act on this opportunity or escape from his current situation.
Mo Ran, in disbelief, confronts Chu Wanning's anger and distress. He is horrified and confused by Chu Wanning’s response, which includes anger, revulsion, and what seems like sadness.
Chu Wanning accuses Mo Ran of being vile and beyond remedy, echoing similar words from a past life, causing Mo Ran to panic and struggle to understand why Chu Wanning is reacting this way.
Mo Ran, overwhelmed by Chu Wanning’s accusation and not knowing what lie he is being accused of, is unable to suspect Rong Jiu’s involvement in spreading falsehoods.
Chu Wanning, growing increasingly furious, presses Mo Ran for the truth and questions why Mo Ran wants him back only to continue lying. Mo Ran, feeling cornered, is forced to confront the painful reality of Chu Wanning’s disillusionment with him.
Rong Jiu, thrilled by his perceived success, eagerly pursues Mo Ran and Chu Wanning. Despite his frail condition, he runs after them, feeling accomplished for discovering Mo Ran's living status.
Rong Jiu orders the capture of Mo Ran and Chu Wanning, but is intercepted by the captain of the guard. The captain questions Rong Jiu's intentions and reveals that the Fourth Ghost King himself had already discovered Mo Ran's true nature.
Rong Jiu is shocked to learn that his claim to fame is unsubstantiated, and the Fourth Ghost King had already been aware of Mo Ran's presence. The realization that his attempt to claim credit was in vain leaves him disheartened and anxious.
As the ghost soldiers march past him in pursuit, Rong Jiu's dreams of wealth and recognition crumble, leaving him to confront his failure and the harsh reality of his situation.
Chapter 119: Shizun’s Four Souls Assembled
Chu Wanning, realizing Rong Jiu’s role in provoking him and then escaping to inform on them, is frustrated by how easily he was manipulated. His focus shifts entirely to Mo Ran, questioning him about his past actions.
Mo Ran is enraged by the accusation and insists he has not returned to the Immortal Peach Pavilion or engaged in similar activities. He offers to prove his sincerity by binding himself with Jiangui if necessary.
Chu Wanning contemplates his actions, particularly the use of Jiangui, and recognizes the holy weapon's significant power. He realizes that Jiangui, a divine artifact, can provide him with spiritual energy.
Understanding that holy weapons do not differentiate between living beings and spirits in terms of power flow, Chu Wanning gains insight into how he can harness this energy. This realization opens new possibilities for him in their current situation.
Mo Ran conveys his situation to Huaizui, who confirms that Chu Xun of Tailwind Hall has mentioned that having two earth souls is normal. Huaizui notes that calling back two earth souls from the ghost realm simultaneously is unfamiliar and might take some time. Mo Ran is advised to wait.
Mo Ran, concerned about the proximity to the Fourth Ghost King’s second palace and the possibility of being recaptured, asks Huaizui how long the process will take. Huaizui reassures him that it won’t be too long and fades away, replaced by chanting sounds.
Chu Wanning notices Mo Ran's distraction and inquires about what’s happening. Mo Ran explains that they need to wait due to some unusual aspects of Chu Wanning’s souls and suggests moving farther from the second palace for safety.
As they walk, the morning sky begins to lighten. They encounter the old man who had previously directed Mo Ran. The old man is surprised to see them and notices Mo Ran’s injuries. Mo Ran attributes the injuries to a whipping from the ghost soldiers.
The old man, feeling sympathy, offers them two bowls of wontons from his leftover stock. Mo Ran expresses gratitude, acknowledging the man’s kindness.
Mo Ran watches Chu Wanning’s reaction to his earlier remarks. Chu Wanning remains silent, unhappy, and eventually decides to stand up and insist that Mo Ran attempt to cast the spell again, expressing a desire to enter the soul-calling lantern.
Mo Ran, surprised by Chu Wanning’s request, jokingly asks if the soul-calling lantern is like a conch shell where one can hide when embarrassed. Chu Wanning responds sternly, indicating he is not embarrassed.
Mo Ran then seriously acknowledges Chu Wanning's kindness and expresses regret for his past actions and feelings. He tells Chu Wanning that he is one of the most important people to him and that he is filled with infinite regret for his past behavior.
Chu Wanning listens and observes Mo Ran’s heartfelt confession. Although initially uneasy, Chu Wanning finds himself smiling faintly at Mo Ran’s sincere, though clumsy, attempt to express his feelings.
Chapter 120: Shizun Goes into Seclusion
The chapter opens with disciples gathering outside the Red Lotus Pavilion in white mourning robes, their heads bowed in reverence and sorrow.
The morning bell rings from the Heaven-Piercing Tower as a procession approaches, carrying a coffin. Xue Zhengyong, Tanlang Elder, Mo Ran, Xue Meng, Shi Mei, and a monk dressed in worn robes are part of the procession.
The monk, Master Huaizui of Wubei Temple, holds a glowing lantern. The disciples show great reverence for the legendary figure, lowering their heads and avoiding direct gaze as he passes by.
The coffin is carried to the Red Lotus Pavilion, where Huaizui chooses the lotus pond area as the location for the revival spell due to its abundance of spiritual energy.
Xue Zhengyong places the coffin beside the lotus pond and offers to assist in any way necessary. Huaizui expresses gratitude but indicates that he requires no further assistance.
Mo Ran reflects on his past as Emperor Taxian-jun and expresses indifference toward the applause and rankings at the Spiritual Mountain Competition. He mentions his preference for a more relaxed lifestyle compared to Xue Meng's young master status.
Madam Wang gently rebukes Mo Ran for his self-deprecating remarks, reminding him that he's as worthy as Xue Meng. She offers him a qiankun pouch filled with medicine she prepared herself for his journey. Mo Ran gratefully accepts it.
Shi Mei presents Mo Ran with a jade pendant, a high-quality item that warms the spiritual core. Mo Ran initially refuses it, fearing that the warmth might disrupt his fire-elemental spiritual core, but Shi Mei insists.
Chapter 121: Shizun Is the Real Zongshi
On the eighth day after Mo Ran’s departure, Xue Zhengyong receives the first letter from Mo Ran. The letter, written in a messy scrawl, details Mo Ran’s activities at Blossom Crossing, where he dealt with an evil spirit and received payment in silver notes.
By the hundred and twentieth day, Xue Zhengyong receives the twenty-second letter. In it, Mo Ran mentions coming across a high-quality spiritual stone that could enhance Xue Meng’s Longcheng blade, although it won’t become a holy weapon.
On the hundred and thirtieth day, Mo Ran sends the twenty-fourth letter from Snow Valley, where he has been cultivating. He describes his success in obtaining rare frost lotuses despite initially struggling with a guarding ape monster.
The letters often include small gifts like playthings, medicinal herbs, or spiritual stones.
Mo Ran also writes privately to Shi Mei, sharing details about his travels and offering advice. The handwriting in these letters improves over time, reflecting Mo Ran’s growing maturity.
Mo Ran follows Nangong Si up the stairs and into a private booth.
Upon entering the room, Mo Ran is surprised to see Song Qiutong inside.
Song Qiutong is dressed in light silks, standing by the window and admiring the peach blossoms.
Her golden ornaments catch the light, making her appear even more beautiful.
Mo Ran, startled by her presence, instinctively starts to pull back.
He wonders if he should inform Nangong Si that he doesn't like Shandong cuisine, especially braised pork intestine.
Chapter 122: Shizun’s Reflection
Mo Ran is introduced to Song Qiutong by Nangong Si in a private booth.
Despite his personal history and feelings toward Song Qiutong, Mo Ran maintains composure and greets her politely.
Nangong Si mentions that Mo Ran and Song Qiutong might have seen each other before at Butterfly Town but that Song Qiutong likely doesn't remember him.
Song Qiutong responds with a polite bow and a sweet smile, addressing Mo Ran respectfully.
Mo Ran, however, feels a deep-seated revulsion towards Song Qiutong, which has been present since his past life.
He struggles to mask his distaste, as Song Qiutong, despite her delicate and likable exterior, is associated with betrayal and deceit from his previous life.
Mo Ran reflects on the fact that while Song Qiutong did betray Rufeng Sect in his past life, her actions, while abhorrent, are not as severe compared to his own past misdeeds.
Mo Ran notices that Ye Wangxi, who is usually composed, appears to have been crying, suggesting emotional turmoil.
Feeling a surge of empathy, Mo Ran urges Nangong Si to have an honest conversation with Ye Wangxi and not to withhold his feelings.
Nangong Si reacts coldly, dismissing Mo Ran's advice and telling him to mind his own business.
Mo Ran leaves the scene, but soon hears loud, angry shouting from Nangong Si as he confronts Ye Wangxi in a furious outburst.
Nangong Si’s rage is directed at Ye Wangxi, accusing him of using sorcery to win favor from his father and expressing deep resentment and frustration about his own lack of agency and choice in life.
The confrontation escalates into a physical altercation, with furniture and dishes being smashed, drawing attention from the maids and other guests.
Amidst the chaos, Ye Wangxi’s voice is heard pleading with Nangong Si, expressing his willingness to leave if it would resolve the conflict and showing a side of vulnerability that surprises Mo Ran.
Chapter 123: Shizun Visits My Dreams, for He Knows I Think of Him Often
Inside Pearl Teahouse, a group of cultivators discuss the recent Spiritual Mountain Competition, focusing on the surprising victory of Sisheng Peak. They marvel at how a sect from the lower cultivation realm, Sisheng Peak, outperformed expectations, causing a stir among higher realm cultivators.
The cultivators debate the winner of the competition, correcting a mix-up about his name. They confirm that Xue Ziming, with his impressive skills and without a holy weapon, managed to outshine other competitors who were better equipped.
The conversation highlights Xue Ziming’s affiliation with Yuheng of the Night Sky, underscoring that his skills are a reflection of his prestigious master.
There is mention of Nangong Si’s close competition with Xue Ziming in the doubles match. The conversation suggests that if not for a teammate's shortcomings, Nangong Si’s team could have won.
A cloaked man sitting by the fireplace listens intently to the conversation. His focused attention and intense demeanor suggest he has a keen interest in the outcomes of the competition and its participants.
Mo Weiyu, who has always had a strong constitution, falls gravely ill. As he lies in bed, he dreams of his past life—of tormenting Chu Wanning, of Chu Wanning struggling, and of his death.
Awakening to the howling wind and rain, Mo Weiyu struggles to light a candle but fails. Frustrated, he throws the flint aside and tears at his own hair, expressing his anguish with a howl of grief.
He is haunted by his conscience, finding it difficult to distinguish between dreams and reality. He feels a deep internal conflict between his past self and present self, with both sides attacking each other.
The present self condemns the past for its heinous actions, while the past self accuses the present of pretending to be innocent. This inner turmoil causes him to feel as if his soul is being torn apart.
Mo Weiyu is plagued by the haunting memories of his past sins, which appear to him in dreams, drunkenness, and dimming candlelight. He is tormented by the thought of returning to his past life and is reminded of the death of Chu Wanning, who was the only person willing to die for him.
The past self mocks Mo Weiyu, suggesting that this nightmare is a temporary dream that will end when he wakes up at Wushan Palace, reminding him of the irreparable damage he has done and the lack of care from others.
Chapter 124: Shizun Awakens
The barrier around Red Lotus Pavilion continuously glows and shimmers, isolating those within and keeping outsiders away.
Five years pass swiftly, with significant changes in the world and in the lives of the characters.
During the first year of Chu Wanning’s seclusion:
Mo Ran descends the mountain while Xue Meng and Shi Mei remain at Sisheng Peak to focus on their cultivation.
Mo Ran's handwriting improves, Xue Meng reaches the ninth level of Nirvana Blade, and Shi Mei leaves to study with the Guyueye medicine sect.
Mo Ran visits the Chang family in Yizhou, seeking information about Chang-gongzi who has passed away. He learns Chang-gongzi was involved with the fake Gouchen, but finds his inquiries thwarted as the body has been destroyed.
In the second year:
The Spiritual Mountain Competition occurs with Xue Meng securing first place, Mei Hanxue second, and Nangong Si third.
Shi Mei helps the sick and injured across the lower cultivation realm.
Mo Ran travels the land, combating evil fiends and performing good deeds before retreating into the mountains for cultivation and vanishing from public view.
In the third year, a ghost year filled with yin energy:
The barrier from the Butterfly Town battle weakens, leading to an influx of ghosts and fiends into the living world.
Disciples of Sisheng Peak, under Xue Meng’s leadership, work to suppress the ghostly threats.
Xue Meng eagerly searches through a booklet to find his rank in the Spiritual Mountain Competition but is unable to find his name even after multiple scans.
Frustrated and angry, he continues flipping through the booklet but only finds a note stating that rankings go up to one hundred, with names beyond that not listed.
In a fit of rage, Xue Meng throws the booklet to the ground, exclaiming about his frustration with the rankings.
The vendor, startled, quickly tries to calm Xue Meng by explaining that the rankings in the booklet are unofficial and vary by region. The rankings are more for casual amusement rather than serious consideration.
Xue Meng, still curious, takes the booklet back and continues to flip through it, discovering a peculiar ranking titled "Young Master Ego Ranking."
Chapter 125: Shizun Doesn’t Need to Find a Cultivation Partner
Xue Meng discovers his rank in a booklet, finding himself in second place on the "Young Master Ego Ranking" behind Nangong Si. He is initially enraged by this ranking and struggles to control his temper.
He demands that the vendor wrap the booklet separately so he can examine it later, taking it with him along with other books and scrolls.
As he returns to the Red Lotus Pavilion, Xue Meng's anger is tempered by his excitement about other matters. Despite his irritation with the rankings, he remains eager.
Arriving at the pavilion, Xue Meng is allowed entry by the senior disciples guarding the area. He quietly enters the main hall with his arms full of books.
He is cautious and mindful of his steps, hoping to avoid disturbing Chu Wanning. The scene is quiet, and Xue Meng listens to his own heartbeat as he approaches the bed, where Chu Wanning lies.
Chu Wanning, reading by candlelight, decides to send a message to Mo Ran via a haitang, advising him not to rush back. He emphasizes that Mo Ran should prioritize helping the villages and take his time, as the winter weather in Baitou Mountain is harsh.
After sending the haitang, Chu Wanning continues reading a copy of the cultivation world annals. Despite not being a fast reader, he manages to get through several major events from the last five years.
The records initially seem unremarkable, but Chu Wanning becomes increasingly interested as Mo Ran’s name starts appearing frequently. He reads more intently as the accounts detail Mo Ran's actions and the chaos caused by the second Heavenly Rift at Butterfly Town.
The annals describe the plight of common people who were unable to enter the upper cultivation realm and were forced to survive amid rampant fiends and severe shortages. The records highlight the desperate measures taken by the people, including cannibalism, due to starvation and the harsh conditions.
Chu Wanning closes the book with a furrowed brow, reflecting on the grim circumstances and the impact of the events on the lower cultivation realm.
Chapter 126: Shizun, Wait One More Chapter for Me!
The end of the Yuheng Elder’s seclusion is celebrated by the entire sect. Xue Zhengyong, aware of Chu Wanning's dislike for grand events and speeches, prepares a speech for him.
Despite his initial anxiety about the banquet, Chu Wanning finds himself at ease. Xue Zhengyong, though a large man, is perceptive and delivers a heartfelt speech that resonates with the attendees.
Lucun Elder, however, disrupts the mood by insisting that Chu Wanning must also speak, arguing that the new disciples should hear from him. Xue Zhengyong attempts to deflect, but Lucun insists on Chu Wanning saying a few words.
Chu Wanning agrees to speak and addresses the gathered crowd, but his speech is unexpectedly brief and focused on practical advice. He warns new disciples about the dangers of the Red Lotus Pavilion, advising them to avoid it without cause due to its defensive mechanisms.
The crowd reacts with silence, puzzled by Chu Wanning’s terse and unemotional address. The new disciples are left feeling that the moment of Chu Wanning’s return from seclusion, and the expected emotional depth of his speech, was anticlimactic.
Chu Wanning returns to his seat, leaving the assembly in a state of confusion and disappointment, as they had anticipated a more substantial or heartfelt message from him.
Chu Wanning firmly declines accepting gifts from Xue Meng, asserting that as his disciple, it wouldn’t be appropriate to accept such presents.
Xue Meng, in a panic, insists that the gifts are things he chose himself over the past five years and paid for with his own money, not his father's. He becomes increasingly distressed at the thought of Chu Wanning refusing them.
Xue Zhengyong interjects humorously, suggesting that Xue Meng might become upset, unable to sleep, or even go on a hunger strike if Chu Wanning doesn’t accept the gifts.
Chu Wanning, unsure how to handle the situation with the father-son duo, notices a smaller wooden box among the gifts. He opens it to find four clay figurines.
Xue Meng, visibly embarrassed, avoids eye contact as Chu Wanning examines the crude, crooked clay figurines. The figures, all similar except for one being slightly taller, are Xue Meng’s own handiwork.
Xue Zhengyong, curious, inspects the dolls but is unsure of their significance. He and Chu Wanning are both puzzled by the purpose of these handmade figurines.
The scene highlights Xue Meng's earnest but awkward attempt to show his appreciation and skill, and Chu Wanning’s bemused reaction to the unpolished, heartfelt gifts.
Chapter 127: Shizun, Careful, the Ground’s Slippery
Xue Zhengyong, slightly inebriated, comments on Chu Wanning’s mood, saying he seems upset, but Chu Wanning denies it.
Chu Wanning struggles with his emotions, contemplating whether to inquire about Mo Ran’s absence and feeling unsettled that Mo Ran is not present at the banquet.
As the banquet nears its end, Chu Wanning feels that the celebration is incomplete without Mo Ran, despite the impressive feast and festivities.
A commotion arises outside Mengpo Hall, drawing the attention of the disciples to the sky.
Disciples rush outside to witness a stunning display of fireworks, lighting up the night sky with vibrant colors and patterns.
The younger disciples express their excitement and amazement at the grand fireworks display.
Chu Wanning steps outside to view the fireworks, experiencing a moment of shared joy and wonder, contrasting with his earlier feelings of disappointment.
Chapter 128: Shizun, You Can’t Just Wear Whatever Clothes You Feel Like
Chu Wanning experiences intense embarrassment and anger when he notices a man staring at him while he is trying to bathe privately behind a waterfall.
Despite Chu Wanning's attempts to hide and retreat deeper into the waterfall, the man remains stubbornly fixed on him, making the situation more distressing.
Chu Wanning is reminded of past experiences with unwelcome peepers at Sisheng Peak, which increases his frustration and discomfort.
Eventually, the man moves away to continue washing himself but continues to glance back at Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning, upset and no longer in the mood to bathe, realizes that his towel and other bathing essentials have fallen into the water and dissolved.
Facing the dilemma of needing to retrieve a new towel while being unable to leave the waterfall without exposing himself, Chu Wanning remains trapped and mortified.
He stands with his back pressed against the rock, arms crossed to cover himself, feeling both frustrated and embarrassed about the situation.
Chapter 129: Shizun, Do You Like What You See?
Chu Wanning is overwhelmed by confusion and embarrassment, struggling with the decision of whether to keep on or remove the clothes he has mistakenly put on.
He is distressed by the prospect of having to undress in front of Mo Ran, who has unwittingly put him in an awkward position.
Mo Ran, feeling guilty and flustered, tries to reassure Chu Wanning by suggesting that the clothes he washed are clean and offering them to him, though he realizes this inadvertently forces Chu Wanning into a situation where he would have to strip.
Both Chu Wanning and Mo Ran awkwardly dress in each other's clothes. Mo Ran’s attempts to wear Chu Wanning's robes result in an ill-fitting, comical appearance, with the robes too small and exposing much of his chest and legs.
Conversely, Chu Wanning's attire, which belongs to Mo Ran, is oversized and drapes excessively, trailing on the ground and making him appear swallowed by the garment.
The chapter closes with both characters awkwardly trying to adjust to their mismatched clothing, adding to the tension and discomfort of the situation.
Chapter 130: Shizun, I’ve Crossed Five Years to Come See You
Chu Wanning's Struggle: Chu Wanning is emotionally conflicted and his breathing is heavy. He tries to maintain a detached demeanor while battling his internal turmoil.
Mo Ran’s Vows: Mo Ran reassures Chu Wanning with a series of heartfelt promises:
-He vows to stay with Chu Wanning for as long as he lives.
-He promises to chase after Chu Wanning if he walks fast.
-He will stand by Chu Wanning if he chooses to stand still.
-He offers to carry Chu Wanning on his back if necessary.
Chu Wanning’s Reactions:
-Chu Wanning is initially affronted by the idea of being carried, even though he’s moved by Mo Ran’s persistence.
-His internal conflict is evident as he struggles to hide his emotional response.
Mo Ran’s Desperation:
-Mo Ran feels distressed by Chu Wanning’s reluctance and tries to find a way to make him happy.
-He even offers to stand in the rain with Chu Wanning, reflecting his commitment and willingness to share hardships.
Chu Wanning’s Response:
-Despite his feelings, Chu Wanning’s instinctive reaction is to refuse Mo Ran’s company, showcasing his struggle with accepting help and affection.
Mo Ran’s Disheartenment:
-Mo Ran falls silent, visibly upset by Chu Wanning’s refusal. His body language conveys his deep disappointment and hurt, highlighting his emotional vulnerability.
Chapter 131: Shizun Does Some Light Reading
Chu Wanning struggles with restless thoughts about Mo Ran while lying in bed in the Red Lotus Pavilion. His mind is plagued by memories of Mo Ran's handsome features and their past interactions.
In frustration, Chu Wanning kicks off his quilt and lies spread-eagle on the bed, trying to overcome his desires and find peace. Despite his efforts, he remains exhausted and troubled.
He becomes increasingly disturbed by intrusive thoughts of Mo Ran’s physical presence, particularly vivid memories of their time at Melodic Springs.
Seeking a distraction, Chu Wanning grabs a book from a stack that Xue Meng had bought, hoping it will help him escape his troubling thoughts.
The book, titled "Size Ranking of the Cultivation World’s Young Heroes," initially confuses Chu Wanning. It seems to rank young heroes based on some kind of size measurement, though the exact criteria are unclear.
A note in the book explains that the ranking is incomplete because some heroes do not participate in activities like bathing outdoors or visiting pleasure districts. Notable omissions from the ranking include Nangong Si and Xu Sh.
On the day of the sect's monthly assessment, the Platform of Sin and Virtue is bustling with activity as thousands of disciples perform their martial arts drills under the watchful eyes of the elders.
Despite being absent for five years, Chu Wanning's seat remains as it was, on Xue Zhengyong’s left. He takes his place with a weary expression and sips tea while observing the proceedings.
Noticing Chu Wanning’s sullen mood, Xue Zhengyong attempts to comfort him by mentioning that Mo Ran has returned.
Chu Wanning’s reaction to this news is a deepening frown. He acknowledges having seen Mo Ran already and remains unenthusiastic about discussing him, preoccupied with the echo of “absolute unit, truly awe-inspiring” from the previous day.
Distracted from the conversation about Mo Ran, Chu Wanning notices the abundance of fruit and pastries on the table and comments on them.
Xue Zhengyong invites Chu Wanning to enjoy the pastries, noting that they are from Lin’an’s Breeze Bakery and were brought specifically for him by Mo Ran.
Chu Wanning, surprised and somewhat touched, realizes that Mo Ran had gone out of his way to bring these treats for him, making the pastries even more special.
Chapter 132: Shizun and Shi Mei
As evening approaches, disciples of Sisheng Peak hurry to Mengpo Hall after completing their tasks for the day. Mo Ran remains by the practice dummies, seemingly waiting for someone.
Mo Ran’s relationship with Xue Meng has improved significantly over the years, particularly after Mo Ran gifted Xue Meng a top-grade spiritual stone for his Longcheng blade.
Xue Meng approaches Mo Ran, asking if he is coming to dinner, but Mo Ran replies that he is not ready yet.
Shi Mei, who is standing in the fading light of the sunset, asks if Mo Ran is waiting for Chu Wanning. Mo Ran confirms that he is.
Mo Ran observes Shi Mei, noting that Shi Mei has grown taller and more striking, which feels odd compared to how he used to see Shi Mei as Xue Meng’s companion.
Mo Ran explains to Shi Mei and Xue Meng that he missed the banquet the previous night and wanted to apologize by inviting Chu Wanning out for a meal instead of going to Mengpo Hall.
Xue Meng and Shi Mei decide to leave for the meal with Chu Wanning, while Mo Ran waits alone, playing with a blade of foxtail grass.
As the sun sets and the crescent moon rises, a figure finally appears, signaling the end of Mo Ran’s wait
The chapter opens with an extraordinarily beautiful man, Shi Mei, lifting a curtain and entering with a pot of wine. Mo Ran is surprised to see him and asks what he is doing there.
Shi Mei explains that he ran into the sect leader at Mengpo Hall, who was concerned that the restaurant might not have aged wine. Shi Mei was sent to deliver a pot of pear blossom white wine to accompany Mo Ran and Chu Wanning’s meal.
Shi Mei, holding the wine pot in red clay and bamboo rattan, is happy he arrived before any wine was ordered, avoiding a wasted trip.
Chu Wanning invites Shi Mei to join them for dinner, despite Shi Mei’s reluctance to impose. Mo Ran insists that adding a chair is no trouble and signals the waiter for additional place settings.
Shi Mei agrees to stay, and they proceed to enjoy the meal. Shi Mei pours the pear blossom white wine into jade cups, and its rich aroma fills the air.
Mo Ran reflects on past experiences, recalling that the pear blossom white wine had been a part of painful memories in his past life, both during Shi Mei's death and Chu Wanning’s death.
Now, with both Shi Mei and Chu Wanning alive and well, Mo Ran feels a deep sense of relief and appreciation. The past struggles seem insignificant compared to the joy of having the two important people in his life still present.
Chapter 133: Shizun Has the Purest Mind
Mo Ran is sipping pear blossom white wine when he feels something brush against his leg. He tries to move away, but the contact persists, and he’s startled by what he perceives to be an intimate touch.
Shi Mei, who had brushed against Mo Ran, shows a light pink flush on his face and appears troubled, making Mo Ran realize the situation might be more complex than he initially thought.
Shocked and horrified, Mo Ran begins to cough violently, struggling to process that Shi Mei, whom he has always seen as pure and untouchable, might have just touched him inappropriately.
Chu Wanning notices Mo Ran’s distress and asks what’s wrong, but Mo Ran quickly denies it, feeling deeply embarrassed at the thought of Shi Mei acting in a way that seemed contrary to his character.
Shi Mei calls for the waiter, requesting new chopsticks because the current ones are dirty. Mo Ran, still unsettled, watches as Shi Mei remains calm and composed, seemingly unaffected by the earlier incident.
Shi Mei explains that the chopsticks had landed near Mo Ran’s foot, and Mo Ran realizes that his initial interpretation of the situation was likely mistaken.
Mo Ran feels a mix of relief and confusion, grappling with the possibility that he misinterpreted Shi Mei’s actions and his own reaction.
Chu Wanning wakes up late, feeling disoriented from a vivid and distressing dream. He’s troubled by the lingering scent of a beast pelt from the dream and the strange physical reaction he’s experiencing, which contradicts his years of ascetic practice.
Shocked and ashamed, Chu Wanning finds himself with morning wood, questioning how his disciplined training could have been so easily disrupted by a dream and a book he accidentally read.
Frustrated and confused, Chu Wanning decides to take a cold soak in the lotus pond to calm himself. However, he is interrupted by a ripple in the barrier of the Red Lotus Pavilion, signaling a visitor.
Panicked, Chu Wanning pulls the quilt over himself and is alarmed when he hears two knocks at the door. The voice calling him is similar to the one from his dream but is now gentle, respectful, and concerned about his late waking.
The sound of the voice snaps Chu Wanning out of his confusion, but it also brings back the intense feelings from the dream, making him feel even more agitated and self-conscious.
Chapter 134: Shizun Sure Can Eat
Mo Ran, struggling with intense desire and feelings of self-restraint, repeatedly reminds himself to respect and cherish Chu Wanning, avoiding any actions that could harm or humiliate him.
Despite his internal turmoil, Mo Ran enters Chu Wanning's room with a composed exterior and greets him with a smile, commenting on Chu Wanning’s late awakening.
Chu Wanning, still groggy and irritable from oversleeping, asks Mo Ran what he wants. Mo Ran explains that he brought breakfast because there wasn’t much food left at Mengpo Hall.
Mo Ran carefully sets up a heavy bamboo food box filled with a variety of dishes on Chu Wanning’s bed. The breakfast includes sautéed mushrooms, stir-fried celtuce with water chestnuts, silk-thread rolls, honey-glazed sweet lotus root, two bowls of rice, and bamboo shoot and ham soup.
Chu Wanning is initially taken aback by the abundance of food, wondering if Mo Ran thinks he eats excessively.
An old monk from Wubei Temple expresses a desire to meet Chu Wanning before his passing. He offers to heal Chu Wanning’s old injury, which causes him to go into seclusion every seven years. However, the healing spell involves risks and requires a disciple with dual wood- and fire-element spiritual energy to stabilize the array.
Chu Wanning is deeply troubled by the monk's offer and the thought of returning to Dragonblood Mountain, where he spent a difficult period. He rejects the idea outright, determined not to revisit his past or acknowledge Huaizui as Shizun.
Four days after coming out of seclusion, Chu Wanning receives a letter of commission from Xue Zhengyong. The letter is about helping with the harvest at Yuliang Village, which Chu Wanning finds beneath his status.
Chu Wanning expresses frustration at being assigned to a mundane task rather than dealing with demons or more serious matters. Xue Zhengyong reveals that recent times have been peaceful with no demon troubles and reassures Chu Wanning that Mo Ran will accompany him, allowing him to take it easy.
Chapter 135: Shizun Studies on the Sly
Yuliang Village is a small community with many elderly residents and few young people. They often request help from Sisheng Peak during harvest time.
Sisheng Peak founder Xue Zhengyong, having faced hardships and relied on the generosity of others in his youth, continues to honor these requests. He provides assistance by sending disciples to help with tasks unrelated to cultivation.
The village is too far for walking but not close enough to justify a carriage, so Xue Zhengyong arranges for two fine horses for Mo Ran and Chu Wanning.
Late autumn: Chu Wanning descends the stairs to find Mo Ran under a maple tree with vibrant fall colors. Mo Ran, dressed in black raiment with wrist guards, is holding a black horse’s reins and teasing a white horse with alfalfa flowers.
Mo Ran's attire, which contrasts with his usual disciple uniform and the white robes he wore upon his return, highlights his well-built figure. Chu Wanning notices this as he approaches.
Chapter 136: Shizun, Relax
Mo Ran is working in the rice fields when he feels someone yank at his belt. Turning around, he is surprised to find Chu Wanning, who is about to fall.
Mo Ran catches Chu Wanning, who is in his floating white robes and smelling of haitang blossoms. The unexpected encounter causes Mo Ran to drop his sickle and scatter rice on the ground.
Mo Ran, startled, asks Chu Wanning what he is doing and advises him to be careful on the slippery field. Chu Wanning does not respond, appearing flustered and unable to speak.
The village maiden teases Mo Ran about the situation, increasing Chu Wanning’s embarrassment. Chu Wanning quickly lets go of Mo Ran’s belt, regains his balance, and tries to act composed, though his earlobes are noticeably red.
Mo Ran notices Chu Wanning’s blush and is reminded of intimate moments from a previous lifetime, causing his gaze to darken.
Chu Wanning, upset and embarrassed, angrily demands to know why Mo Ran is staring at him, jolting Mo Ran back to reality.
Lunch in the village is served communally, with large pots of food brought out in barrels by village women. The meal includes steaming rice, braised pork with cabbage, and tofu and vegetable soup.
For the common folk in the lower cultivation realm, meat is a luxury, so the hearty pork dish with cured, marbled meat is a special treat. The aroma of the food makes the villagers eager.
The village chief’s wife, a stocky woman in her fifties, apologizes for the simple fare and explains that they prepared the meat and vegetables themselves. Mo Ran reassures her that it’s fine, and he serves Chu Wanning and himself.
Chu Wanning notices the braised pork dish is heavily spiced with chili peppers, which he fears might be too hot for him. He hesitates but cannot refuse the villagers' hospitality.
Mo Ran offers Chu Wanning a bowl of tofu and vegetable soup, which is more suited to Chu Wanning’s tastes. Chu Wanning initially declines but is encouraged to take the offer.
The village auntie, realizing the situation, is concerned that Chu Wanning cannot handle spicy food. Chu Wanning admits he can eat a little but prefers to avoid the spice.
Chapter 137: Shizun and I Get Settled In
Mo Ran is visibly nervous, struggling with a physical reaction that distracts him as he tries to serve Chu Wanning. He adjusts his sitting position to hide his discomfort and reaches over to hand Chu Wanning another bowl of soup.
When Mo Ran's fingertips brush against Chu Wanning’s, the contact causes a strong physical reaction in him, making him spill some soup.
Chu Wanning, feeling the spicy heat of the soup, frowns slightly but focuses on drinking it to alleviate the spice. Mo Ran, distracted by Chu Wanning’s red, moist lips, struggles with his thoughts and physical response.
Mo Ran slaps himself to snap out of his distracted state, drawing surprised looks from those around him. He awkwardly explains the slap as a response to a mosquito.
A young woman, noting Mo Ran’s discomfort, comments on autumn mosquitos and inquires if he has any medicinal salve. Mo Ran, bewildered, recognizes her as the girl who was singing earlier.
The woman’s flirtatious behavior is noticed by an older auntie who quickly understands the situation and reacts accordingly.
Chu Wanning soaks his feet while Mo Ran sits across the room reading a book about healing spells. The quiet atmosphere is punctuated only by the sound of Chu Wanning’s feet moving in the water.
Chu Wanning announces that he’s done soaking and that his foot no longer hurts, suggesting Mo Ran can leave. Mo Ran, however, is determined to help and disregards Chu Wanning’s words.
Mo Ran sets his book aside, approaches Chu Wanning’s bed, and insists on giving him a foot rub despite Chu Wanning’s attempts to pull away. Mo Ran’s persistence and firm grip prevent Chu Wanning from sending him away.
Mo Ran kneels and starts massaging Chu Wanning’s foot, which is ticklish from the hot water. Chu Wanning is too busy trying not to laugh to take action.
Mo Ran notices a scratch on Chu Wanning’s foot from debris in the paddy field. He expresses concern and insists on applying herbal ointment he has brought along, claiming it will heal the scratch by morning.
Mo Ran leaves to fetch the ointment, leaving Chu Wanning alone with his thoughts as he waits.
Chapter 138: Shizun Just Might Blue-Ball Me to Death
Chu Wanning informs Mo Ran that someone is looking for him, specifically the young lady who sang earlier in the village.
Mo Ran, preoccupied with Chu Wanning, is surprised to hear this and doesn’t immediately recall the girl. Chu Wanning teases him about not recognizing her, which lifts Mo Ran’s mood.
Outside, Ling-er, the village girl, is calling out for Mo Ran. She approaches him with a bundle wrapped in blue cloth.
Ling-er presents Mo Ran with the bundle containing three small clay jars of medicinal salve. She explains that it’s for the mosquito bite he mentioned earlier.
Mo Ran feels a bit embarrassed that Ling-er took his excuse seriously and went out of her way to bring him the salve. He appreciates the gesture but is slightly uncomfortable with the attention.
After lunch, the villagers relax: some chew tobacco, nap in the sun, women knit winter clothes, and children play on bamboo-stick horses. A skinny cat scavenges for food.
Chu Wanning, sitting against a pile of grain with tea, tries to coax the cat over to give it food, but the cat, scared, flees. Chu Wanning reflects on how even animals seem wary of him.
Ling-er approaches Chu Wanning, cheerfully joining him with a cup of tea. She is a well-dressed, full-figured woman who has made makeshift jewelry from copper and iron.
Despite Chu Wanning’s cold demeanor, Ling-er tries to engage him in conversation. She expresses her desire to keep him company.
Chu Wanning, skeptical of her motives, notes the difference between people and animals. After some small talk, Ling-er subtly shifts the conversation to a more serious topic.
Chapter 139: Shizun, Sweet Dreams
Mo Ran is surprised by Chu Wanning’s close proximity and the familiar scent of haitang. He is struck by how close Chu Wanning is, noting the texture of his lips and contemplating a kiss.
Chu Wanning finishes wiping with a gentle touch and comments that Mo Ran did not wake him, implying the match was not fair. Mo Ran responds that Shizun won, as he did not harvest much in the afternoon and spent time shopping and exploring the village.
Chu Wanning asks about Mo Ran’s purchases. Ling-er chimes in, mentioning Mo Ran bought mattresses for every family in the village, which surprised Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran explains he used his savings for the mattresses and purchased coal, meat, and sweets. He mentions the meat was for the village chief to roast and share with everyone the next day.
Chu Wanning inquires about the sweets, and Ling-er reveals they were for the village children.
Mo Ran struggles to control his intense feelings as he gazes at Chu Wanning and forces himself to act with integrity. He mentions he bought pear blossom white for Chu Wanning, which he picked up on his way back.
Chu Wanning initially seems confused but then acknowledges Mo Ran’s effort. He reflects on whether his cold demeanor has been worthwhile and begins to relax, leaning against a banyan tree as he watches Mo Ran.
Chu Wanning notes that Mo Ran has changed, and for a brief moment, he thinks he sees unease in Mo Ran's eyes. Mo Ran, attempting to gauge Chu Wanning's reaction, asks if he likes the gift.
Chu Wanning admits he doesn’t dislike it and then asks about Mo Ran’s injuries from his battle with the Drought Demon of Yellow River. Mo Ran confirms the injury.
Chu Wanning expresses his approval, telling Mo Ran he has done well and earned the title of Mo-zongshi. He then humorously criticizes Mo Ran for running around inappropriately and suggests it’s getting late, implying they should head back.
When the rice was done steaming, the young men in the village began pounding the rice cakes using wooden mallets. The village chief handed Mo Ran a mallet and was about to give one to Chu Wanning when Mo Ran intervened, suggesting that Chu Wanning wouldn’t be skilled at it. This comment surprised and offended Chu Wanning, who had always been competent and reliable. Despite his irritation, he acknowledged that Mo Ran's assessment might be correct.
The village chief directed them to a stone mortar with steaming cooked rice flour. Mo Ran instructed Chu Wanning to turn the rice cake every three strikes and to be careful not to burn his hands. Chu Wanning, though initially annoyed, followed the instructions and took his position by the mortar.
Mo Ran began pounding the rice with precise, heavy strikes, and instructed Chu Wanning to turn the rice flour ball over every few strikes. They quickly found their rhythm: every third strike, Chu Wanning would turn the rice, and Mo Ran’s next strike would come down just as Chu Wanning’s hands moved away, ensuring an efficient process.
Chapter 141: Shizun, Don’t Strip!
After their tea break, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran resumed the task of pounding rice cakes. Mo Ran took up the wooden mallet with enthusiasm, his physical exertion highlighting his well-defined muscles. The sun’s rays accentuated his chiseled physique, with sweat glistening on his skin.
Chu Wanning observed Mo Ran's exertion closely, noting how the young man’s muscles flexed with each powerful swing of the mallet. This close observation made Chu Wanning acutely aware of Mo Ran’s physical presence and strength.
As Mo Ran continued to pound the rice cake, Chu Wanning’s mind began to wander. He recalled a recurring dream where he was subjected to humiliation and intense physical sensations, similar to the way the rice cake was being pounded. This dream involved a disturbing combination of vulnerability and submission, which was now unnervingly vivid in his mind.
Chu Wanning’s focus wavered, and he found himself lost in thought, unable to fully engage with the task. The image of Mo Ran’s muscular body and the rhythmic pounding of the rice cake stirred unsettling feelings in him.
Mo Ran’s breathing grew heavier with the physical effort, his chest rising and falling in sync with his exertion. His intense concentration and the physical strain caused sweat to drip from his brow, which only heightened Chu Wanning’s distraction.
Mo Ran repeatedly called out to Chu Wanning, trying to get his attention. His clear, concerned voice broke through Chu Wanning’s fog of thoughts, but it took several calls for Chu Wanning to snap back to the present.
When Chu Wanning finally responded, he appeared disoriented and flushed, his heart racing and eyes unfocused. Mo Ran noticed Chu Wanning’s condition and, with genuine concern, instructed him to turn over the rice cake.
Chu Wanning’s reaction was delayed as he struggled to reconcile the intense, confusing emotions he was experiencing. The boundary between his dreams and reality blurred, causing him to feel dizzy and overwhelmed by the situation.
The physical closeness and intense focus of the task combined with Chu Wanning’s emotional turmoil created a charged atmosphere, leaving him grappling with his feelings and the reality of the moment.
As Chu Wanning and Mo Ran continued working, Chu Wanning struggled to maintain his composure. He was deeply unsettled by Mo Ran’s proximity and the physical display of his strength. The sight of Mo Ran’s well-defined muscles and the heat of his exertion intensified Chu Wanning’s inner turmoil.
Chu Wanning tried to block out the intense, burning gaze from Mo Ran, closing his eyes and shuddering. Despite his effort to appear calm, he was internally fraught with conflicting emotions and discomfort.
Mo Ran’s hot, heavy breathing and the masculine scent he carried further exacerbated Chu Wanning’s distress. The closeness of their bodies and the raw, powerful presence of Mo Ran’s arms made Chu Wanning acutely aware of his own vulnerability.
Avoiding Mo Ran’s gaze, Chu Wanning focused on Mo Ran’s chest. The physical closeness and the intense heat radiating from Mo Ran made him feel engulfed and overwhelmed, heightening his emotional and physical discomfort.
Mo Ran suddenly addressed Chu Wanning with a tone that was different from the usual respectful or casual manner. His voice carried a rough, heated quality that suggested intense, almost steamy desire. This unexpected shift in tone shocked Chu Wanning, who had never heard his name said in such a manner.
Chu Wanning, feeling overwhelmed and confused, instinctively backed away from Mo Ran. His back hit the cold wall, causing a shudder and making him appear vulnerable and defenseless. His lips parted slightly, revealing his sense of helplessness.
Mo Ran’s eyes darkened as he focused intently on Chu Wanning’s reaction. The sight of Chu Wanning’s pale, trembling lips stirred a deep, intense response in Mo Ran, suggesting a strong, almost uncontrollable emotional and physical attraction.
The chapter builds up to a tense, emotionally charged moment, with both characters grappling with their feelings and the physical proximity, leading to a heightened sense of vulnerability and desire.
Chapter 142: Shizun, This Is Cruel and Unusual
In a moment of panic, Chu Wanning spun around and leaned against the wall with his arms crossed, presenting Mo Ran with a view of his back. He believed this would keep Mo Ran from seeing his front, but it instead exposed the sensual dimples of his back, his firm buttocks, and his slender legs.
Mo Ran’s throat went dry upon seeing Chu Wanning’s exposed back. He struggled to control his emotions and his eyes reddened, indicating his intense reaction. He had to steady himself before speaking.
Chu Wanning, realizing his position was awkward, tried to come up with an explanation. He glanced over his shoulder, maintaining a cold and solemn expression, and sought a way to smooth over the situation without drawing further suspicion.
Mo Ran, who had set his clothes aside, walked towards Chu Wanning. The light from behind Chu Wanning made Mo Ran’s expression seem particularly intense and predatory, as if he were a wolf eyeing a fresh piece of meat. The battle between his hunger and reason was evident in his eyes, which were bright and hauntingly focused.
To address the mounting tension, Chu Wanning abruptly ordered Mo Ran to “Scrub my back.” The suddenness of the command was meant to redirect the situation but came out awkwardly.
Mo Ran was initially confused by Chu Wanning’s command. His voice came out husky and sensual, reflecting his bewilderment and the charged atmosphere.
Chu Wanning, having blurted out the random excuse, was left to navigate the awkwardness of the situation. The chapter explores the growing tension and the struggle between desire and propriety, highlighting the characters' emotional and physical responses.
Chapter 143: Shizun Is My Unattainable First Love, My Erstwhile Once-Lover, the Object of My Most Sincere Affection, the Source of My Most Torturous Affliction, and Has Been All Along
Ling-er, emboldened by alcohol and her own feelings, confronts Mo Ran with a burning gaze, insisting they talk immediately.
Mo Ran, taken aback and eager to avoid the confrontation, considers using qinggong to escape, but Ling-er grabs his sleeve, preventing him from leaving.
Ling-er, despite Mo Ran's resistance, boldly declares her affection: "I like you. Do you like me?" Her assertiveness surprises Mo Ran, who is left speechless.
Ling-er, anxious due to Mo Ran's lack of immediate response, reflects on her admiration for him. She had been smitten from the moment she first saw him and later learned of his growing fame as “Mo-zongshi.” Realizing she might not get another chance before he leaves, she gathers her courage to confess her feelings.
Mo Ran is stunned by her confession and finds himself uncertain of how to respond. Ling-er, with a flushed face and hopeful eyes, anxiously awaits his reply.
Ling-er’s confession is driven by her desire to win both Mo Ran’s affection and a connection with Sisheng Peak, envisioning a future where her feelings are reciprocated.
Mo Ran flees into the night, his mind in turmoil. He experiences a profound realization about his feelings, discovering that his deep emotions, including lust and love, have always been directed toward Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed by this revelation, feeling as though his entire perception of love and desire has been shattered. The realization that his true feelings have always been for Chu Wanning hits him with intense force, leaving him stunned and disoriented.
Returning to the bonfire, Mo Ran finds that Ling-er has left, and no one is aware of their earlier conversation. The villagers continue to enjoy their festivities and drink merrily.
As the villagers start playing games, they engage in a traditional game where a grass wreath is passed around while a drum is beaten. When the drumming stops, the person holding the wreath must answer a question from a drawn lot.
The atmosphere is lighthearted until Old Bai draws a provocative question from the bowl: “What’s better, a woman with large tits or a fat ass?” The crowd bursts into laughter, and Old Bai, embarrassed and angry, demands to know who wrote the question, threatening them in jest.
The scene illustrates the villagers’ playful and carefree attitude, contrasting with Mo Ran’s internal conflict and emotional turmoil.
Chapter 144: Shizun, I Like You
Mo Ran, feeling a surge of courage, kneels before Chu Wanning, despite still towering over him due to his height. His heart races and his blood flows rapidly as he prepares to confess his feelings.
Mo Ran looks up at Chu Wanning and, with visible anxiety, admits, “Shizun, I like you.” His confession is sincere but tentative, and he fears that Chu Wanning might interpret it as a simple form of respect rather than true affection.
Chu Wanning is stunned and wary, his mind overwhelmed by the confession. He feels as if he’s been struck and is momentarily paralyzed by the emotional impact. His thoughts are conflicted, as he questions the nature of Mo Ran’s feelings.
Mo Ran worries that Chu Wanning might see his feelings as mere disciple admiration rather than a deeper emotional connection. He fears that his confession might not be taken seriously.
Chu Wanning believes Mo Ran's confession might stem from a sense of obligation or pity rather than genuine affection. Despite this, Chu Wanning feels that even this form of recognition from Mo Ran is significant and he is resigned to accept it as it is.
Both men remain silent, their thoughts filled with unspoken doubts and hopes. The crowd, witnessing the intense moment, watches in anticipation as the emotional exchange unfolds.
Chapter 145: Shizun Has a Mealtime Companion Now
After the harvest season, villagers of Yuliang Village prepare heartfelt gifts for Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, including jerky, rice cakes, spices, and homespun cloth. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran accept these gifts with gratitude.
Ling-er approaches Mo Ran with a bamboo basket containing fresh-steamed flatbreads and hard-boiled eggs, made as a token of thanks for the help given to Yuliang Village. Despite her embarrassment from a previous confession, she insists the gift is merely a gesture of gratitude.
Mo Ran, initially unsure of Ling-er’s intentions, accepts the food graciously. He asks about her future plans, noting her potential beyond the lower cultivation realm. Ling-er responds, and Mo Ran's respect for her grows.
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran return to Sisheng Peak by noon. Chu Wanning briefs Xue Zhengyong on their trip, while Mo Ran strolls around and encounters Shi Mei.
Mo Ran sees Shi Mei scrubbing the stone lions on Naihe Bridge. Shi Mei explains that he and Xue Meng were punished for almost damaging a sealed barrier while attempting to catch monsters for training. Mo Ran is surprised and exasperated by the situation, especially noting that Shi Mei's appearance has changed over time.
Mo Ran questions Shi Mei about the trouble Xue Meng caused. Shi Mei admits that Xue Meng’s reckless actions led to their punishment, and Mo Ran expresses frustration over the situation.
Chapter 146: Shizun, Is She Really Getting Married?
From that day forward, Mengpo Hall became the site of an extraordinary sight. The table "Reserved for Yuheng Elder," previously off-limits to even the boldest disciples, now accommodated Mo Weiyu. Disciples passing by frequently saw Mo Ran and Chu Wanning seated across from each other, dining together. Mo Ran would consistently pick a morsel from some dish and place it in Chu Wanning’s bowl.
A group of nearby disciples observed this and began betting on whether Chu Wanning would eat the food Mo Ran served him. Some bet that Chu Wanning wouldn’t eat the beef brisket because he seemed to dislike it, while others bet he would, recalling his previous willingness to eat other foods.
As Chu Wanning frowned and poked at the beef with his chopsticks, the watching disciples eagerly anticipated whether he would eat it. They worried about the potential repercussions if Chu Wanning discovered their betting but were excited by the prospect of winning.
Despite his initial reluctance, Chu Wanning picked up the piece of beef brisket, surprising the observers and affecting the outcome of their bets. The disciples watched with bated breath, their anticipation mirrored in their anxious expressions.
Chu Wanning had been absent for five years, and Mo Ran had spent those years mired in blame. Now, with Chu Wanning back, he was told to take his time. This moment brought immense pain to Mo Ran's heart. The closer he was to Chu Wanning, the more he felt the weight of his past mistakes and the depth of his current affection.
Mo Ran reflected on how Chu Wanning had always treated him with indulgence and warmth. He felt unworthy and questioned why he deserved to walk alongside Chu Wanning again after having squandered their relationship in his previous life.
Mo Ran’s inner conflict was palpable. He wrestled with feelings of unworthiness and the yearning to make amends. He wondered if he could redeem himself and atone for his past mistakes, hoping that maybe, despite everything, he could share a life with Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran’s deep remorse was symbolized by a bowl of warm, rich soup, representing his desire to atone and make amends. He felt he would willingly endure any suffering if it meant Chu Wanning would share in his redemption.
Xue Meng's arrival pulled Mo Ran back to the present. Since Chu Wanning's death, Mo Ran had been plagued by self-reproach and unease, which he had managed to control over time. However, minor incidents still triggered deep self-loathing. When he looked up at Xue Meng, his cousin noticed his troubled state.
Chapter 147: Shizun, Let’s Use Our Words, Not Our Fists
Mo Ran received a letter containing just a few short lines. Initially, he felt a surge of anxiety but was relieved to find the content less alarming than he anticipated.
Xue Meng, upon seeing the letter, was disappointed by its brevity and questioned its significance. Mo Ran, now more relaxed, downplayed its importance and smiled at Xue Meng's reaction.
Mo Ran reflected on his past experiences battling evil spirits, including a formidable carp spirit in Yunmeng Marsh. This spirit had been notorious for its strength, despite being a carp, and had used the essence of a lunar crystal to enhance its power.
Mo Ran had fought the carp spirit through eighty rounds of combat before finally defeating it. Inside the spirit, he discovered a lunar crystal formed from a thousand years of moonlight, which is highly valued for forging weapons and cultivating spiritual cores.
Chu Wanning inquired about the purpose of the lunar crystal for a person referred to as Butterfly-Boned Beauty. Mo Ran explained that the crystal was meant to aid her husband, who had a fire elemental spiritual core and was at risk of qi deviation due to reckless training. The lunar crystal was intended to help suppress the malignant spiritual energy affecting him.
Xue Meng expressed surprise at the Butterfly-Boned Beauty’s willingness to spend so much for her husband's safety, indicating the high value she placed on his well-being.
Chapter 148: Shizun Is a Natural Tease
Mo Ran is caught off guard when Chu Wanning suddenly attacks him with a sword. Mo Ran narrowly dodges the blade as it skims past his chest.
Mo Ran tries to prioritize getting Chu Wanning to try on clothes first before sparring, as the tailor is waiting to make adjustments. Chu Wanning insists on sparring before dealing with the clothing issue.
Despite Mo Ran’s attempt to negotiate, Chu Wanning remains relentless, attacking with precision and striking at Mo Ran’s vital points multiple times. Mo Ran narrowly escapes injury due to his extensive training.
Chu Wanning, wielding a sword, strikes Mo Ran on the shoulder with the flat of the blade, challenging him with a cold sneer. He questions if Mo Ran is putting forth his best effort and expresses that he won't go easy on him forever.
Amused by Chu Wanning's determination, Mo Ran acknowledges the challenge and agrees to continue the sparring match. He calls upon his spiritual weapon, Jiangui, while trying to balance his focus on the fight and his clothing.
Mo Ran summons Jiangui, a willow whip, but Chu Wanning’s ordinary sword proves effective against it. Chu Wanning swiftly disarms Mo Ran by twisting the hilt of his sword and evades Mo Ran’s attempts to use the whip.
As Mo Ran attempts to use Jiangui, Chu Wanning maneuvers behind him, maintaining a tactical advantage and keeping the fight both challenging and engaging.
Chapter 149: Shizun, I Can’t Get Up
Chu Wanning scrambles to his feet, appearing deeply shocked and terrified, a stark contrast to his usually composed demeanor. His face cycles through various colors, showing his intense reaction to something that has clearly shaken him.
Mo Ran, still in pain from a recent kick, notices Chu Wanning’s unusual fear and tries to speak to him. He is unsure how to address the situation and offers a tentative apology.
Chu Wanning takes a large step back, his eyes wide with disbelief and fear. His reaction indicates he’s profoundly unsettled, and he becomes preoccupied with confusing and disturbing thoughts about the nature of the shock he received.
Chu Wanning's thoughts revolve around the term "absolute unit" from a ranking booklet, which leaves him feeling embarrassed and flushed. His reaction suggests he’s trying to process an overwhelming experience.
Mo Ran, concerned about having upset Chu Wanning, apologizes again as he attempts to stand, gritting his teeth from the pain. He halts halfway and repeats his apology, showing his remorse and worry.
Chu Wanning, struggling with his thoughts and emotions, tells Mo Ran to leave and refrains from engaging further. After Mo Ran departs, Chu Wanning remains in place, overwhelmed and mentally stuck on the term "absolute unit," unable to move or think clearly.
Chu Wanning stands motionless, staring into the distance, with a sense of dread and confusion about the incident that has left him deeply unsettled.
The trio, Mo Ran, Xue Meng, and Chu Wanning, reminisce about their previous visit to a location they are revisiting. Xue Meng expresses regret that Shi Mei isn't with them, recalling their past visit for weapons and their hike up Dawning Peak.
Mo Ran jokes about the possibility of encountering a fake Gouchen, a mysterious adversary from their past, suggesting that the adversary might try to pull Xue Meng into the lake for a confrontation.
Chu Wanning, troubled by the mention of their adversary, notes that there haven’t been any significant updates or activities involving him over the past five years. Mo Ran agrees but points out that several major incidents involving holy weapons remain unsolved, suspecting the adversary’s involvement but lacking concrete evidence.
Xue Meng argues that the recent incidents are unlikely to be related to their old adversary. He theorizes that the adversary was originally searching for a specific spiritual essence linked to Mo Ran’s wood element, suggesting that the focus might now be on finding a person rather than pursuing weapons.
Chu Wanning adds that there haven't been many cases of people going missing recently, indicating that the adversary's focus might have shifted or that they have been less active.
Mo Ran mentions that he hasn’t encountered any ambushes or traps recently, attributing this to his tendency to move frequently, making it difficult for the adversary to locate him.
The trio’s conversation is interrupted by the tea stall’s mistress, who arrives with their tea and candied fruit. Xue Meng proposes a theory that the adversary might have inadvertently harmed himself through his evil actions, leading to his recent inactivity.
Xue Meng’s theory is met with silence, prompting him to explain that evil magic often rebounds on its user, suggesting that this might be why the adversary has been inactive.
Mo Ran adds a speculative possibility, hinting at a connection to Shizun’s (Chu Wanning’s) own lack of activity over the past five years. This leads to Xue Meng playfully accusing Mo Ran of implying something about Shizun, leading to a light-hearted exchange.
Chapter 150: Shizun and I Swapped Rooms
The small town near Dawning Peak, once bustling with visitors seeking swords, has seen a decline in tourism following the destruction of Jincheng Lake's weapons by the fake Gouchen. Many inns have closed or shifted businesses, except for one hot springs inn that has seen a temporary resurgence due to guests attending a grand wedding at Rufeng Sect.
Xue Zhengyong arrives at the inn's foyer and announces the need for four rooms. Mo Ran joins them just in time, and Xue Meng is surprised to see him.
Mo Ran, having completed his business quickly, is irked by Xue Meng’s comment about the time it took him to finish. Mo Ran’s irritation grows as he realizes the comment is not about his previous activity but rather about the current situation.
Xue Zhengyong specifies that he and his wife will share one room and requests three additional suites, making a total of four rooms needed.
Mo Ran, although he tries to hide it, feels agitated by the arrangement. He secretly hoped that the inn would be fully booked, forcing everyone to double up and potentially share a room with Chu Wanning.
The idea of staying in the same room alone with Chu Wanning excites and unsettles Mo Ran. Despite knowing he won’t be able to act on his feelings, the thought stirs his emotions.
Mo Ran struggles with his intense feelings for Chu Wanning while staying in a room adjacent to his. He tries to control his desires but finds it excruciatingly difficult. His body, full of youthful vigor, aches with unfulfilled longing as he presses against the wall, imagining Chu Wanning on the other side.
Overwhelmed by lust and a sense of violation, Mo Ran’s mind becomes chaotic. He senses Chu Wanning’s presence through the wall, the faint fragrance of haitang seemingly seeping into his space and intensifying his torment. His passion grows, leading him to a state of emotional pain and desperate longing, expressed through his murmured pleas for Chu Wanning.
Unbeknownst to Mo Ran, Chu Wanning is on the other side of the wall, similarly tormented by his own feelings. He has avoided the hot springs and is lying in bed, thinking of Mo Ran. Chu Wanning presses his forehead against the same wall, feeling the physical barrier between them and reflecting on the emotional chasm that separates them.
The chapter highlights the deep-seated misunderstandings and emotional distance from their past life that still affect their current relationship. Despite their efforts to bridge the gap, they are left to struggle with their unspoken passions and desires, unable to fully connect due to the persistent barrier between them.
Chapter 151: Shizun, I Only Want You
As Chu Wanning is lost in thought, he overhears Mo Ran speaking sharply, telling someone to take their clothes and leave. Chu Wanning is perplexed by the comment.
Xue Meng, initially confused, realizes Mo Ran’s comment was directed at him. He reacts with anger and embarrassment, confronting Mo Ran about his behavior. Xue Meng had assumed Mo Ran was planning to use the private bath to avoid the public baths, not considering any other implications.
Xue Meng, feeling wronged, accuses Mo Ran of having a dirty mind, given the misunderstanding. He calls out Mo Ran for shifting the blame onto him and questions Mo Ran’s sudden change in behavior compared to his past, hinting at Mo Ran’s previous reputation with brothels.
Mo Ran remains silent initially, causing Chu Wanning to grow anxious. Chu Wanning wonders if Mo Ran’s silence is due to embarrassment, remorse, or something else entirely.
Mo Ran finally responds with visible anger, defending himself. His response surprises Chu Wanning, who had expected Mo Ran to react more calmly. Chu Wanning feels that Xue Meng’s question was valid, given Mo Ran’s past behavior, but Mo Ran’s reaction is more intense than anticipated.
Chu Wanning is overwhelmed by intense, conflicting emotions and physical sensations as he engages in a moment of self-indulgence.
He feels his body weakening and his emotions conflicted. Despite recognizing the absurdity of his situation, he is unable to resist the intense pleasure he is experiencing.
Reflecting on his past, he recalls the torment and self-loathing he felt when he first broke his abstinence in Yuliang Village. However, the presence of the person he likes and the stifled sounds of their breathing change his perception of these carnal matters.
Chu Wanning is lost in a mix of sensations and memories, including a vivid dream where he was in a similar physical state and scenario. This dream involved a sensual and intense experience with a man, whose actions and words now echo in his reality.
The boundary between dream and reality blurs, and Chu Wanning struggles to maintain his composure, suppressing any sounds despite his growing need and the pleasure he feels.
The chapter concludes with the dream-like figure pulling away from him, leaving Chu Wanning in a state of unresolved tension and emotional turmoil.
Chapter 152: Shizun, Look! It’s Mei Hanxue!
The shopkeeper is opening for the day when she sees a strikingly handsome man standing in the sunlight at the store entrance. This man is Mo Ran, who is holding a bamboo basket filled with fresh fruits and vegetables.
Mo Ran’s demeanor is soft and approachable, quite different from the imposing figure one might expect from his looks. He smiles warmly, contrasting his otherwise distinguished appearance.
Mo Ran inquires about a pair of red crystal pendants. The shopkeeper, impressed by his taste, explains that the pendants are made from dragonblood crystals, which are known for their vibrant color that intensifies with body temperature. She also hints that one of the pendants might be for a special person in Mo Ran’s life.
The shopkeeper assumes that one pendant is for Mo Ran’s “dual cultivation partner,” and makes a playful comment about it. Mo Ran, initially focused on the pendants' practical benefits for Chu Wanning during winter, is momentarily distracted by the shopkeeper’s implication.
Mo Ran imagines Chu Wanning wearing the pendant and how it might enhance their moments together, highlighting his deep feelings and affection.
Meanwhile, Mei Hanxue is introduced as a character who appears in the chapter. Mei Hanxue’s presence is noted by Mo Ran, and this encounter adds a layer of intrigue or significance to the unfolding events.
Chapter 153: Shizun’s Most Hated Sect Leader
The group from Sisheng Peak departs Dai City after bidding farewell to Mei Hanxue and heads north to reach Linyi Rufeng Sect, the foremost sect in the world.
Rufeng Sect is described as a vast and impressive place with seventy-two massive manors, each akin to a separate city. The size and organization of these manors highlight the sect's elite status and stark contrast to the less refined Sisheng Peak.
The main city of Rufeng Sect, where the group arrives, is a grand metropolis with white-walled, black-tiled buildings, and a monumental main gate adorned with red and gold. The city is characterized by its luxurious features, including a wide thoroughfare paved with qi-refinement stones, which accumulate spiritual power.
Xue Meng, despite his disdain for the upper cultivation realm, is awed by the opulence of Rufeng Sect. Xue Zhengyong remarks on the wealth of the sect, while Madam Wang humorously comments on how such riches could be used to benefit the lower cultivation realms.
Despite being the Dirt-Poor Young Master, Xue Meng maintains his spirit and greets Sect Leader Nangong Liu with reserved formality.
Nangong Liu, overflowing with enthusiasm and flattery, praises Xue Meng’s appearance and character, comparing him to his father, Xue Zhengyong. This excessive praise catches Xue Meng off guard, softening his attitude and making him crack a smile.
Xue Meng, initially skeptical of Nangong Liu’s praise, confides in Mo Ran that while the Sect Leader’s flattery might be exaggerated, there is some truth to it.
Mo Ran teases Xue Meng about his competitive nature, leading to a brief argument. Eventually, Mo Ran acknowledges Xue Meng’s achievements with a playful grin.
As Mo Ran looks back at Nangong Liu, his expression changes to one of concern. He reflects on the different types of villains in the world, recognizing that Nangong Liu’s charm and silver tongue may mask a more sinister nature.
Chapter 154: Shizun, I’m Off to Look for Ye Wangxi
The scene is set with an awkward atmosphere as Nangong Liu, the host and elder, is greeted warmly by everyone except Chu Wanning, who remains by the window, and Mo Ran, who remains seated without any show of respect.
Nangong Liu, maintaining a friendly demeanor, approaches Mo Ran, whom he recognizes as the famed Mo-zongshi. Mo Ran, who dismisses Rufeng Sect as a worthless place from his past life, does not bother to stand and responds with a condescending smile.
Mo Ran interrupts Nangong Liu’s attempt at flattery, pointing out that Nangong Liu has already used the term “gallant youth” for Xue Meng and thus should refrain from using it for him. He continues to sip his tea leisurely, ignoring the Sect Leader.
Despite the polite exterior, Mo Ran’s attitude and demeanor project an air of superiority, making Nangong Liu appear subservient by comparison.
A parrot on its perch sings and receives praise and treats from a man who refers to himself as the bird's "Daddy," which amuses Mo Ran, who reflects on the oddity of the situation.
The man, noticing Mo Ran, greets him with a friendly smile that hides an unsettling undertone. Mo Ran recognizes the man as someone he may have encountered during his previous destructive actions against Rufeng Sect.
Mo Ran's attention is drawn to a familiar voice, and he turns to see Ye Wangxi entering the scene. Ye Wangxi, carrying yellow satin shoes, approaches the man and sets the shoes down at his feet, revealing the man to be Ye Wangxi’s foster father, referred to as "Yifu."
Mo Ran is overwhelmed by a rush of memories from his past life, including the destruction he caused and the pain he inflicted. He remembers Ye Wangxi’s distress during the attack on Rufeng Sect, marked by screams and bloodshed.
The chapter underscores Mo Ran's inner turmoil and the emotional impact of confronting figures from his past as he grapples with his previous actions and their lingering consequences.
Chapter 155: Shizun, Aren’t You Surprised?
A rumor spreads quickly about Rufeng Sect's Ye Wangxi and Song Qiutong having an affair, causing a stir among all the guests from major sects attending the upcoming wedding.
The rumor grows increasingly elaborate as it spreads, even reaching the ears of common villagers, who discuss it with a mix of shock and amusement.
The gossip becomes so pervasive that even Chu Wanning hears about it, though he is irritated by the baseless nature of the rumor.
Chu Wanning subtly tries to warn Nangong Si about the rumors during a conversation about his faewolves, but Nangong Si remains oblivious to Chu Wanning's hints.
Nangong Si invites Chu Wanning to visit the expanded Moonwhistle Fields to see his faewolves, suggesting Song Qiutong could join them.
Chu Wanning agrees to the visit and decides to meet Nangong Si and Song Qiutong at Moonwhistle Fields.
Mo Ran arrives and offers to accompany Chu Wanning, not comfortable with him going alone to handle the faewolves.
A suggestive moment occurs between Mo Ran and Chu Wanning, leading to Chu Wanning blushing and retreating to change his clothes.
At Moonwhistle Fields, Nangong Si and Song Qiutong wait for Chu Wanning and Mo Ran's arrival.
Mo Ran playfully claims he’s there as a 'punching bag' for Chu Wanning, who then accuses him of being there to cause trouble.
Song Qiutong, displaying her beauty and charm, steps forward and remarks on the deep bond between Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, acknowledging the rumors she has heard.
Chapter 156: Shizun Is Good at Riding
Chu Wanning observes Song Qiutong, noting her exceptional beauty and understanding why Nangong Si is so taken with her.
Mo Ran, however, is not focused on Song Qiutong; instead, he keeps his gaze on Chu Wanning, leading to a brief, intense exchange of glances between them.
Nangong Si introduces Naobaijin, his favorite faewolf, and invites Chu Wanning and Mo Ran to ride faewolves.
Despite initial doubts, Chu Wanning finds riding the faewolf easy and even enjoyable as the creature responds intuitively to his commands.
Nangong Si proposes a race to Ganquan Lake, with the prize being a bracelet of septimal-star spiritual stones. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran agree to the challenge.
During the race, Chu Wanning speeds ahead, unable to tolerate Song Qiutong's high-pitched screams from behind him.
The thrill of the ride brings a rare smile to Chu Wanning's face, and Mo Ran closely follows, feeling a deep sense of comfort in always being near Chu Wanning.
At Ganquan Lake, Chu Wanning attempts to catch fish using Tianwen but is uncertain about identifying groupers, leading Mo Ran to catch the required fish for him.
Mo Ran experiences conflicting emotions, both tender and possessive, as he watches Chu Wanning.
Upon returning to Moonwhistle Fields, they find Song Qiutong injured and Nangong Si tending to her.
Mo Ran compares Song Qiutong's feet unfavorably to Chu Wanning's and reflects on how his feelings have changed from his past life.
Nangong Si hands over the bracelet to Chu Wanning, acknowledging his loss in the race.
Mo Ran, feeling competitive, promises to get something better for Chu Wanning next time.
The group prepares a meal from the fish they caught. Chu Wanning is surprised and touched when Mo Ran fillets a fish and presents it to him in a lotus leaf, knowing he dislikes eating fish with bones.
Song Qiutong serves tea to everyone, and Chu Wanning notices the cinnabar mark on her wrist, realizing the rumors about her affair with Ye Wangxi are likely false.
Mo Ran, after accepting tea from Song Qiutong, reveals he has something he would like to give her.
Chapter 157: Shizun, on My Wedding Night Back Then, I Actually...
Mo Ran presents Song Qiutong with an exquisite bracelet made of East Sea nacre and Xihe sunstone, which he explains will help moderate Nangong Si’s fire elemental spiritual power. After receiving Nangong Si's approval, Song Qiutong accepts the gift graciously.
The group enjoys tea and casual conversation, with Chu Wanning advising Nangong Si to be meticulous with the wedding preparations. Nangong Si reassures Chu Wanning that he’s been diligent, even noticing and fixing a missing pearl on Song Qiutong’s dress robes the previous night.
Mo Ran reflects on his past life when he married Song Qiutong as Taxian-jun. He recalls feeling empty and disgusted during the wedding, ultimately abandoning her in the bridal chamber and spending the night in the Red Lotus Pavilion instead.
After bidding farewell to Nangong Si and Song Qiutong, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran return to the guest courtyard. Chu Wanning questions why Mo Ran spaced out while looking at Song Qiutong earlier. Mo Ran responds with a flirtatious comment, saying that Song Qiutong wouldn’t look as wonderful in wedding robes as Chu Wanning did during their ghost marriage.
Chu Wanning becomes flustered and scolds Mo Ran, warning him never to mention the ghost ceremony again. Mo Ran internally expresses his longing and regret for losing Chu Wanning in their past life, finding even Chu Wanning’s reprimands sweet.
The eve of Nangong Si’s wedding arrives, and Rufeng Sect is bustling with guests from all over, including leaders and young masters from major sects, wandering cultivators, and wealthy businesspeople.
Xue Zhengyong forces his son Xue Meng to meet a young lady cultivator, “little Mantuo.” Despite the elders’ intentions, little Mantuo bluntly tells Xue Meng that she doesn’t care for his personality and warns him not to get any ideas.
Xue Meng, shocked and angered by her presumptuousness, argues with little Mantuo. She then spots Mei Hanxue, runs toward him, and accuses him of promising to marry her. Mei Hanxue denies knowing her and walks away, leaving little Mantuo in tears.
Xue Meng feels a mix of anger at Mei Hanxue’s womanizing and satisfaction at little Mantuo’s misguided affections. He tries to confront Mei Hanxue, who mocks Xue Meng’s swollen face before leaving.
Xue Meng, still furious, accidentally bumps into Jiang Xi, the sect leader of Guyueye and one of the wealthiest men in the world. After a tense exchange, Xue Meng insults Jiang Xi, who retaliates with a biting remark about Xue Meng’s lack of self-discipline.
Madam Wang intervenes, urging Xue Meng to apologize. Jiang Xi recognizes Xue Meng as Xue Zhengyong’s son and makes a condescending comment about considering him an adoptive nephew.
Xue Meng, enraged by Jiang Xi’s insult to his mother, tries to attack him, but the conflict is interrupted by the announcement of the welcome feast at Rufeng Sect’s Poetry Hall.
Jiang Xi leaves, casting a final cold glance at Xue Meng and Madam Wang before departing in anger.
Chapter 158: Shizun Drinks Wedding Wine
The grand wedding celebration at Rufeng Sect kicks off with a three-day feast, beginning with a welcome dinner for all guests. The evening’s highlight is the hunting event, where guests are invited to hunt spiritual deer in the forest, with a prize of ten million gold for each deer caught.
The expansive Poetry Hall is filled with guests who congratulate Nangong Liu and express admiration for the young couple, Nangong Si and Song Qiutong, as they make their entrance in striking red and gold attire.
Mo Ran, feeling a sense of déjà vu from his past life, reflects on the emptiness of his own wedding to Song Qiutong and the futility of the praise lavished on him back then.
Among the guests, Mo Ran notices Ye Wangxi, who appears calm and resigned to his fate, reminiscent of a pagoda lantern Mo Ran had longed for in his youth but knew he could never possess.
The head servant of Rufeng Sect brings out a bronze vessel to draw straws for the hunting event. After some minor sect members withdraw their names, the drawing begins. Ye Wangxi declines to participate, but his foster father, Xu Shuanglin, mischievously volunteers to take part despite being over forty years old.
Nangong Liu draws the names of twenty-one participants, with Xu Shuanglin claiming the last spot for himself. Each hunter is given a firework to signal when a deer is felled.
Excitement fills the hall as Nangong Liu announces an additional prize: ten faewolves for the first-place winner. The promise of these rare spiritual beasts sends the crowd into a frenzy of enthusiasm.
Mo Ran prepares to join the hunt and reassures Chu Wanning that he will look after Xue Meng. Chu Wanning, confident in his disciples' abilities, places a large bet of three hundred thousand gold, determined to use the winnings to pave roads with spiritual stones.
As the hunt begins, the first firework goes off quickly, signaling that a deer has been caught. The guests engage in betting on the outcome, with even Nangong Si participating to win money for Song Qiutong.
Suddenly, an arrow pierces the hall’s main pillar, carrying a letter that causes Nangong Si great distress. He tries to destroy it, but Nangong Liu intervenes and reads the letter, which prompts him to shoot a harsh look at Song Qiutong before burning it.
A mysterious figure with a low, husky voice speaks from the eaves, criticizing Nangong Liu for dismissing the letter’s contents. The figure, dressed in black with a bronze mask, makes a dramatic entrance into the hall, causing panic among the guests.
The black-garbed man, who clearly possesses immense power, reassures the frightened guests that he is not there to kill anyone, though his presence and cryptic remarks create an atmosphere of tension and uncertainty.
Chapter 159: Shizun, I’m Most Afraid of Tianwen
The chapter begins with Nangong Liu trying to maintain his composure in the face of the mysterious black-clad intruder who boldly declares that Nangong Si should not marry Song Qiutong, implying that she has been unfaithful with Ye Wangxi.
The black-clad man stirs the crowd by insinuating that Song Qiutong and Ye Wangxi have been involved in an affair, causing unease among the guests. Song Qiutong vehemently denies the accusations, but her panic only adds to the suspicion.
The intruder claims to have witnessed the affair and mentions a red birthmark on Song Qiutong’s left thigh as proof, shocking Nangong Si and further rattling Song Qiutong, who struggles to defend herself.
The black-clad man challenges Song Qiutong to show the chastity mark on her wrist, a mark placed by Hanlin the Sage when she was auctioned off at Xuanyuan Pavilion, to prove her innocence. However, Song Qiutong is unable to comply, which casts more doubt on her.
Chu Wanning intervenes, pointing out that the chastity mark was present just days ago, suggesting the intruder’s claims might be false or a deliberate attempt to sabotage the wedding. The intruder responds with a seemingly softer tone when addressing Chu Wanning, but continues to insist on the affair.
Chu Wanning uses Tianwen to attack the intruder, who skillfully evades the attacks while bantering with Chu Wanning, adding a layer of tension and unexpected humor to the situation.
The intruder continues to accuse Ye Wangxi of coercing Song Qiutong into a relationship, even going so far as to mimic Ye Wangxi’s voice, further enraging him. Ye Wangxi, overwhelmed with anger and frustration, struggles to respond to the mounting accusations.
Chapter 160: Shizun, Do You Remember the Voice-Changing Spell from the Inn Back Then?
As the black-clad man continues to accuse Ye Wangxi of having an affair with Song Qiutong, murmurs of disdain and judgment ripple through the crowd. Many guests begin to believe the accusations.
Chu Wanning manages to injure the man in black slightly with Tianwen, causing a brief moment of tension, but the man quickly resumes his accusations.
The black-clad man continues to press Ye Wangxi, accusing him of forcing himself on Song Qiutong and shaming him in front of the guests.
Song Qiutong, feeling trapped and panicked, seizes the opportunity to escape blame by claiming that Ye Wangxi did indeed force himself on her. She weeps and pleads for forgiveness, claiming she hid the truth out of fear.
Nangong Si, initially stunned and struggling to process what Song Qiutong is saying, becomes increasingly enraged, directing his anger at her rather than Ye Wangxi. He repeatedly asks if she knows the gravity of her accusations.
The guests are confused by Nangong Si’s reaction, expecting him to direct his anger at Ye Wangxi instead of Song Qiutong. Some express disappointment in Nangong Si’s apparent lack of concern for Song Qiutong’s well-being.
Chu Wanning, observing the situation, is puzzled by Nangong Si’s behavior and suspects there is more to the story.
Nangong Si finally orders Ye Wangxi to come forward and demands he remove a voice-changing spell. This revelation surprises the guests, who are confused about why Ye Wangxi would have used such a spell.
Ye Wangxi reveals that he has been using the voice-changing spell since he was thirteen, and it has become permanent, meaning he can no longer revert to his original voice. This revelation shocks Nangong Si and the guests.
Nangong Liu, realizing the situation is spiraling out of control, attempts to take charge by restraining Nangong Si with a barrier, effectively silencing him and preventing further outbursts.
The black-clad man continues to manipulate the situation, pointing out how Rufeng Sect is quick to sacrifice Ye Wangxi to protect its reputation, even though Ye Wangxi has been loyal for over a decade.
The man in black then drops a bombshell revelation: Ye Wangxi is not a man, referring to "Miss Ye." This shocking statement leaves the entire hall in stunned silence, with the true nature of Ye Wangxi’s identity suddenly called into question.
Chapter 161: Shizun, I’ll Take You Flying
The revelation that Ye Wangxi is a woman causes an uproar in the hall, with guests shocked and disbelieving. Confusion and murmurs spread as they process this surprising information.
Nangong Liu, attempting to maintain control and protect Rufeng Sect's reputation, challenges the black-clad man’s claims and demands proof. The black-clad man taunts him, suggesting that if Nangong Liu has nothing to hide, he should release Nangong Si from the barrier.
Despite Nangong Liu’s attempts to dismiss the accusations, the guests begin to suspect that the black-clad man might be telling the truth, especially when he implies that Nangong Si, being a gentleman, knows more than his father is willing to admit.
Mei Hanxue, stepping forward to support the black-clad man’s claims, reveals that he had encountered Ye Wangxi before and was smitten by her, confirming that she is indeed a woman. Mei’s casual demeanor contrasts with the growing tension in the hall.
Nangong Liu tries to counter the claims by suggesting that the black-clad man’s story is inconsistent, but the man in black continues to pressure him, implying that the truth about Song Qiutong’s chastity mark could be uncovered by interrogating the male disciples of Rufeng Sect.
The situation escalates as Nangong Liu becomes desperate, calling Ye Wangxi forward and demanding she tell the truth. The narrative shifts to a flashback, revealing how Ye Wangxi was forced to live as a man from the age of thirteen, following Nangong Liu’s orders to protect Rufeng Sect's reputation. She even altered her voice permanently using a spell.
The black-clad man blocks Ye Wangxi’s way, arguing that she has sacrificed enough for Rufeng Sect and shouldn’t be forced to sacrifice her life as well. As the tension in the hall reaches its peak, a Heavenly Rift suddenly appears in the sky above the forest where the hunters are, causing widespread panic among the guests.
Nangong Liu quickly abandons the scandal in the hall, taking advantage of the chaos to lead the Rufeng Sect guards to investigate the rift, leaving the situation unresolved.
Chu Wanning, concerned for Xue Meng and the others in the forest, decides to check on them, leaping into the night using qinggong. Mo Ran, revealed to be the black-clad man, quickly follows him, revealing his true identity to Xue Zhengyong before catching up to Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran offers Chu Wanning a ride on his sword, explaining that he orchestrated the spectacle in the hall to prevent Song Qiutong from marrying Nangong Si and further corrupting Rufeng Sect. He also hints at his knowledge of Ye Wangxi’s true identity, leaving Chu Wanning with questions as they speed towards the Heavenly Rift.
Chapter 162: Shizun, I’ll Stand with You
Mo Ran reveals to Chu Wanning that he knew Ye Wangxi was a woman since their visit to Peach Blossom Springs. He learned it by overhearing a conversation involving Mei Hanxue and observed Ye Wangxi’s unusual clothing style, which always covered her neck, confirming his suspicions.
Distracted while explaining, Mo Ran accidentally crashes their sword into a tree. Despite the fall, Mo Ran is delighted that Chu Wanning landed on him, seizing the moment to embrace and affectionately stroke his hair.
Chu Wanning is irritated by the mishap but allows Mo Ran to help him up. Mo Ran tries to lighten the mood, but Chu Wanning insists on continuing their journey using qinggong instead of the sword.
As they proceed through the forest, Chu Wanning questions how Mo Ran knew about the birthmark on Song Qiutong's leg. Mo Ran explains that he learned of it from someone at an auction and reassures Chu Wanning that he isn't interested in Song Qiutong.
Mo Ran reveals that he placed a spell on the bracelet he gave Song Qiutong to mask the cinnabar mark on her wrist, which explains its disappearance. Chu Wanning suspects that Mo Ran is hiding more but doesn't press further.
Mo Ran discloses his deeper motivations to Chu Wanning, explaining that he wanted to protect Ye Wangxi, who harbors feelings for Nangong Si, from Song Qiutong’s potential cruelty. He admits that knowing the truth, he felt compelled to act to clear his conscience.
As they near the hunting grounds, Mo Ran detects a foul smell and recognizes the Zhenlong Chess Formation, similar to the one that caused devastation in Butterfly Town. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran realize that the situation is dire, as the formation is fully activated and opening a portal to the Infinite Hells.
Chu Wanning prepares to face the danger head-on, and Mo Ran, despite his fears, vows to stay by his side. They both summon their holy weapons, ready to confront whatever emerges from the rift.
As they reach Ganquan Lake, they observe guards and young cultivators, including Xue Meng, being controlled by the Zhenlong Chess Formation. The formation uses their spiritual power to power holy weapons, which in turn are tearing open the rift to the Infinite Hells. The sight of Xue Meng among the controlled cultivators shocks both Mo Ran and Chu Wanning, who realize the gravity of the situation.
Chapter 163: Shizun and Bugui
Xue Meng and the other youths who went hunting were implanted with Zhenlong Chess pieces, turning them into lifeless puppets guarding the elemental arrays while fighting off ghosts.
Chu Wanning is distraught at seeing Xue Meng in this state and wants to rush in, but Mo Ran stops him, insisting they wait for the right moment.
Despite the dire situation, Mo Ran assures Chu Wanning that Xue Meng is still strong enough to hold his own for now.
As they watch, Mo Ran and Chu Wanning notice two figures, revealed to be Nangong Liu and Xu Shuanglin, activating one of the arrays by placing a holy weapon into the lake.
Mo Ran is shocked to recognize Xu Shuanglin, Ye Wangxi's foster father, and struggles to reconcile this with his past memory of the man.
Nangong Liu reveals his impatience, wanting to widen the Heavenly Rift, but Xu Shuanglin advises caution to avoid repeating the disaster of Butterfly Town.
Chu Wanning confronts Nangong Liu, revealing his involvement in the Butterfly Town calamity and denouncing him as a monster for his past crimes, including sacrificing his wife.
Nangong Liu boasts about how he manipulated Chu Wanning years ago, making him feel responsible for the current situation.
Chu Wanning attacks, but Nangong Liu forces Xue Meng and the other puppets to fight on his behalf, putting Chu Wanning in a difficult position.
Chu Wanning uses Tianwen’s Ten Thousand Coffins technique to bind the puppets and plays his holy weapon, Jiuge, to clear their minds.
Xu Shuanglin attempts to disrupt Chu Wanning’s efforts, but Mo Ran steps in to stop him, engaging in a fierce battle.
Xu Shuanglin injures Mo Ran, whose blood empowers the holy weapon submerged in the lake, summoning the fearsome saber Bugui.
Mo Ran is horrified to see Bugui, Taxian-jun’s blade, and realizes the danger it poses to Chu Wanning due to their past connection.
As Chu Wanning’s spiritual energy falters from the effects of Bugui, Mo Ran rushes to save him, catching him just as he collapses.
Mo Ran supports the injured Chu Wanning, who still manages to guide him in casting a spell to protect the puppets from the encroaching underworld lava.
Overwhelmed with emotion, Mo Ran is brought to tears, showing deep concern for Chu Wanning’s well-being.
Chu Wanning, touched by Mo Ran’s concern, reassures him that he’s fine and instructs him to seize the opportunity to kill Nangong Liu.
Chu Wanning reflects on his past mistakes, realizing that his youthful naïveté and decision to spare Nangong Liu have led to the current disaster. He struggles to understand what Nangong Liu hopes to achieve.
Chapter 164: Shizun Kills a Disciple
A giant skeletal foot emerges from the lava, followed by an enormous skeleton, which roars at the sky and wields a massive hatchet, liquefying the earth and turning plants to ash.
Nangong Liu, wielding two swords, attacks the skeleton with all his spiritual energy, aiming for its ribcage where a fire burns and a man's silhouette hangs.
Despite Nangong Liu’s efforts, the battle is bizarre, as it seems he risked everything to fight the skeleton rather than command it for calamity.
Mo Ran uses Jiangui’s Ten Thousand Coffins technique to pull Xue Meng and others out of danger, earning praise from Chu Wanning.
Nangong Liu’s attacks focus on the skeleton's ribcage, where he finds a frail man hanging amidst the flames, and excitedly stabs at him.
The man suddenly opens his eyes, and Nangong Liu is caught in his gaze, experiencing the torment of the man’s soul. Nangong Liu falls but is saved by Xu Shuanglin, who reprimands him.
Nangong Liu’s body begins to crack and bleed under the moonlight as a curse takes effect, revealing that the man is Luo Fenghua, the previous leader of Rufeng Sect.
Xu Shuanglin, furious, kicks Nangong Liu and chastises him for failing, while Nangong Liu begs for death, overwhelmed by the curse.
Chu Wanning explains to Mo Ran that Luo Fenghua had staged a coup to become Rufeng Sect's leader, deposing Nangong Liu’s younger brother, but eventually died, leaving Nangong Liu as the leader.
Nangong Liu, driven mad by the curse, stabs the man in the skeleton's chest, then pulls the body from the flames, shouting that he has found the man and is free.
As cultivators from Poetry Hall arrive, they witness Nangong Liu devouring the corpse in madness, causing shock and horror among the onlookers.
Nangong Liu’s body continues to crack under the moonlight despite eating the corpse, leading him to scream in pain and desperation.
Nangong Liu attempts to extract the man’s spiritual core to gain more power but is suddenly stabbed from behind by Xu Shuanglin, who dismisses Nangong Liu as a failure unworthy of power.
Chapter 165: Shizun, It’s Him!
Xu Shuanglin, after stabbing Nangong Liu in the chest with a claw suffused with spiritual energy, forces a lingchi fruit into Nangong Liu's mouth, causing unbearable agony.
Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi plead with Xu Shuanglin to stop, but Xu Shuanglin coldly restrains Nangong Si with a barrier and dismisses their concerns.
Xu Shuanglin mocks Nangong Liu, revealing that the promise to lift the curse was a lie, and taunts him for believing that consuming Luo Fenghua's flesh and blood would help.
Xu Shuanglin announces to the gathered cultivators that he is about to reveal a long-hidden secret of Rufeng Sect, indicating that this could be the sect's final scandal.
Xu Shuanglin casts an illusion spell, displaying his memories to everyone present. The scene shifts to an illusion of Rufeng Sect's Flying Jade Platform, where past events between Nangong Liu and Xu Shuanglin are revealed.
In the memory, Nangong Liu is seen obsessing over a plan to lift the curse placed on him by Luo Fenghua, involving the use of five holy weapons and the sacrifice of cultivators with pure elemental spiritual energies.
Nangong Liu and Xu Shuanglin discuss their plan, including how they had previously failed at Jincheng Lake and Peach Blossom Springs, and express their frustration with Chu Wanning and Mo Ran.
Nangong Liu admits that if the holy weapons fail to open the gate to the Infinite Hells, he would be willing to sacrifice his own son, Nangong Si, if necessary.
The illusion ends with the scene shifting to another memory, this time at Jincheng Lake, setting the stage for the next revelation.
Chapter 166: Shizun’s Esteemed Madam Rong
The chapter opens at Jincheng Lake with Nangong Liu and Xu Shuanglin surrounded by the bodies of dead merfolk. Xu Shuanglin uses a forbidden technique to control a merman, making it return to the lake.
Xu Shuanglin explains that the technique he's using allows him to control bodies but not minds, hinting at a more advanced form of the spell that could control both.
Nangong Liu praises Xu Shuanglin's ingenuity, noting that controlling Jincheng Lake will allow them to identify cultivators with the elemental spiritual essences needed to open the gate to the Infinite Hells.
Xu Shuanglin downplays his abilities, attributing his success to the diminished power of Gouchen the Exalted, which once protected the lake.
A moment of tension arises when Xu Shuanglin takes a tangerine from Nangong Liu with his teeth, his actions laced with subtle menace.
The conversation turns to the merlion piranha, a creature that once demanded Nangong Liu offer up Rong Yan's heart, revealing the dark truth behind her death.
Outside the illusion, the revelation shocks the crowd, especially Nangong Si, who is devastated to learn that his mother was sacrificed by his father.
Nangong Si recalls a painful memory from his childhood when he clashed with his strict mother, Rong Yan. Despite her sternness, she tried to instill in him the values of Rufeng Sect, leading to a deep rift between them.
The memory recounts Rong Yan's final attempt to discipline Nangong Si before her death. He had lashed out at her, not realizing it would be their last interaction.
After Rong Yan's death, Nangong Si is left with overwhelming guilt and regret, haunted by the harsh words he spoke to his mother during their last encounter.
The chapter ends with Nangong Si holding onto the tattered quiver his mother had embroidered for him, the last tangible reminder of her love and guidance.
Chapter 167: Shizun, I Don’t Want Anyone to Scold You Ever Again
The illusion continues, revealing painful truths about Nangong Si’s past. On the shore of Jincheng Lake, Nangong Liu crushes the face of the merlion piranha that demanded his wife’s spiritual core in exchange for a holy weapon.
Nangong Liu justifies his actions by stating that his wife, Madam Rong, was in poor health and would not have lived long. He dismisses any guilt, believing he had no choice.
Xu Shuanglin listens but expresses skepticism, subtly mocking Nangong Liu for his actions and rationalizations.
Nangong Liu laments the unfairness of life, frustrated that other cultivators received holy weapons with much less sacrifice. He resents the moral rebuke he received from Chu Wanning when he was just fifteen, feeling humiliated by someone so young.
Xu Shuanglin remarks on Nangong Liu’s ability to survive and manipulate situations to his advantage, particularly how he managed to silence Chu Wanning and cover up the truth about Madam Rong’s death.
The crowd watching the illusion begins to criticize Chu Wanning, questioning his decision to keep the truth hidden. Some accuse him of poor judgment or cowardice, while others defend his choice, believing he did it to protect Nangong Si.
Mo Ran becomes angry at the unfair criticisms directed at Chu Wanning, who, despite his sacrifices, is constantly judged harshly by others.
Chu Wanning, aware of the comments but indifferent to them, asks Mo Ran to cover his ears so he doesn’t have to hear the negativity. Mo Ran complies, feeling a deep tenderness for his shizun, wanting to protect him from the world’s harsh judgments.
The illusion shifts, showing a memory of Chu Wanning’s encounter with Nangong Si after Madam Rong’s death. Young Nangong Si struggles with the loss, haunted by his last harsh words to his mother and the guilt of not appreciating her efforts to raise him with strict discipline.
The scene changes again, this time showing Nangong Liu’s sleeping quarters during a summer night. Nangong Liu is suffering from the curse left on him by his former master, Luo Fenghua. Xu Shuanglin visits him, offering no comfort but discussing the curse and how it might be lifted.
Xu Shuanglin suggests that to break the curse, Nangong Liu needs to find and consume the spiritual core of Luo Fenghua. However, this is complicated because Luo Fenghua’s soul was sent to the Infinite Hells.
Xu Shuanglin proposes a way to summon Luo Fenghua’s ghost form by opening a passage to the Infinite Hells using five great spiritual energies. Nangong Liu, desperate to end his suffering, is willing to do whatever it takes.
The conversation turns to Nangong Si, and Xu Shuanglin casually mentions his unruly spiritual core, which could lead to a qi deviation. Nangong Liu dismisses it as a minor issue, believing that finding the right wife for dual cultivation would solve the problem.
Xu Shuanglin expresses concern that this could harm Nangong Si’s future wife, but Nangong Liu, who holds a low opinion of women, brushes it off, revealing his plans to marry Nangong Si to Ye Wangxi, Xu Shuanglin’s foster daughter.
Chapter 168: Shizun, Someone’s Messing with the Body
The chapter opens with an illusion where Xu Shuanglin's reaction, and the reactions of those watching, indicate something significant is unfolding.
Mo Ran, aware of details from his past life, feels that something is off. He recalls that Ye Wangxi’s feelings for Nangong Si were known before her death in the previous life, and that Nangong Liu had arranged for her to marry Nangong Si. This suggests that Nangong Liu was seeking a dual-cultivation vessel for his son, and Mo Ran suspects Nangong Si’s death in the past life was not coincidental.
In the illusion, Xu Shuanglin's demeanor changes as he learns of Nangong Liu's intention to marry Ye Wangxi to Nangong Si. Xu Shuanglin grows cold as Nangong Liu reveals that he has already discussed this with Ye Wangxi, and she is willing to marry Nangong Si out of love, despite the dangers.
Mo Ran deduces that in the previous life, Xu Shuanglin may have killed Nangong Si to protect Ye Wangxi, who lived on after Nangong Si’s death. In the current life, with Song Qiutong as a suitable dual-cultivation partner, Nangong Liu likely didn’t push Ye Wangxi to marry Nangong Si, thus avoiding the past tragedy.
The illusion shifts to a scene from years earlier, where a younger Nangong Liu, not yet the Rufeng Sect leader, is holding the sect leader’s ring. He orders Luo Fenghua’s body to be buried with dignity, but this contradicts the earlier memory where Nangong Liu had Luo Fenghua’s body destroyed and thrown into the Infinite Hells.
As Nangong Liu places the ring on his finger, he is suddenly struck by intense pain. His face is covered in countless small wounds that bleed profusely, indicating the curse left by Luo Fenghua.
Xu Shuanglin, still an advisor at the time, examines the ring and reveals that it carries a curse of ten thousand calamities, which will cause Nangong Liu to suffer every night under moonlight, with the only respite being death.
Nangong Liu, in a fit of hysteria, orders Luo Fenghua’s remains to be hacked into pieces and thrown into the blood pool, ensuring his soul will never reincarnate.
The illusion fades, revealing the audience's reactions to the dark history of Rufeng Sect. Many are enthralled by the drama, but Mo Ran feels something is still missing in the story.
Mo Ran suddenly notices apocalyptic fire spreading across Rufeng Sect’s seventy-two cities, a spirit-fueled inferno that cannot be extinguished by ordinary means. Panic ensues as people realize the gravity of the situation.
Xu Shuanglin, standing amidst the chaos, admits that he intends to destroy Rufeng Sect. He reveals a deep-seated desire for revenge, stating that he is destroying his own home.
Xu Shuanglin then approaches Nangong Liu, who is barely alive, and rips off an exquisite human skin mask, revealing his true identity. Nangong Liu is shocked and terrified to see that Xu Shuanglin is someone he thought was long dead.
Xu Shuanglin confirms that he is very much alive and asserts his superiority over Nangong Liu, promising to outlive him. He taunts Nangong Liu with a broad smile, calling him "Ge," revealing a close and complex relationship between them.
Chapter 169: Shizun, It’s the First Forbidden Technique
The chapter begins with the revelation that Xu Shuanglin is actually Nangong Xu, a figure thought to have been killed by Luo Fenghua long ago. This revelation shocks the onlookers, especially Ye Wangxi, who is visibly distressed.
Xu Shuanglin taunts Nangong Si, revealing that his mother originally liked him more than Nangong Liu, further infuriating Nangong Si. Xu Shuanglin mocks his brother, Nangong Liu, for being a coward and for the downfall of Rufeng Sect.
Jiang Xi, the leader of Guyueye sect, questions Xu Shuanglin’s motives, asking if his goal is to destroy Rufeng Sect’s history and tradition. Xu Shuanglin responds that his only desire is to destroy the hearts of people, not just physical structures.
Overcome with rage, Nangong Si summons a faewolf and prepares to attack Xu Shuanglin with the holy weapon Mantuo, a jade bow. Despite his anger, Nangong Si hesitates to shoot when Xu Shuanglin uses Nangong Liu as a shield, revealing the deep, conflicted emotions Nangong Si holds for his father.
Xu Shuanglin easily counters Nangong Si’s attacks, demonstrating his superior skills, which prompts the remaining onlookers to flee the scene, leaving only a few behind, including Mo Ran, Chu Wanning, Ye Wangxi, Jiang Xi, and Li Wuxin.
Jiang Xi organizes a rescue operation to save the unconscious cultivators who were turned into chess pieces. He directs Li Wuxin to transport them to safety while he stays behind to protect the remaining people.
Chu Wanning begins to seal the Heavenly Rift, while Mo Ran joins Nangong Si in fighting Xu Shuanglin. Despite their combined efforts, Xu Shuanglin continues to hold his ground, although he is starting to show signs of fatigue.
Xu Shuanglin attempts to manipulate Ye Wangxi into helping him, but she refuses, struggling with the emotional turmoil of the situation. Xu Shuanglin, realizing he is outnumbered, resorts to drastic measures.
In a desperate move, Xu Shuanglin draws blood to activate a powerful spell. He rips open Luo Fenghua’s corpse, extracting his spiritual core, and then dives into Ganquan Lake to retrieve the holy weapon Bugui.
As Xu Shuanglin resurfaces from the lake, another crack appears in the sky, but this one is different—it is the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death, the most powerful and forbidden technique in the cultivation world. This gate can tear apart time and space, bringing together people from different eras.
The chapter ends with Xu Shuanglin escaping through the Space-Time Gate, leaving the others in shock and disbelief at the use of such a forbidden technique.
Chapter 170: Shizun, Don’t Look, It’s Filthy
Xu Shuanglin, revealed to be Nangong Xu, is pulled into another universe through the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death. The rift closes quickly, leaving behind only a scrap of Xu Shuanglin’s robe.
Mo Ran reflects on the three forbidden techniques—Zhenlong Chess Formation, Rebirth, and the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death. He recalls his own failed experiments with a similar technique in his past life, leading to the realization that Xu Shuanglin had not mastered the complete Space-Time Gate of Life and Death but rather a partial version that only allowed spatial travel.
Chu Wanning confirms that the technique used was merely a Space Gate, not the full Space-Time Gate of Life and Death. He explains that the genuine Space-Time Gate could bring someone to an entirely different world.
Mo Ran is deeply disturbed, speculating that his own rebirth might have involved both the Rebirth technique and the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death, potentially orchestrated by someone watching from the shadows.
As they contemplate the situation, a massive explosion signals the intensification of the apocalyptic fire, which now engulfs Rufeng Sect’s seventy-two cities. The fire, created by Xu Shuanglin, reveals a memory scroll showing intimate scenes between Nangong Liu and Sect Leader Qi Liangji, exposing their affair to the masses.
The memory scroll was set up to play repeatedly in the flames, causing a scandal. Qi Liangji, the leader of Jiangdong Hall, is humiliated as her affair with Nangong Liu is displayed for everyone to see. Mo Ran instinctively covers Chu Wanning’s eyes to shield him from the explicit scene.
Mo Ran struggles with his own feelings of desire for Chu Wanning during this awkward situation, his thoughts becoming increasingly inappropriate. Despite this, he tries to maintain composure while shielding Chu Wanning.
The memory scroll reveals a conversation between Nangong Liu and Qi Liangji after their affair. Qi Liangji is upset that Nangong Liu refuses to marry her, fearing gossip and his son Nangong Si’s disapproval. She demands marriage, threatening to bear him many children to secure her position, rather than allowing Nangong Si to inherit Rufeng Sect.
The chapter concludes with the scandalous and treacherous relationship between Nangong Liu and Qi Liangji fully exposed, leaving Rufeng Sect in ruins both physically and morally.
Chapter 171: Shizun, Rufeng Sect Has Fallen
Nangong Liu and Qi Liangji’s Argument: Qi Liangji demands that Nangong Liu marry her immediately, refusing to merge Jiangdong Hall with Rufeng Sect without his commitment. She reveals that she killed her husband for their relationship, but Nangong Liu hesitates, further angering her.
Jiangdong Hall’s Collapse: Qi Liangji’s confession shocks everyone, especially the remaining disciples of Jiangdong Hall. A violent confrontation erupts as two of the former sect leader’s brothers attack Qi Liangji, accusing her of murder.
Unfolding Scandals: Xu Shuanglin’s memory scroll continues to expose the dark secrets of various sects, revealing scandals involving Rufeng Sect and other major sects like Wubei Temple, Huohuang Pavilion, Bitan Manor, and even Kunlun Taxue Palace. These revelations show the treachery and deceit within the cultivation world.
Nangong Liu’s Betrayal of His Brother: One of the revealed memories shows how Nangong Liu, with the help of Master Tianchan, used techniques created by his younger brother Nangong Xu to defeat him in the Spiritual Mountain Competition, securing his position as sect leader. This further illustrates Nangong Liu’s treachery and Xu Shuanglin’s (Nangong Xu’s) deep-seated resentment.
Xu Shuanglin’s Revenge: It becomes clear that Xu Shuanglin’s goal is to destroy not just Rufeng Sect, but every person and sect that had wronged him. His vengeance extends beyond physical destruction to the complete moral and social ruin of those involved.
Golden Drum Tower’s Fall: As the chaos unfolds, the Golden Drum Tower in Rufeng Sect, which had suppressed thousands of demonic spirits, collapses. The release of these spirits, particularly a massive ancient beast known as the gun, spells disaster as it escapes toward the East Sea, fanning the flames of the apocalyptic fire.
Rufeng Sect’s Destruction: The remaining cultivators, including Mo Ran, Chu Wanning, and others, scramble to escape the raging inferno. Nangong Si, realizing the futility of saving Rufeng Sect, urges Ye Wangxi to prioritize her own survival. They barely escape as the sect falls to ruins.
Escape and Final Collapse: Mo Ran, carrying Chu Wanning, flees the burning ruins. Despite the chaos, Mo Ran’s concern for Chu Wanning remains evident as they narrowly escape the destruction. Rufeng Sect, once a symbol of power and prestige, is completely consumed by the fire, reduced to ashes in a single night.
Chapter 172: Shizun Doesn’t Eat Children
The apocalyptic fire spreads rapidly across Linyi, forcing cultivators who attended the wedding to flee. Many villagers are caught in the path of the fire, and despite efforts, not all can be saved. Xue Zhengyong, carrying as many as he can on his iron fan, is forced to let go of some in his attempts to save others, leading him to grief and despair.
Madam Wang tries to comfort the children who were saved, but both she and Xue Zhengyong are overwhelmed with sorrow as they witness the devastation. Jiang Xi, though critical of Xue Zhengyong’s efforts, also assists by saving a child that Xue Zhengyong couldn’t rescue, despite his irritation and disdain for the situation.
Mo Ran, carrying as many villagers as his sword could hold, doesn’t waste time in futile efforts, focusing instead on getting the survivors to safety. He leads the group toward Flying Flower Isle, the nearest safe haven.
After two hours of flying, they reach Flying Flower Isle at dawn. The locals are startled by the sight of the crowd and the fire on the horizon, but they quickly provide food and water to the refugees.
As Mo Ran explains the situation to the confused islanders, Chu Wanning finds himself holding a small child who wakes up frightened. The child’s fear only intensifies when he sees Chu Wanning’s stern and unfamiliar face, causing him to cry out for his parents.
Chu Wanning, unused to comforting children, tries awkwardly to calm the boy down. His attempts fail as his naturally stern appearance frightens the child even more, leading to a misunderstanding where the boy believes Chu Wanning wants to harm him.
In a desperate attempt to comfort the child, Chu Wanning offers him a sticky rice candy, following Mo Ran’s example. However, the child, influenced by stories of scary cultivators, mistakes Chu Wanning’s gesture as a threat and starts crying even louder, believing he’s about to be turned into pills.
Chu Wanning is left bewildered and stiff, not understanding why the child is so terrified, as the boy’s cries draw the attention of everyone around them.
Chapter 173: Shizun, Someone Wants to Chase Us Away
Chu Wanning is embarrassed and uncertain as he tries to calm a crying child, drawing the attention of others. Mo Ran steps in, taking the child and soothing him with a gentle touch, making the child feel safe.
Mo Ran has settled the refugees on Flying Flower Isle, but he and Chu Wanning discuss the challenges ahead. The fire in Linyi continues to rage, and there are limited resources on the island to accommodate everyone.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning walk along the beach, discussing the complexities surrounding Xu Shuanglin's actions and motivations. Mo Ran reflects on Xu Shuanglin’s past and the betrayal he faced, understanding the pain that led to his madness.
Mo Ran suspects that Xu Shuanglin’s true goal might be to revive Luo Fenghua using the Rebirth technique. However, the exact reasons behind Xu Shuanglin’s actions remain unclear.
Mo Ran recalls the dragon Wangyue’s words about Xu Shuanglin practicing two secret techniques but makes the connection that the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death was not one of them. He theorizes that Xu Shuanglin is likely to reappear within a year to complete his plans.
As Mo Ran and Chu Wanning contemplate the situation, a fisherman interrupts, bringing bad news: the head of the island's merchant family has returned and is displeased with the refugees. She has thrown them out of the vacant rooms and intends to charge them for food and water, threatening to enslave those who cannot pay.
Enraged by this news, Chu Wanning heads toward the center of the island to confront the merchant, determined to protect the refugees from further harm.
Chapter 174: Shizun’s Brocade Pouch
Flying Flower Isle’s wealthiest merchant, Third Lady Sun, is an ostentatious and greedy woman. She demands payment from the refugees for the food and lodging they’ve used, showing no mercy or compassion.
The merchant calculates the cost of food, water, and lodging, insisting on a high price. Chu Wanning reluctantly pays her with the money he has, but it only covers four days of expenses.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning discuss the situation, and Mo Ran even trades his silver dagger for food to ensure the refugees have something to eat.
That night, Mo Ran brings food to Chu Wanning, who is hungry but not satisfied with the meager meal. Mo Ran offers to wash Chu Wanning’s robe along with his own.
As Mo Ran washes the clothes, he finds various items left in Chu Wanning’s pockets, including an Exploding Talisman and other spiritual talismans, which he carefully removes.
Mo Ran discovers an old brocade pouch in Chu Wanning’s robe. Upon examining it, he realizes it contains two locks of hair intertwined, triggering a memory from Butterfly Town where he and Chu Wanning were married in a ghost ceremony.
Mo Ran is shocked and confused as he realizes Chu Wanning has kept the brocade pouch from their ghost marriage. His emotions are a mix of astonishment, disbelief, and deep sorrow as he tries to understand why Chu Wanning would hold onto this item.
Chapter 175: Shizun, Do You Like Me?
Mo Ran enters the room, leaving a pile of Chu Wanning's talismans and other items on the bed. He tries to act normal despite his discovery of the brocade pouch, unsure of how to confront Chu Wanning about it.
As Mo Ran washes the laundry, he becomes consumed by the thought that Chu Wanning might actually have feelings for him, but he struggles with this possibility, doubting and overthinking every detail.
Meanwhile, Chu Wanning realizes that the brocade pouch is missing from its usual place near his heart. When he finds it hidden under the pile of talismans, he understands that Mo Ran must have seen it.
Both Mo Ran and Chu Wanning are deeply affected by the discovery of the brocade pouch, but they each handle it differently. Chu Wanning fears that his feelings have been exposed, while Mo Ran is overwhelmed by the idea that Chu Wanning might like him.
Chu Wanning reflects on his own appearance and insecurities, convincing himself that Mo Ran could never be interested in someone like him, especially when compared to the beautiful Shi Mei.
When Mo Ran returns to the room after doing the laundry, he awkwardly interacts with Chu Wanning, struggling to keep his emotions in check. He offers to help tie Chu Wanning's hair, a task he once did in the past.
As Mo Ran ties Chu Wanning’s hair, he becomes increasingly overwhelmed by his desire for him. The physical closeness, the scent, and the memories intensify his longing, making it difficult for him to maintain his composure.
Both characters are caught in a web of unspoken feelings, with Mo Ran battling the urge to act on his desires while Chu Wanning tries to hide his growing embarrassment and fear of rejection.
Chapter 176: Shizun, Why Don’t You Buy Me
Chu Wanning, after tying his ponytail, goes outside to wash the dishes. Mo Ran, inside the cottage, is restless and anxious, conflicted about how to handle the night and his feelings for Chu Wanning.
When Chu Wanning returns, Mo Ran awkwardly asks if he's going to bed, but Chu Wanning responds that he has work to do, specifically creating sound-recording haitang blossoms to sell for money.
Chu Wanning explains his plan to sell the blossoms to the island's wealthy merchant, Third Lady Sun, to cover their stay on Flying Flower Isle. Mo Ran is surprised and finds it amusing, offering to help with the sale.
Chu Wanning sets the price at three copper coins for each blossom, but Mo Ran insists it's too low, given the value of Chu Wanning’s creations. He jokingly offers to buy all the flowers himself, but then realizes he has no money left.
Mo Ran, trying to help, grabs Chu Wanning's cold hand to warm it. Chu Wanning reacts strongly, pulling away and feeling awkward, while Mo Ran struggles with his growing feelings.
Mo Ran eventually conjures fiery red butterflies from his spiritual energy and playfully suggests they could be sold for ten gold coins each, but Chu Wanning insists they should be priced similarly to his haitang blossoms.
Mo Ran, in a moment of flirtation, suggests that Chu Wanning could "buy him out" instead, leaving the statement vague and suggestive. This flusters Chu Wanning, who quickly becomes embarrassed.
Neither Chu Wanning nor Mo Ran is willing to go to bed first, each waiting to see what the other will do. They continue making flowers and butterflies, both secretly hoping the other will initiate going to bed.
Eventually, after hours of staying up, Chu Wanning falls asleep at the table from exhaustion. Mo Ran gently lifts him and carries him to bed.
Chapter 177: Shizun Pretends to Sleep
Chu Wanning, exhausted from two days without sleep, falls into a deep slumber. Mo Ran gently carries him to bed, placing him in the middle, and tucks him in, unable to resist staring at his face. Mo Ran is captivated by Chu Wanning's beauty, his heart softening as desire stirs within him.
As Mo Ran gazes at Chu Wanning, his intense emotions seem to wake Chu Wanning, who opens his eyes suddenly, startled to find Mo Ran so close. Mo Ran quickly explains that he was just closing the bed curtains to avoid waking him.
Mo Ran then asks where he should sleep. After some hesitation, he decides to sleep on the floor, gathering straw to make a pallet. Chu Wanning, now fully awake, watches him silently, relieved when Mo Ran lies down.
Mo Ran, lying on the floor, continues to converse with Chu Wanning, making lighthearted remarks about Chu Wanning’s habit of curling up in bed. He reassures Chu Wanning that he will keep him safe, causing Chu Wanning to respond with a rare bit of teasing, albeit awkwardly.
The conversation takes a slightly awkward turn when Mo Ran unintentionally makes a suggestive comment, which embarrasses both of them. Despite this, neither can sleep, their minds occupied by their complex emotions.
As they lie in the dark, Mo Ran suddenly recalls an incident from years ago when he thought he heard Chu Wanning say, "I like you too." This memory causes Mo Ran to become agitated, and he calls out to Chu Wanning, asking about the brocade pouch he found earlier.
Chu Wanning, pretending to be asleep, listens to Mo Ran’s hesitant questions. Although Mo Ran eventually gives up and lies down, Chu Wanning is left in turmoil, struggling with his feelings and the desire to respond but too overwhelmed to do so.
The chapter ends with Chu Wanning hiding under the covers, his emotions a confusing mix of fear, longing, and frustration as he grapples with the possibility that Mo Ran might actually share his feelings.
Chapter 178: Shizun Sells Flowers
Chu Wanning wakes up with dark circles under his eyes, feeling glum after a restless night. He steps outside the cottage to find Mo Ran doing laundry again, which surprises him since Mo Ran had just done laundry the day before.
Mo Ran informs Chu Wanning that Third Lady Sun has provided breakfast for them, which is waiting on the stone table. Chu Wanning eats while Mo Ran continues washing clothes. After breakfast, they plan to sell the spiritual flowers and butterflies they created.
The golden haitang blossoms and red spiritual butterflies cause a sensation at the village market. Villagers gather, amazed by the beauty and magical properties of the items. Mo Ran engages with the crowd, selling the flowers and butterflies, while Chu Wanning stands silently under a tree, uninterested in hawking the items.
A bold villager asks about the price, and while Mo Ran suggests a high price, Chu Wanning offers them for just three coppers each. This creates a rush among the villagers, and the flowers and butterflies quickly sell out.
Mo Ran spots a poor girl watching the scene from afar. He sends a swallowtail butterfly to her as a gift, making her day despite her initial reluctance to accept it.
Hearing about the commotion, Third Lady Sun arrives at the market and demands to buy all the remaining flowers and butterflies. Mo Ran refuses to sell them all to her at once, citing fairness to other customers. Instead, he directs her to Chu Wanning for negotiation.
Chu Wanning surprises everyone by offering the flowers to Third Lady Sun for ten gold pieces each, which she readily accepts. Despite her initial frustration, Third Lady Sun purchases all the items, including special haitang blossoms with additional enchantments that Chu Wanning creates on the spot.
After returning to the cottage, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran count their earnings, which are more than enough to cover their stay and support the refugees. Chu Wanning insists that any leftover money should be returned to Third Lady Sun, but through the village elder, to avoid offending her.
Chu Wanning reveals that Third Lady Sun was once a disciple of Rufeng Sect but left after being betrayed by her fellow disciples. Despite her wealth, she secretly supports the islanders, especially during tough times, and despises cultivators due to her past experiences.
Mo Ran is moved by Chu Wanning's understanding and wisdom. He reflects on how Chu Wanning’s kind and forgiving nature contrasts with his own past. Mo Ran feels a deep tenderness toward Chu Wanning and vows to protect him, no matter the cost.
The chapter ends with Mo Ran recalling Chu Wanning's earlier interest in learning to ride a sword. He suggests that they go and practice together, signaling a shift toward a more intimate and understanding relationship between the two.
Chapter 179: Wanning
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran reach the edge of a cliff on Flying Flower Isle, overlooking the roaring sea. Mo Ran asks Chu Wanning why he never learned to ride swords.
Chu Wanning reveals that he can only fly close to the ground and feels it's disrespectful to use swords as mere vehicles. Mo Ran encourages him to try flying higher.
Despite his reluctance, Chu Wanning summons his sword, Huaisha, which is a perfect fit for him but rarely used due to its vicious nature.
Mo Ran encourages Chu Wanning to ride his sword higher. Chu Wanning manages to get his sword level with Mo Ran’s, but Mo Ran notices Chu Wanning’s fear, realizing that Chu Wanning might be afraid of heights.
Mo Ran reassures Chu Wanning by sharing his own (fabricated) struggles with sword-riding, encouraging Chu Wanning to try without looking down.
Chu Wanning tries to ride his sword higher, but his fear becomes evident. Mo Ran suggests they return to the ground, which Chu Wanning gladly accepts.
Once on the ground, Mo Ran offers to take Chu Wanning on his sword to help him get used to the height. Chu Wanning reluctantly agrees and steps onto Mo Ran’s sword.
Mo Ran takes them high into the clouds, causing Chu Wanning to feel intense fear. Mo Ran tries to comfort him by making the sword bigger and adding a cold-dispelling barrier.
They discuss what to do with the refugees they brought to the island, deciding to take them to Sichuan after the fire in Linyi dies down.
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran sit on Mo Ran's sword high above the ocean, surrounded by a protective barrier. Chu Wanning slowly relaxes, feeling safer within the barrier.
Mo Ran points out the moon, and Chu Wanning initially dismisses it as nothing special. However, he recalls a past moment when they had watched the moon together, though Mo Ran doesn't remember.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed with emotion and begins to consider confessing his feelings to Chu Wanning. As he hesitates, Chu Wanning notices his silence and asks what's wrong.
Mo Ran struggles with his desire to confess, but finally, he takes Chu Wanning's cold hand and tells him he doesn't have to do everything alone—he's there to support him.
Chu Wanning is flustered by Mo Ran’s touch and the emotions conveyed in his words. He tries to pull his hand away, but Mo Ran holds on, insisting that Chu Wanning can rely on him.
Mo Ran, overwhelmed by his feelings, accidentally calls Chu Wanning by his given name, "Wanning," which startles Chu Wanning. Mo Ran, realizing he crossed a line, apologizes, but then boldly repeats the name.
Mo Ran finally confesses his love, telling Chu Wanning he likes him, not just as a disciple, but as something more. Chu Wanning is taken aback and struggles to process the confession, feeling unworthy of love.
Chu Wanning, overwhelmed, tries to list reasons why he isn't worthy, but Mo Ran gently refutes each one, insisting that Chu Wanning is beautiful and that he likes him very much.
Mo Ran asks if Chu Wanning could ever like him in return. Chu Wanning, flustered and unable to respond directly, turns away, his face flushed.
Mo Ran, noticing Chu Wanning’s embarrassment and understanding the unspoken answer, grasps Chu Wanning's hand again, intertwining their fingers. Despite his embarrassment, Chu Wanning does not pull away.
Mo Ran finally understands that Chu Wanning harbors feelings for him as well, and the chapter ends with the mutual realization of their affection.
Chapter 180: Shizun, How Could I Let You Down?
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran share a tender moment, holding hands for the first time. Chu Wanning is overwhelmed and flees as soon as they land, flustered and embarrassed by the intimacy.
Mo Ran, overjoyed by the realization that Chu Wanning likes him, finds himself unable to calm down. He lingers by a tree, overcome with happiness, laughing and crying as he reflects on Chu Wanning's silent affection and years of waiting.
Mo Ran struggles with guilt, realizing how much Chu Wanning has endured for him, and is consumed by the thought of how he has let Chu Wanning down in the past.
Meanwhile, Chu Wanning lies in bed, replaying the moment when Mo Ran held his hand. Despite his embarrassment, he finds himself mimicking the gesture, only to quickly reprimand himself for being so infatuated.
Mo Ran enters the room and, seeing Chu Wanning pretending to sleep, carefully tucks him in. He hesitates before bending down to place a soft, tender kiss on Chu Wanning's cheek.
Chu Wanning, though pretending to be asleep, is deeply affected by the kiss. His heart races, and he is filled with a mix of emotions, from embarrassment to a growing warmth in his chest.
The chapter concludes with Chu Wanning lying in bed, overwhelmed by the intimate gesture. Despite his best efforts to remain composed, a single tear escapes, marking the intensity of the moment.
Chapter 181: Shizun’s Memories
Chu Wanning wakes up early and sees Mo Ran sleeping on the ground next to his bed.
Chu Wanning carefully peeks through the canopy to look at Mo Ran's sleeping face.
He reminisces about when Xue Zhengyong first brought Mo Ran to Sisheng Peak, remembering Mo Ran's persistence in becoming his disciple.
Chu Wanning recalls how Mo Ran would stand outside the Red Lotus Pavilion every day, sweeping the fallen leaves and greeting him with a simple "Yuheng Elder."
After ten days of Mo Ran's persistence, Chu Wanning finally acknowledges him with a "thank you," which makes Mo Ran extremely happy.
One rainy morning, Chu Wanning sees Mo Ran trying to save earthworms from the rain with a stick, explaining his mother's advice about not touching worms with bare hands.
Chu Wanning uses his weapon, Tianwen, to move the worms back to the grass, impressing Mo Ran.
Chu Wanning offers to teach Mo Ran how to use Tianwen after morning practice, signaling that he will take him on as a disciple.
Mo Ran is overjoyed and kowtows to Chu Wanning, addressing him as "Shizun."
Xue Zhengyong is surprised when Chu Wanning decides to accept Mo Ran as a disciple, with Chu Wanning cryptically mentioning it's to "help him save the earthworms."
Chu Wanning returns to the present, noting how Mo Ran has grown into a strong and handsome man.
Mo Ran wakes up suddenly, catching Chu Wanning peeking at him, but Chu Wanning pretends to be asleep, fooling Mo Ran.
Mo Ran quietly gets up, takes Chu Wanning’s exposed wrist, and tucks it back under the blanket before leaving the room.
Chu Wanning is left to reflect on his feelings, questioning why Mo Ran would choose him over Shi Mingjing.
He recalls how he had always noticed Mo Ran’s crush on Shi Mingjing and had envied their interactions.
Chu Wanning ponders whether Mo Ran's affection for him is due to gratitude, guilt, or some other reason, growing increasingly frustrated with his thoughts.
In a moment of irritation, Chu Wanning gets up and stomps on the spot where Mo Ran slept.
Chapter 182: Shizun’s Little Candle Dragon
Chu Wanning has reservations about his feelings for Mo Ran and refuses to dwell on them.
As the group prepares to leave, Chu Wanning decides not to travel on Mo Ran's sword again.
Chu Wanning summons his Rising Dragon Talisman to avoid flying on Mo Ran’s sword.
The paper dragon emerges, complaining about being summoned and refusing to give Chu Wanning a ride.
Chu Wanning threatens to burn the dragon, causing it to reluctantly transform into a giant, majestic dragon.
The dragon scares the children among the refugees, and Chu Wanning orders it to slow down.
Mo Ran tries to comfort the scared boy by suggesting riding the dragon with Chu Wanning, but the boy refuses.
The group travels to Wuchang Town, where Chu Wanning arrives ahead of them.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning are reunited with the sect and the refugees are taken care of by local clans.
As Chu Wanning walks away, Mo Ran rushes to join him, and they walk together in silence.
Mo Ran takes Chu Wanning’s fingertips, and Chu Wanning freezes, but doesn't pull away.
Mo Ran holds Chu Wanning's entire hand, wishing the journey were longer so he could hold his hand longer.
As they approach the mountain gates, Shi Mei appears, and Chu Wanning quickly pulls his hand away.
Shi Mei is happy to see them and updates them on the sect's situation, mentioning that Xue Meng is recovering well.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning continue their walk, with Chu Wanning feeling a burn of inexplicable fury at Mo Ran.
They arrive at the main hall of Sisheng Peak, which is filled with gifts and songstresses from Huohuang Pavilion, offering an alliance.
Chu Wanning, Mo Ran, and Xue Zhengyong spend ages politely refusing the alliance and the gifts.
Xue Zhengyong explains the chaotic state of the upper cultivation realm and how many sects are seeking alliances with Sisheng Peak.
Chu Wanning learns about the recent conflicts and the disappearance of Nangong Si and Ye-gong.
They discuss the aftermath of the events at Flying Flower Isle, with Chu Wanning avoiding mentioning Mo Ran.
Chu Wanning returns to the Red Lotus Pavilion and finds Mo Ran waiting for him with a food box, intending to eat together.
Mo Ran explains he made noodles for Xue Meng, showing a change in their relationship.
They go to Mengpo Hall for dinner, but the atmosphere is awkward now that their relationship has changed.
During the meal, Mo Ran points out rice on Chu Wanning’s face but refrains from wiping it off himself, unlike in the past.
Chu Wanning feels unnerved by the newfound distance between them.
Over the next few days, Mo Ran treats Chu Wanning gently, careful not to cross any boundaries.
Chu Wanning feels like Mo Ran is treating him like fragile porcelain, scared of breaking him.
Chu Wanning is content with the slow progress of their relationship, fearing the intensity of his feelings.
One day, as Chu Wanning eats a peach, Mo Ran suddenly catches his hand, surprising him.
Chapter 183: Shizun, I’ve Quit Spicy Food
Mo Ran pulls Chu Wanning into a narrow alley behind Mengpo Hall, holding him tightly.
Chu Wanning drops the peach he was eating as Mo Ran embraces him.
Mo Ran, overwhelmed by his longing, holds Chu Wanning, expressing how much he has missed him.
Chu Wanning is flustered and points out they had just eaten dinner together, but Mo Ran insists it wasn't enough.
Mo Ran tells Chu Wanning he wants to spend more time with him and wishes Chu Wanning wouldn't walk away into the crowd after dinner.
Chu Wanning gets nervous as they are almost discovered by passing cultivators and pushes Mo Ran away, urging him to leave.
Mo Ran reluctantly lets go but tells Chu Wanning to go ahead without him as he needs a moment to calm himself due to arousal.
Chu Wanning, understanding the situation, blushes and quickly leaves the alley in embarrassment.
Over the next several days, Mo Ran continues to gaze at Chu Wanning with undisguised longing during practices, which even Xue Meng notices.
Xue Meng becomes confused and questions Mo Ran, thinking Chu Wanning might be ill because of the way Mo Ran looks at him.
Mo Ran deflects, denying Xue Meng's assumptions and teasing him.
During morning practice, Xue Meng tries to tease Mo Ran about staring at Chu Wanning by writing a note, but it accidentally lands on Shi Mei’s desk, causing some confusion.
After practice, Xue Zhengyong informs Chu Wanning about the need to resettle refugees from Linyi in Yuliang Village.
Chu Wanning agrees to go with Mo Ran and Shi Mei to help with the relocation.
In Yuliang Village, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran are recognized by the villagers who greet them warmly, including Miss Ling-er who shows a special interest in Mo Ran.
Ling-er mentions her relief at not going to the upper cultivation realm and expresses a desire to stay in the lower realm as it's becoming more prosperous.
The trio helps settle the refugees, and they are invited to dinner in the village's ancestral hall.
The villagers set up a large feast, and the chief arranges a non-spicy table for Chu Wanning, knowing his preferences.
Mo Ran helps with cooking and serves soup buns to everyone, gaining the admiration of the villagers, especially from Ling-er.
Mo Ran delivers a steamer of buns to Chu Wanning's table, who scolds him for running around and letting his food get cold.
When Mo Ran serves Shi Mei’s table, Shi Mei invites him to sit, but Mo Ran declines, stating he will sit with Chu Wanning instead.
Mo Ran explains that he has quit eating spicy food, leaving Shi Mei puzzled and somewhat saddened by the change.
Chapter 184: Shizun, I Made You Wait So Long
Mo Ran returns from the kitchen with a bowl of rice and a lidded box, sitting next to Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning is surprised and asks if Mo Ran prefers to sit with Shi Mei, but Mo Ran insists he wants to sit with him, hinting at Chu Wanning's possible jealousy.
Mo Ran puts his hand on Chu Wanning’s thigh under the table, teasing him, and Chu Wanning struggles to move away discreetly.
Mo Ran gives Chu Wanning a box of soup dumplings he made specially for him, knowing others would take the food quickly.
Chu Wanning eats the dumplings, embarrassed but touched by Mo Ran’s gesture, and finds them delicious.
After dinner, the villagers invite everyone to watch a play near the river, with colorful and lively performances.
Chu Wanning and Shi Mei are not interested in the play and try to leave, but Mo Ran’s interest makes Chu Wanning suggest they stay a little longer.
Shi Mei eventually leaves the crowd after accidentally getting tea spilled on him, using it as an excuse to go back early.
Chu Wanning considers using a similar excuse to escape but changes his mind when he sees Mo Ran enjoying the show.
Mo Ran shares a memory of being chased away from theaters as a child, and this is the first time he’s able to watch the entire play.
Chu Wanning decides to stay longer to let Mo Ran enjoy the performance.
The two watch the show amidst the noisy crowd, with Mo Ran standing protectively behind Chu Wanning, shielding him from jostling villagers.
During a particularly intense scene with fire breathers, Mo Ran embraces Chu Wanning from behind, kissing his earlobe in the commotion.
Mo Ran thanks Chu Wanning for staying and admits he knows Chu Wanning doesn’t actually like the show.
Chu Wanning tries to ask Mo Ran why he chose him, but his voice is drowned out by the cheering crowd.
Mo Ran, without hearing the question, confesses that it’s always been Chu Wanning he loves, though he was too stupid to realize it before.
Chu Wanning’s heart pounds as he absorbs Mo Ran's words, feeling a rush of emotions and disbelief at the confession.
Mo Ran apologizes for making Chu Wanning wait for so long, holding him tightly amidst the crowd.
Chapter 185: Shizun Gets Caught Red-Handed
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran find themselves hidden in a copse of trees, kissing passionately, driven by long-held desire.
Their kisses are frantic and unrestrained, lacking in technique but filled with raw need, leading to bruising and even drawing blood.
Mo Ran pins Chu Wanning against a tree, their surroundings becoming irrelevant as they lose themselves in the moment.
Chu Wanning tries to resist being dominated, but Mo Ran’s intensity is overwhelming, making Chu Wanning feel lost and vulnerable.
Despite his lack of experience, Chu Wanning stubbornly attempts to match Mo Ran’s intensity, biting Mo Ran’s tongue and drawing blood.
Mo Ran finds Chu Wanning's inexperience and stubbornness endearing, leading to a softening of his own aggressive desire.
Mo Ran holds Chu Wanning, caressing his cheek, while Chu Wanning asks if he wasn’t good at kissing, feeling insecure.
Mo Ran reassures Chu Wanning that he was great, pulling him closer and letting him feel the evidence of his arousal, making Chu Wanning realize the full extent of Mo Ran’s desire.
Overwhelmed, Chu Wanning tries to push Mo Ran away, but Mo Ran kisses him again, deepening their connection and leaving Chu Wanning's mind blank with desire.
They finally part and return to Sisheng Peak, with Chu Wanning refusing Mo Ran's request to stay the night together in the Red Lotus Pavilion.
Chu Wanning is embarrassed and conflicted by his own intense physical reaction to Mo Ran, feeling out of control and unsure of what to do.
Mo Ran senses Chu Wanning’s anxiety and refrains from pushing further, content with the intimacy they share through passionate kisses and private moments.
Despite their restraint, their desire for each other grows, and the kisses become less effective at quelling their longing.
Mo Ran struggles more than Chu Wanning due to his youth and fiery temperament, often needing time to calm down after their encounters.
One evening, they sneak away to a secluded spot, and Mo Ran holds Chu Wanning on his lap, kissing him fervently, refusing to let him leave.
Mo Ran’s kisses grow more intense, moving from Chu Wanning’s lips to his neck, pushing Chu Wanning to his limit.
Chu Wanning struggles against his own rising desire, realizing their kisses are no longer enough to satisfy their need for each other.
Mo Ran, filled with both love and a primal urge, begs Chu Wanning to allow them to go further, unable to endure the torment anymore.
Chu Wanning, torn and embarrassed, finally gives a hint that he might be willing to go further but not in this place.
Mo Ran, elated by this possibility, moves to take Chu Wanning elsewhere, but they are interrupted by the sound of someone approaching.
They quickly separate, hearing a voice full of surprise and confusion asking what they are doing there.
Chapter 186: Shizun, Mengmeng Is So Gullible Ha Ha Ha
Xue Meng arrives, interrupting Mo Ran and Chu Wanning in the secluded forest area, holding a lantern and looking shocked at the sight of them.
Xue Meng had assumed the noises he heard were from a pair of disciples engaging in a tryst and was angry about their lack of decorum, as the area is known for being near a barrier to the ghost realm.
He is bewildered upon seeing Mo Ran and Chu Wanning instead, asking what they were doing there.
Mo Ran quickly fabricates a story, claiming they were there looking for an osmanthus rice-cake spirit, a small demon that had escaped from Rufeng Sect’s demon-suppressing tower.
Xue Meng is relieved by this explanation, but he still questions Chu Wanning directly to confirm the story, and Chu Wanning awkwardly agrees.
Mo Ran jokingly suggests the rice-cake spirit might have been scared of Chu Wanning and run away to avoid becoming dessert, which Chu Wanning dismisses sharply.
Xue Meng reveals he was looking for a cat named Veggiebun that ran away, and briefly worries that the rice-cake spirit ate the cat.
Chu Wanning offers to help Xue Meng search for the cat, including Mo Ran in the search, but Mo Ran struggles to control his arousal, making him hesitant to move.
Mo Ran excuses himself to join the search later, feeling embarrassed and uncomfortable in his tight-fitting clothes.
After this incident, Chu Wanning becomes stricter about not engaging in any intimacy on Sisheng Peak to avoid similar situations.
The cultivation world is in turmoil with the threat of Xu Shuanglin, prompting Li Wuxin to call a conference at Spiritual Mountain.
Chu Wanning and Xue Zhengyong attend the conference, where they witness the changes in the cultivation realm, including the fall of Rufeng Sect and the rise of Jiang Xi as the new leader of the ten great sects.
Jiang Xi takes the leadership role with an air of arrogance, contrasting with Nangong Liu’s previous humble demeanor.
Xue Zhengyong and Chu Wanning discuss Jiang Xi’s behavior and his previous absence from sect leader gatherings, attributing it to Jiang Xi's disdain for Nangong Liu.
A servant from Guyueye Sect, identified by a silver snake pendant as someone who works directly under Hanlin the Sage, presents Xue Zhengyong with a brocade box, drawing the attention of Chu Wanning and signaling some involvement from Hanlin the Sage, Hua Binan.
Chapter 187: Shizun, You’re My Lantern
Hua Binan, also known as Hanlin the Sage, gestures for Chu Wanning to take a brocade box, which contains five multicolored bottles of Tapir Fragrance Dew and a letter explaining the gift.
Hua Binan's letter states that he wanted to gift Chu Wanning the dew as compensation for the high price he paid at Xuanyuan Pavilion, intending to befriend him.
Chu Wanning, suspicious of Hua Binan's motives, accepts the gift to avoid rudeness and hands it to Xue Zhengyong to give to Tanlang Elder, hoping he can analyze the contents.
The Spiritual Mountain gathering lasts several days, and upon returning to Sisheng Peak, Chu Wanning learns that Mo Ran is away on another mission exorcising demons.
Xue Meng informs Chu Wanning that Mo Ran has been capturing demons who escaped from Rufeng Sect's Golden Drum Tower, but the Heaven-Piercing Tower is becoming overcrowded.
Xue Zhengyong suggests sending some of the demons to Bitan Manor’s Sacred Spirit Tower for containment.
Chu Wanning takes a nap, waking up hungry after missing the meal at Mengpo Hall, and decides to go to Wuchang Town for snacks.
On the way, Chu Wanning meets Mo Ran returning from his mission, and they decide to go into town together to get something to eat.
They go to Wuchang Town, which has flourished and expanded in recent years due to Sisheng Peak’s influence and protection.
They sit at a gudong soup stall where Mo Ran orders a twin pot with clear mushroom broth, revealing his decision to quit eating spicy food to match Chu Wanning's preferences.
After dinner, they wander through the market, and Chu Wanning buys a pagoda lantern for Mo Ran, surprising him with the gesture.
Mo Ran happily sets the lantern afloat in the river, recalling how he had never been able to afford such things in the past.
Rain begins to fall suddenly, and they take shelter under a covered bridge, watching as the storm intensifies and the market disperses.
Despite being cultivators capable of using a barrier to shield themselves, they choose to stay under the bridge, enjoying the moment together.
Mo Ran, with a pounding heart, holds Chu Wanning's hand and suggests they find an inn to stay at for the night, his voice filled with desire and urgency.
Chu Wanning, feeling the intensity in Mo Ran's eyes and sensing his own growing feelings, is drawn into Mo Ran's fervent suggestion as the rain continues to pour.
Chapter 188: Shizun, I Really Love You So Much
Mo Ran tries to convince Chu Wanning to stay at an inn with him using a weak excuse about the rain, clearly implying his deeper intentions.
Chu Wanning, aware of Mo Ran's true motives, hesitates but agrees to go with him, feeling nervous and uncertain about what might happen.
At the inn, Chu Wanning initially requests two rooms, but Mo Ran insists on sharing one, causing Chu Wanning to feel embarrassed.
Once alone in the room, Mo Ran decides not to light the candle at Chu Wanning’s request, understanding that Chu Wanning is feeling vulnerable and afraid.
Mo Ran, reflecting on his past life and the way he treated others, is determined to be gentle with Chu Wanning, feeling immense regret for how he had wronged him before.
They start kissing passionately, and the situation escalates as they begin undressing each other. Chu Wanning is overwhelmed by the sensations and the arousal he's feeling.
Chu Wanning experiences vivid and confusing flashes of memories or dreams where he is being dominated by Mo Ran in various scenarios, which makes him question if this is how it’s supposed to be.
Mo Ran senses Chu Wanning's inexperience and hesitation, deciding to take things slow and not rush into full intercourse to avoid hurting him.
Mo Ran performs oral sex on Chu Wanning, bringing him to climax, which leaves Chu Wanning feeling both mortified and intensely pleasured.
Despite his embarrassment, Chu Wanning realizes how much he trusts and desires Mo Ran, feeling comforted by his tenderness and the genuine affection in his eyes.
Mo Ran professes his love to Chu Wanning, expressing a deep, passionate, and almost desperate love, filled with both contrition and longing.
Chapter 189: Shizun, You’re the Best
In the aftermath of their passionate night, Chu Wanning offers to help Mo Ran with his own arousal, feeling responsible and wanting to reciprocate the pleasure.
Mo Ran hesitates, worried that he might lose control and hurt Chu Wanning, but Chu Wanning insists, showing determination and a desire to make Mo Ran feel good.
They become intimate again, with Mo Ran guiding Chu Wanning and expressing his deep affection.
Mo Ran, overwhelmed by desire, presses Chu Wanning face down and begins to thrust between his thighs, creating an intense, erotic experience for both of them.
Chu Wanning experiences flashes of surreal and fragmented memories or dreams of a past life, where he and Mo Ran had a similar but more aggressive encounter.
Mo Ran reaches climax between Chu Wanning's thighs, but Chu Wanning initially resists Mo Ran’s attempts to help him finish again due to embarrassment.
Despite his resistance, Mo Ran brings Chu Wanning to a second orgasm, expressing his admiration and love throughout the act.
After spending the night together, Chu Wanning wakes up feeling conflicted and embarrassed but also overwhelmed with affection for Mo Ran.
Mo Ran, having woken up earlier, shows his love and care by gently kissing and embracing Chu Wanning, leaving him feeling cherished.
They share a quiet morning, with Mo Ran showing affection despite Chu Wanning’s shyness and self-consciousness.
Returning to Sisheng Peak, they try to maintain their usual behavior to avoid suspicion, but Chu Wanning's wrinkled clothes and their unusual silence at breakfast draw attention from other disciples, who speculate about what might have happened.
The disciples, who place Chu Wanning on a pedestal, fail to notice the true nature of his relationship with Mo Ran, reflecting society's tendency to dehumanize those they idolize.
Chapter 190: Shizun’s in Seclusion Again
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran have no more opportunities to meet in private after their intimate night due to a prolonged, uncanny rain in Sichuan, which causes widespread chaos.
Sisheng Peak elders and disciples are sent on numerous exorcism missions, including Chu Wanning and Mo Ran, who are sent to different locations.
Mo Ran returns to Sisheng Peak after four days to find Chu Wanning in seclusion, as part of a ritual he must perform every seven years due to an injury from his youth.
Xue Zhengyong explains that Chu Wanning's cultivation withers during this period, and he must meditate for ten days with minimal disturbances, allowing only a few trusted individuals to watch over him.
Mo Ran recalls the last time Chu Wanning was in seclusion, during a period of tension between them, which he neglected to help with.
Mo Ran tries to visit Chu Wanning during his seclusion but is turned away, feeling jealous of Xue Meng, who is currently watching over him.
Unable to resist, Mo Ran sneaks into the Red Lotus Pavilion to see Chu Wanning from a distance and observes Xue Meng caring for him.
Xue Meng catches Mo Ran sneaking around and questions him. Mo Ran points out that Xue Meng chose a tea unsuitable for Chu Wanning, showing his deep understanding of Chu Wanning’s needs.
Feeling uneasy, Xue Meng notices a mark on Chu Wanning's neck and begins to suspect something about Chu Wanning and Mo Ran’s relationship, though he tries to dismiss the thought.
Xue Meng decides to spy on Mo Ran on the last day of Shi Mei's watch over Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran arrives early at the Red Lotus Pavilion, surprising Shi Mei. Mo Ran mistakenly thinks Shi Mei is holding a weapon against Chu Wanning.
Shi Mei reveals it was only a silver comb meant to smooth Chu Wanning’s meridians, showing he was caring for Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran feels guilt and regret for doubting Shi Mei, who expresses disappointment over Mo Ran's lack of trust despite their long friendship.
Shi Mei leaves Mo Ran to take over Chu Wanning's care, walking away with a sense of resignation.
Chapter 191: Shizun, Xue Meng and I...
Mo Ran reflects on his relationship with Shi Mei, feeling guilty for misunderstanding and hurting him earlier. He acknowledges that while his feelings for Shi Mei weren't romantic love, Shi Mei was still important to him.
Xue Meng, hiding in the bamboo forest, watches Mo Ran standing silently and fiddling with a silver comb for an hour, questioning his own suspicions about Mo Ran and Chu Wanning's relationship.
When Xue Meng tries to leave quietly, Mo Ran notices him. Xue Meng admits he wanted to check on Chu Wanning too.
Mo Ran invites Xue Meng to sit and share a drink. They talk about their concern for Chu Wanning and reflect on how their feelings toward him have evolved.
Xue Meng comments on how much Mo Ran has changed since the last time Chu Wanning was in seclusion and suggests that Mo Ran now feels the same way about their shizun as he does.
Xue Meng indirectly asks Mo Ran about the incident in the backwoods, whether they were really searching for an "osmanthus rice-cake spirit."
Mo Ran deflects by implying that if they weren't looking for the rice-cake spirit, what else could they have been doing, reminding Xue Meng that Chu Wanning wouldn't lie to him.
Mo Ran and Xue Meng drink tea and wine while discussing past events, with Xue Meng revealing his internal struggle with Mo Ran's role in saving him and how he once resented Mo Ran.
As Xue Meng becomes tipsy, he refers to Mo Ran as "ge" (older brother), a term he has never used before, revealing a hidden sense of closeness or longing for a brotherly bond.
Mo Ran recalls their childhood when Xue Meng brought him sweets, the first kindness he ever received from Xue Meng, though it was offered with a bad attitude.
Xue Meng becomes drunk and collapses into Mo Ran's arms, mumbling "ge." Mo Ran, deeply affected, apologizes to the unconscious Xue Meng, feeling unworthy of being called his "gege."
Chapter 192: Shizun Gave Me My Life
Chu Wanning ends his seclusion, and a messenger disciple urgently informs him and Mo Ran about a powerful demon in Loyalty Hall.
They rush over to find the "powerful demon" is actually a large, harmless Gourd of Debauchery chasing disciples and forcing them to drink wine.
Chu Wanning offers to drink with the gourd, and the two sit down to share various types of wine. The crowd watches in amazement as Chu Wanning communicates with the gourd, understanding its language.
While this is happening, Mo Ran notices Shi Mei and decides to approach him to apologize for the previous misunderstanding.
Mo Ran catches up to Shi Mei on the Dancing Sword Platform. Shi Mei confronts Mo Ran about how he's been pushing him away since Chu Wanning came back to life.
Mo Ran acknowledges that he's been distancing himself and apologizes. Shi Mei mentions feeling hurt that Mo Ran thought he could harm Chu Wanning and reflects on their changing relationship.
Shi Mei asks Mo Ran about the confession he almost made before the Heavenly Rift but is interrupted by a loud crash from Loyalty Hall.
They rush back to Loyalty Hall to find a second Gourd of Debauchery, the lust gourd, which only obeys the purest of people. It had captured Xue Meng.
The lust gourd tests Xue Meng by placing him in a wedding chamber scenario. Xue Meng angrily emerges wearing wedding robes, revealing that the lust gourd had created an illusion of Xue Meng in women's clothing to seduce him, implying Xue Meng's narcissism.
The crowd, including Mo Ran, finds the situation hilarious, as Xue Meng was tricked into seeing himself as the bride. Xue Zhengyong calls on Chu Wanning to handle the lust gourd after he finishes with the wine gourd.
Chapter 193: Shizun, Did You Make Me Your Wife?
The three purest and most arrogant people on Sisheng Peak are Xue Meng, the Tanlang Elder, and Chu Wanning. Xue Meng has already failed the lust gourd's test, and the Tanlang Elder was once married, so Chu Wanning is the last hope.
Chu Wanning refuses to face the lust gourd, claiming he's tired from drinking with the wine gourd. His reaction raises suspicion, especially since he's known to have a high alcohol tolerance.
Eventually, Chu Wanning agrees to face the lust gourd. He is sucked into the gourd's illusion, which takes the form of a wedding chamber, complete with a bed and a veiled "bride."
The lust gourd manifests an old woman who hands Chu Wanning a jade ruyi scepter, indicating that he should lift the veil of the bride.
Despite his reluctance, Chu Wanning lifts the veil and sees a bizarre version of Mo Ran, dressed in bridal clothes but with an unnaturally pallid complexion.
This illusionary Mo Ran speaks to Chu Wanning in a domineering and possessive manner, similar to the behavior Mo Ran exhibited in Chu Wanning's dreams.
Overcome with shame and realizing the scene mimics his recurring dreams, Chu Wanning is horrified. He lashes out with Tianwen and defeats the illusion, revealing the lust gourd's true form—a green-haired young man.
The lust gourd recognizes Chu Wanning as a powerful exorcist, groveling for forgiveness.
The lust gourd releases Chu Wanning back to the real world. The crowd is curious and amused because Chu Wanning returns in wedding garb, suggesting he saw something other than the gourd's true form.
Chu Wanning is mortified, and the story of him defeating the lust gourd in wedding clothes spreads across Sisheng Peak.
There is widespread speculation about who Chu Wanning "married" in the gourd. Some disciples jokingly suggest it could have been a beautiful man.
Mo Ran sneaks into Red Lotus Pavilion the next morning, jokingly asking Chu Wanning if he made Mo Ran his wife inside the lust gourd.
Chapter 194: Shizun, Am I Not the Ran-Mei You Love Anymore?
Mo Ran teasingly asks Chu Wanning if he made him his wife inside the lust gourd. Chu Wanning, flustered and embarrassed by the dreams he had of Mo Ran, refuses to admit what he saw.
Mo Ran suggests using a different name for Chu Wanning in private, seeking special treatment. Chu Wanning initially refuses but eventually relents, though they struggle to find an appropriate nickname.
They share an intimate moment where Mo Ran pulls Chu Wanning onto his lap and kisses him passionately, stirring feelings of desire between them. However, they have to hold back due to Chu Wanning's upcoming meeting.
Morning practice resumes, but Chu Wanning is absent, busy teaching throwing star techniques to Xuanji's new disciples in the backwoods. Mo Ran arrives to watch.
Chu Wanning demonstrates his exceptional skills by hitting multiple targets while blindfolded, impressing the disciples.
A female disciple is particularly taken with Mo Ran, blushing and making an inappropriate comment about his long fingers, which Chu Wanning dislikes.
Chu Wanning, feeling uncomfortable, teaches the disciples the importance of developing calluses to control their spiritual energy accurately.
After teaching the disciples, Chu Wanning and Mo Ran walk back to Naihe Bridge. They secretly hold hands, enjoying the brief moment of intimacy before being interrupted by a disciple with an urgent message.
Xue Zhengyong has called for Chu Wanning to Loyalty Hall regarding important information related to Xu Shuanglin. Chu Wanning and Mo Ran rush there immediately.
Upon arriving at Loyalty Hall, they find two bloodied guests. Mo Ran recognizes one of them as Ye Wangxi, causing him shock and concern.
Chapter 195: Shizun Knows Best, Duh
Ye Wangxi and Nangong Si arrive at Sisheng Peak, covered in blood after encountering ghosts and demons on their way from Linyi. They reveal important information about Xu Shuanglin.
They found soul-eater insects in the ruins of Rufeng Sect. These insects feed on spiritual energy and can store it, suggesting someone planted them ahead of time. Xu Shuanglin is the likely culprit.
The gathered elders realize Xu Shuanglin might have used the soul-eaters to evade detection, using their stored spiritual energy instead of his own.
Xu Shuanglin's possible intention is questioned. Chu Wanning suggests he plans to use the Rebirth technique to resurrect Luo Fenghua, based on clues and the items Xu Shuanglin took with him.
Chu Wanning recalls an encounter with a girl in Butterfly Town who mentioned a madman (likely Xu Shuanglin) speaking about "a man from Linyi whose heart died at twenty," hinting at Xu Shuanglin's emotional ties to Luo Fenghua.
The meeting concludes with the elders still unsure of Xu Shuanglin's exact plans, but they consider the theory of using Rebirth.
Mo Ran later discusses Luo Fenghua with Xue Zhengyong and notices how Ye Wangxi and Luo Fenghua are remarkably similar in temperament and behavior.
Mo Ran concludes that Xu Shuanglin’s goal might be to resurrect Luo Fenghua using the Rebirth technique, suspecting that Xu Shuanglin molded Ye Wangxi into a reflection of Luo Fenghua, revealing his inability to let go of the past.
Xue Zhengyong suggests involving Jiang Xi of Guyueye since they have experts in poisonous insects, but Chu Wanning advises against it due to potential suspicion about Xu Shuanglin's possible connections with Guyueye.
Chapter 196: Shizun, Shall We Take a Bath?
After a meeting where the sect's leaders discuss how to deal with Xu Shuanglin, Chu Wanning calls Nangong Si to inquire about his and Ye Wangxi's plans to leave Sisheng Peak.
Nangong Si reveals their intent to go to Mount Jiao, a sacred place for Rufeng Sect, to find relics left by previous sect leaders. Chu Wanning advises them to fast for ten days before entering the mountain but insists they should stay at Sisheng Peak longer for safety.
Chu Wanning suggests Nangong Si seek Madam Wang's help to control his unstable spiritual core, hinting that previous attempts by others to help might have been insincere due to sect grudges.
Mo Ran later arrives at Chu Wanning's pavilion with a wooden bucket, suggesting they bathe together at Melodic Springs, where it's currently less crowded.
At the springs, Mo Ran’s intentions become clear as he leads Chu Wanning to a secluded spot, initiating a sensual encounter.
Despite Chu Wanning's protests, Mo Ran seduces him, resulting in a passionate and intimate moment where they touch and pleasure each other.
Mo Ran confesses his desire to take things further in the future, promising to make the experience pleasurable for Chu Wanning. He expresses a longing for a deeper connection with Chu Wanning, asking for permission to go further next time.
Chapter 197: Shizun Is Not a Fox Spirit
Chu Wanning, furious and embarrassed by Mo Ran's question in Melodic Springs, leaves without looking back at him.
The next day, Xue Zhengyong asks Chu Wanning to supervise the disciples during their classics class. Mo Ran, Xue Meng, and Shi Mei assist.
Mo Ran is surrounded by female disciples asking for help, which annoys Chu Wanning. He calls Mo Ran over to his side, lessening the number of questions from the disciples.
During class, Chu Wanning overhears a conversation between two disciples about a supposed fox spirit in Melodic Springs, causing him further embarrassment as they mistake his and Mo Ran's actions for the work of a spirit.
Mo Ran attempts to apologize to Chu Wanning, who is still angry about being called a fox spirit. He warns Mo Ran not to joke about it anymore.
Mo Ran manages to make light of the situation, but Chu Wanning firmly refuses to go to Melodic Springs with him again.
Madam Wang asks Mo Ran about the Maiden of the Snow, a spirit said to carry the rare icicle fish, which could help treat Nangong Si’s turbulent yang spiritual flow. Mo Ran offers to search for her in Snow Valley.
Mo Ran witnesses a tender moment between Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi. Nangong Si nervously gives Ye Wangxi a jade pendant as a token of his affection.
Ye Wangxi, initially misunderstanding Nangong Si’s intentions, is moved when she realizes his feelings for her. She calls him “A-Si,” like she did when they were children.
Nangong Si remembers a childhood memory where he had protected a frightened Ye Wangxi from ghosts, and she had cried like any other girl. He reflects on how she has followed him for two decades, hiding her true self behind a stoic facade.
Chapter 198: Shizun Sets Out for Mount Huang
Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi begin their journey to Mount Jiao after completing their ten-day fast. Mo Ran gifts them horses raised on spiritual grass for the journey.
On their way to Wuchang Town, they are ambushed by Huang Xiaoyue and Jiangdong Hall disciples. Huang Xiaoyue accuses them of bringing ruin to Jiangdong Hall.
Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi are attacked with poison-tipped darts, but they successfully defend themselves. Mo Ran intervenes before the situation escalates further.
Mo Ran confronts Huang Xiaoyue, making it clear that he intends to protect Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi. Tensions rise, but a messenger from Kunlun Taxue Palace arrives, interrupting the confrontation.
The messenger announces that Xu Shuanglin's whereabouts have been discovered near Mount Huang, where a spiritual disturbance has been detected.
Xue Zhengyong proposes going to Mount Huang immediately to investigate. Huang Xiaoyue reluctantly agrees, and all parties head to the mountain.
At Mount Huang, leaders of the nine major sects and their disciples gather. Chu Wanning explains to Xue Meng the concept of the four great evil mountains, with Mount Huang being formed from the spirit of the Vermilion Bird.
The mountain is heavily guarded by a barrier, preventing anyone from entering. The only way to breach the barrier is by bringing a descendant of the one who subdued the Vermilion Bird.
Mo Ran reveals that the descendant needed to access Mount Huang recently passed away in an accident, complicating their ability to enter.
Chapter 199: Shizun’s First Disciple
Xue Meng questions who could open Mount Huang. Mo Ran reveals that the Vermilion Bird was subdued a thousand years ago by Song Xingyi, whose last descendant was Song Qiutong, who perished in Rufeng Sect’s destruction.
Li Wuxin, the leader of Bitan Manor, collapses after trying to help maintain the barrier. He suffers from the Phoenix’s Nightmare, a spell from the Vermilion Bird, which traps him in a disturbing vision.
Li Wuxin’s vision reveals his desperate attempts to reclaim Bitan Manor’s Water-Parting Sword technique scrolls, which had been sold out of necessity to a powerful sect for an exorbitant price of eight billion gold.
The crowd realizes Rufeng Sect had the sword scrolls, and accusations fly toward Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi. Bitan Manor disciples attack Nangong Si, and he does not resist, feeling the weight of his father's actions.
Chu Wanning intervenes, revealing that Nangong Si is his disciple by virtue of a ritual performed by Nangong Si's mother, Rong Yan. He declares that any punishment should fall on him as Nangong Si's teacher.
Li Wuxin continues to beg for the sword scrolls in his vision, revealing the extent of his desperation and the unfair treatment Bitan Manor endured. Despite this, he had not sought Rufeng Sect’s treasure after its downfall.
Mo Ran recalls how Li Wuxin remained behind during Rufeng Sect’s calamity to rescue many, despite being an unexceptional swordsman and having been wronged by Rufeng Sect. Li Wuxin dies after recounting his desperate pleas in his vision.
Chapter 200: Shizun, Mount Huang Has Opened Its Gates
Li Wuxin's death shocks Bitan Manor's disciples, who mourn their leader's passing.
The barrier before Mount Huang shrieks as it opens, exposing the assembled elders to retaliatory energy. Chu Wanning quickly takes Li Wuxin's place to assist.
Chu Wanning realizes that Huang Xiaoyue from Jiangdong Hall wasn't contributing to the barrier-breaking effort, effectively doubling Li Wuxin’s burden and causing his death.
Chu Wanning angrily lashes out at Huang Xiaoyue, exposing his deceit. The elders manage to open the barrier, revealing a stench and sight of piled-up bodies, indicating the presence of many corpses on Mount Huang.
The cultivators decide to ascend Mount Huang to capture Xu Shuanglin, but Huang Xiaoyue and Bitan Manor disciples refuse to let Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi go.
Mo Ran attempts to reason with the enraged group, suggesting they settle their grievances with Rufeng Sect at Tianyin Pavilion later. He insists on taking Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi up the mountain to face justice properly.
Nangong Si takes drastic measures, using a confinement curse to pin himself in place with his sword through his hand, promising to wait for their return and not run away.
Zhen Congming, realizing the gravity of Nangong Si's act, decides to leave and take Li Wuxin's body back for a proper burial, declaring they will see justice at Tianyin Pavilion.
Other Bitan Manor disciples express their belief in Tianyin Pavilion’s impartial justice, leaving Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi behind with a promise that their retribution will come.
Chapter 201: Shizun, How Am I Supposed to Humiliate You?
Huang Xiaoyue puts on a show of attempting to fight the undead but quickly fakes an injury, leaving only a handful of Jiangdong Hall’s disciples on Mount Huang.
Mo Ran encounters Mei Hanxue, who informs him that the others are further up the path. Mei Hanxue goes back to guard Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi outside the barrier.
Mo Ran observes that the corpses they fight seem unusually weak and lack the combat instincts of cultivators. He suspects these revenants are commoners.
Mo Ran notices strange vines pulling the hearts of the fallen corpses into the ground. He dissects a corpse and finds a black chess piece with a soul-eater insect inside.
Mo Ran realizes that the method controlling these corpses is a technique he invented in his past life, the Shared-Heart Array, confirming that someone else with knowledge of Taxian-jun's methods has been reborn.
Mo Ran recalls the first time he successfully refined Zhenlong Chess pieces in his past life, which required a massive amount of spiritual energy.
He remembers the feverish state he was in after his first success and the figure in white who sat by his side, caring for him, whom he initially mistook for Shi Mei in his delirium.
Mo Ran realizes the figure was likely Chu Wanning but finds that Chu Wanning did not search his qiankun pouch, which contained the Zhenlong chess pieces.
Mo Ran contemplates using the chess pieces to control Chu Wanning in the past, fantasizing about making him kneel and obey, experiencing a twisted mix of hatred and desire to humiliate him.
This recollection reveals Mo Ran’s internal conflict and darker desires regarding Chu Wanning from his past life.
Chapter 202: Shizun’s First Brush with Evil
Mo Ran, conflicted about using the Zhenlong chess pieces on Chu Wanning due to the risk, decides instead to test the forbidden technique on two young, unsuspecting disciples.
After implanting the chess pieces, Mo Ran commands the disciples, and they obey, confirming the pieces' success in controlling them.
While initially fearful of the consequences, Mo Ran's anxiety quickly turns into a rush of power and thrill at the control he now possesses.
Chu Wanning unexpectedly appears, startling Mo Ran and threatening to expose his actions. Mo Ran manages to make the two disciples act normal, fooling Chu Wanning for the moment.
Chu Wanning, suspecting something amiss but unable to pinpoint what, questions Mo Ran about why he is outside so late. He mentions that someone has accessed the forbidden section of the library, hinting at the danger of using forbidden techniques.
Mo Ran deflects Chu Wanning's concern, using the opportunity to lash out, mocking Chu Wanning for caring about him only after Shi Mei's death.
In a painful exchange, Mo Ran accuses Chu Wanning of indirectly causing Shi Mei's death and uses his own grief to wound Chu Wanning, comparing Chu Wanning's wonton-making attempts to a "piss-poor copycat" of Shi Mei’s cooking.
Chu Wanning, visibly hurt and unable to respond to Mo Ran's venomous words, leaves hastily, with Mo Ran feeling a strange unease watching him go.
Just as Chu Wanning is about to disappear from view, Mo Ran impulsively calls out to him to wait.
Chapter 203: Shizun Shouldn’t Have Spared This Ghost
Chu Wanning leaves after the encounter with Mo Ran, deeply hurt by the words exchanged, tears streaming down his face as he departs.
Mo Ran realizes Chu Wanning had the means to expose his forbidden technique but chose not to. Tianwen, which could compel the truth, was present the entire time but wasn't used.
Motivated by his newfound power, Mo Ran continues creating Zhenlong chess pieces, planting them into disciples at Sisheng Peak.
Frustrated by the slow progress, Mo Ran hides his ambitions, pretending to mend his ways and returning to cultivation under Chu Wanning.
During a practice session, Chu Wanning saves Mo Ran from falling, injuring himself in the process. Mo Ran, however, only finds pleasure in Chu Wanning's pain.
Mo Ran grows impatient and starts using the defective chess pieces on freshly buried corpses, making them his puppets. He uses soul-eating insects to establish a link between the corpses and living disciples, creating a prototype of the Shared-Heart Array.
Mo Ran’s method allows him to control both the corpses and the living disciples indirectly, enhancing his influence without expending excessive spiritual energy.
Back in the present, Mo Ran encounters a hostile environment on Mount Huang, where corpses controlled by a modified version of his Shared-Heart Array attack him and Xue Meng.
Realizing that someone else has been reborn and is using an improved version of his technique, Mo Ran is stricken with fear and dread, worried that this other person might know of his own rebirth and expose him.
The realization hits Mo Ran that if this other person reveals his past life's atrocities, he will have nowhere to hide, leaving him terrified and desperate.
Chapter 204: Shizun Protects Me
Xue Meng rushes to the center of the fighting, shouting for everyone to stop, stating that fighting the corpses is pointless.
Cultivators are confused by the weak opposition from the corpses, having expected a more challenging battle.
Jiang Xi dismisses Mo Ran's theory about the corpses, doubting the knowledge of someone so young, but Xue Meng defends Mo Ran.
Mo Ran appears, injured but holding a black chess piece with a soul-eater on it, explaining that this formation is more complex than it appears.
Mo Ran proposes that the corpses on Mount Huang are like puppets being controlled by the "puppeteers" on the mountain, with another set of bodies elsewhere acting as the real "puppets."
Jiang Xi and Hua Binan challenge Mo Ran’s theory, questioning the plausibility of transporting so many bodies without being noticed.
Mo Ran suggests that the bodies are from Linyi and were transported using a rift in space created by the first forbidden technique.
Hua Binan's questions cast suspicion on Mo Ran, hinting at his familiarity with dark techniques, but Chu Wanning intervenes to defend Mo Ran.
The crowd reaches the summit of Mount Huang, discovering an unfamiliar spell array with spheres of red light, which Mo Ran identifies as the Shared-Heart Array.
Mo Ran explains that the array is used to refine resonant chess pieces and pair soul-eaters with the pawns, indicating a larger plot involving more powerful undead cultivators elsewhere.
The cultivators are alarmed at the revelation that Xu Shuanglin is using commoner corpses to control stronger cultivators' bodies somewhere else.
Someone finds a body hidden under a bush at the mountaintop, hinting at a further discovery.
Chapter 205: Shizun, Calamity Awaits
A burnt corpse is found on Mount Huang, believed to be a woman due to her build and the flame-resistant robes.
Chu Wanning examines the body and confirms there is no trace of the Zhenlong Chess Formation on it.
Mo Ran inspects the corpse and identifies it as Song Qiutong by the bracelet he had given her as a wedding gift.
It is revealed that Song Qiutong was a descendant of the Butterfly-Boned Beauty Feasts, who defeated the evil phoenix spirit of Mount Huang, and her bloodline was the key to unlocking the mountain's barrier.
Mo Ran explains that Song Qiutong was brought to the mountain alive to issue a command, as the phoenix spirit would only obey a living descendant speaking of their own free will.
Jiang Xi adds that using the Zhenlong Chess Formation on Song Qiutong would not have worked since the phoenix spirit can detect if the person is under duress.
Mo Ran uses his holy weapon, Jiangui, to interrogate Song Qiutong's corpse, but discovers a speech-swallowing serpent was placed in her stomach to prevent her from revealing information.
The serpent destroys her ability to speak or write, leaving the cultivators unable to gather more information from her.
Mo Ran speculates that Xu Shuanglin's plan involves using commoners' bodies to control the corpses of strong cultivators.
He deduces that the "stage" where the real battle is set to take place is likely the heroes' tomb on Mount Jiao, where generations of Rufeng Sect's leaders are buried.
The group realizes the potential catastrophe if the powerful revenants within the tomb go berserk, which could be as disastrous as the Heavenly Rift to the Infinite Hells.
Mo Ran immediately heads toward Mount Jiao to prevent the impending disaster.
Chapter 206: Shizun, Who Am I Really?
Mo Ran races down Mount Huang and finds Nangong Si and the others. Mei Hanxue guards them, preventing Jiangdong Hall from attacking.
Mo Ran informs them that Xu Shuanglin isn't on Mount Huang, but likely on Mount Jiao, where Rufeng Sect's heroes' tomb is located.
Nangong Si realizes Xu Shuanglin, a Nangong by blood, could access Mount Jiao.
The cultivators plan to head to Mount Jiao. Xue Zhengyong suggests fasting and traveling to Panlong Range together.
Ma Yun of Taobao Estate offers to provide enough horses for the group.
The cultivators stay the night at Taobao Estate, where Xue Meng questions Master Ma's intentions, suspecting Xu Shuanglin's involvement.
In his room, Mo Ran becomes anxious about the possibility of another reborn person. He feels haunted by the potential exposure of his past life as Emperor Taxian-jun.
Mo Ran unknowingly creates a Zhenlong chess piece while fidgeting, triggering memories and feelings of despair about his true identity.
Mo Ran struggles with his identity, unsure if he's Mo-zongshi or Taxian-jun.
Xue Meng knocks on Mo Ran's door, interrupting his turmoil.
Chapter 207: Shizun, There’s Something I Want to Tell You
Mo Ran lets Xue Meng and Shi Mei into his room after they bring medicine for his wound.
Shi Mei checks Mo Ran’s wound and pulse, showing concern, but brushes it off when asked.
Xue Meng notices Shi Mei has been acting strangely and speculates he might like someone.
Xue Meng sees a familiar scarlet crystal pendant around Mo Ran's neck but can’t place where he's seen it before.
They talk about Nangong Si, with Xue Meng doubting Chu Wanning will take him as a disciple.
Mo Ran explains that people are targeting Nangong Si not just for justice but because of the thrill of attacking a fallen noble and the pretense of upholding justice.
Mo Ran recalls a past event where they witnessed a trial in Tianyin Pavilion, where a crowd cruelly demanded punishment for a female criminal, revealing the darker side of "justice."
Mo Ran tells Xue Meng that without Chu Wanning's protection, Nangong Si might face a similar fate at Tianyin Pavilion.
After Xue Meng leaves, Mo Ran destroys the Zhenlong chess piece he created earlier and struggles with his identity, feeling trapped between being Mo-zongshi and Taxian-jun.
Mo Ran goes to Chu Wanning's room, intending to confess the truth about his past life.
Mo Ran asks Chu Wanning to put out the light, stating he can't say what he needs to if he sees Chu Wanning's face.
Chu Wanning agrees, and they sit in the darkness, waiting for Mo Ran to speak.
Chapter 208: Shizun, Are You Sure You Want Me to Hide Under the Bed?
Mo Ran struggles internally, unsure whether to confess the truth about his past life to Chu Wanning.
Torn between wanting to confess and fearing the destruction of his current life, Mo Ran hesitates.
Chu Wanning comforts Mo Ran, suggesting he doesn’t need to confess if it’s too painful.
Mo Ran breaks down emotionally, tormented by his guilt and the fear of losing everything he has now.
Chu Wanning initiates a kiss to comfort Mo Ran, leading to a passionate moment between them.
As they kiss, Chu Wanning feels Mo Ran’s arousal and attempts to comfort him further.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed by Chu Wanning's tenderness and hesitates to go further, but Chu Wanning insists on taking the lead.
As they begin to make love, Chu Wanning asks Mo Ran to light a candle because he wants to see him.
Mo Ran agrees, feeling the moment is fleeting and wanting to cherish every second with Chu Wanning.
They are interrupted by a knock at the door; it's Xue Meng, wanting to talk to Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran tries to continue, but Chu Wanning stops him, worried about Xue Meng hearing them.
Chu Wanning manages to answer Xue Meng without revealing Mo Ran's presence.
Mo Ran is reluctant, but Chu Wanning tells him to get dressed and hide under the bed.
Chapter 209: Shizun, Isn’t This Exciting?
Mo Ran is caught off guard and angry when Xue Meng knocks on Chu Wanning's door, interrupting their intimate moment.
Xue Meng insists on talking to Chu Wanning, sounding emotional and needing to discuss something important.
Mo Ran tries to hide, but the space under the bed is too small, leaving him with no place to go.
Chu Wanning decides to let Xue Meng in, with Mo Ran hiding under the blankets in the bed.
Xue Meng expresses his suspicions about Mo Ran’s recent behavior, suggesting that he seems like he’s pursuing someone.
Chu Wanning reassures Xue Meng by saying he returned the pendant to Mo Ran, which Xue Meng had seen.
Xue Meng asks if Chu Wanning will always be their shizun and whether Chu Wanning is considering taking Nangong Si as a disciple.
Chu Wanning reassures Xue Meng that he will always be their shizun and clarifies that he doesn’t prioritize any of his disciples.
Mo Ran, still hiding, decides to tease Chu Wanning under the blankets, using the situation to further arouse Chu Wanning while he tries to maintain his composure during the conversation with Xue Meng.
Xue Meng eventually leaves, unaware of what was happening under the blankets.
Mo Ran and Chu Wanning continue their intimate moment, with Chu Wanning taking the lead this time.
Chu Wanning decides to pleasure Mo Ran with his mouth, showing his willingness to do something new for him.
Overcome with desire and emotion, Mo Ran is moved by Chu Wanning’s actions and confesses his deep love for him, cherishing the rare intimacy they share.
Chapter 210:
Shizun’s Only Allowed to Give Me a Handkerchief
Chu Wanning wakes up in the middle of the night and sees Mo Ran embroidering handkerchiefs by candlelight.
Mo Ran is copying Chu Wanning’s haitang handkerchief design and making others to distribute while keeping Chu Wanning’s original one for himself.
Mo Ran admits he wants Chu Wanning’s embroidery to be just for him.
Chu Wanning watches Mo Ran work and runs his fingers through Mo Ran’s hair.
Mo Ran smiles up at him, appearing peaceful and content.
When asked if something is still on his mind, Mo Ran replies, "Not anymore," and resolves to take things as they come.
The next morning, the cultivators gather outside Taobao Estate to depart for Mount Jiao.
Each rider is given a black and gold saddle with a qiankun pouch embroidered with a black cat and a red "Ma" on the back.
Xue Meng is disgusted by the design and complains.
Mei Hanxue appears, teasing Xue Meng about his tired look and offering a calming herbal ointment.
Xue Meng gets irritated and asks why Mei Hanxue is with them.
Mei Hanxue explains he was sent by his sect to deliver concealed weapons requested by Xue Meng’s father.
Xue Meng angrily tells him to leave after delivering them.
Mei Hanxue playfully calls Xue Meng "saucy," making Xue Meng furious and flustered.
Mo Ran arrives and sees Xue Meng gagging in anger, asking if he ate something bad.
Xue Meng shoves Mo Ran and shouts in frustration, insisting Mo Ran is the "fucking saucy one."
The cultivators, numbering in the thousands, set out on horseback toward Mount Jiao.
Traveling on horseback instead of flying is unusual for cultivators, leading to complaints among the group.
Master Ma’s qiankun pouches contain various useful items, including energizing pills, perfumed hand fans, and catalogs of Taobao Estate products.
Master Ma actively promotes his merchandise during the journey, emphasizing refund and warranty policies.
Chapter 211:
Shizun, Let’s Climb Mount Jiao
On the second night in the mountain range, a cultivator from Jiangdong Hall went into the forest to relieve himself.
While urinating, he was bitten by a giant mosquito.
He cursed aloud, unaware that speaking carelessly was dangerous in this place.
A rustling sound rose from the forest, and he panicked, remembering Nangong Si’s warning.
Without pulling up his pants, he ran back to camp, screaming for help.
A massive horde of black snakes, created from the evil dragon’s whiskers, chased him.
Several snakes wrapped around his ankles, making him stumble.
He begged Huang Xiaoyue, his shizun, for help, but Nangong Si warned that killing the snakes would cause more to appear.
Huang Xiaoyue hesitated, using the excuse of the "bigger picture" to avoid rescuing his disciple.
The disciple was overwhelmed by the snakes and dragged into the ground, leaving only a pool of blood.
After this, the entire group remained silent for the rest of the journey to avoid making the same mistake.
Xue Zhengyong cast a silencing spell on himself and Xue Meng to prevent them from speaking recklessly.
Late at night on the third day, the group reached the base of Mount Jiao, Rufeng Sect’s heroes’ tomb.
Unlike Mount Huang, Mount Jiao’s barrier had no illusions; they could see the mountain clearly beyond it.
Jiang Xi asked if this was where Rufeng Sect buried its warriors, and Nangong Si confirmed.
The mountain was once a demonic dragon defeated by Rufeng Sect’s founder, who then formed a blood pact with it.
Since then, the dragon had transformed into a mountain, serving as the guardian of Rufeng Sect’s warriors and treasures.
Nangong Si recalled visiting this place every winter solstice with his father to pay respects to their ancestors.
In the past, he had been saluted by the sect’s shadow guards as he ascended the mountain to meet his father.
Huang Xiaoyue impatiently urged Nangong Si to open the barrier so they could enter and destroy the monster inside.
Nangong Si was angered by Huang Xiaoyue’s disrespect but held his tongue.
He approached the gate alone while the others stood back.
Two massive lion statues flanked the gate, each with three faces and armed with different weapons.
Strangely, their eyes were closed, making them appear solemn rather than fierce.
Nangong Si pricked his finger, drew a spell array with his blood, and formally introduced himself.
The statues responded, their eyes snapping open, revealing amber irises with slit pupils.
The left statue asked if he remembered the seven taboos of Rufeng Sect.
Nangong Si recited them: greed, resentment, deception, slaughter, obscenity, plunder, and conquest.
Huang Xiaoyue mocked the irony of these taboos, given Rufeng Sect’s current state.
The right statue asked if Nangong Si carried guilt in his heart.
Nangong Si replied that he did not.
This question-and-answer ritual had been established by Rufeng Sect’s founder as a reminder to descendants of their responsibilities.
Nangong Si wondered if his father had ever felt remorse while answering these questions or if he had treated them as mere formalities.
The barrier dissolved, and the two lions knelt in submission.
The statues invited Nangong Si to enter, addressing him as their master.
Nangong Si hesitated briefly, his expression unreadable, then stepped forward.
His spirit beast, Naobaijin, whimpered from his quiver.
He instructed the group to follow him inside.
Xue Zhengyong lifted the silencing spell and asked if they still needed to be careful with their words.
Nangong Si explained that the restriction applied only to the Panlong Range.
Since the jiao dragon had accepted them as non-hostile, they could now speak freely.
Despite his reassurance, the group remained tense as they ascended the mountain.
Along the path, they encountered pairs of zodiac animal statues—first rats, then cows, then tigers, then rabbits.
Halfway up, they reached the burial grounds of Rufeng Sect’s warriors, where graves were arranged by merit.
An eight-foot jade stele marked the area, inscribed with the words "Faithful Souls" and countless names.
Chapter 212:
Sect Founder
Mo Ran urgently commands everyone to retreat to the bottom of the mountain, pursued by a female corpse.
Xue Zhengyong is shocked and questions Mo Ran, who insists on retreating.
Mo Ran orders Nangong Si to lower the Soul-Blocking Stone, which divides the burial grounds.
Nangong Si and Ye Wangxi rush to act but stop when they see a group of green-robed figures descending.
The figures resemble Rufeng Sect disciples but wear green burial ribbons, signifying they are the reanimated dead.
Nangong Si realizes that high-level Rufeng Sect disciples have been resurrected and warns Ye Wangxi.
He instructs Ye Wangxi to inform Mo Ran and the others to retreat while he holds off the revenants.
Ye Wangxi, reluctant to leave, gives Nangong Si her quiver, knowing he never brings enough arrows.
As she descends, the corpses of Rufeng’s servants rise from their hidden graves and attack the cultivators.
The mountain burial site turns into a battlefield, with corpses swarming and killing cultivators.
Ye Wangxi realizes Xu Shuanglin had planned the attack, staging a peaceful burial ground while secretly preparing an ambush.
Ye Wangxi reaches Mo Ran, who is fighting multiple revenants and gets bitten.
Mo Ran tears out the attacking corpse’s tongue and kills it before asking Ye Wangxi for a report.
Upon seeing Ye Wangxi’s expression, Mo Ran immediately understands the situation and orders a full retreat.
Huang Xiaoyue resists, arguing they had prepared to battle Xu Shuanglin and should not retreat.
Mo Ran ignores him and forcefully commands all cultivators to flee if they want to survive.
Despite their initial reluctance, the cultivators begin retreating, but over a dozen die in the escape.
Huang Xiaoyue complains about Mo Ran’s leadership, arguing that they came to fight but are now retreating.
Mo Ran internally scorns Huang Xiaoyue but remains composed, not engaging in an argument.
Huang Xiaoyue continues complaining until he sees Nangong Si riding Naobaijin, his faewolf, pursued by revenant disciples.
Realizing the severity of the situation, Huang Xiaoyue panics, finally understanding it’s a trap.
However, he immediately accuses Nangong Si of leading the undead toward them intentionally.
Nangong Si, exhausted, hands the remaining arrows to Ye Wangxi and insists she retreat with the others.
Ye Wangxi demands to know what he plans to do, but Nangong Si reassures her without giving specifics.
Huang Xiaoyue, still distrustful, falsely claims Nangong Si is using them to fight the revenants while he seeks treasure.
Xue Zhengyong steps in to stop Huang Xiaoyue, but the latter refuses to back down.
Chapter 213:
Death Match
Nangong Changying, the legendary founder of Rufeng Sect, has been resurrected as a Zhenlong Chess piece by Xu Shuanglin.
Nangong Si, devastated and furious, calls out to Xu Shuanglin (Nangong Xu), demanding he reveal himself, but receives no response.
Nangong Changying, blindfolded and revived through dark arts, perceives the world through sound and smell.
He confronts Nangong Si, questioning who he is and why he has trespassed.
Nangong Si kneels and identifies himself as a descendant of the seventh generation, paying his respects.
Nangong Changying repeats Nangong Si’s name but immediately orders his execution.
A battle ensues, with Nangong Si struggling against the overwhelming power of his ancestor.
Xue Zhengyong and other sect leaders watch helplessly from behind a barrier, unable to intervene.
Nangong Changying's legendary strength is well known—his past feats include single-handedly destroying a hill during battle.
Chu Wanning, observing the fight closely, notices something odd about Nangong Changying’s movements.
He realizes that Nangong Changying’s left arm is weakened—his meridians have been severed posthumously.
Chu Wanning relays this weakness to Nangong Si, instructing him to strike at the right side.
Nangong Si recalls a childhood memory where he noticed that the sect founder’s statue in the Hall of Sages had an asymmetrical build, with one arm noticeably larger than the other.
This realization cements Nangong Si’s focus as he prepares to exploit the weakness in battle.
Chapter 214:
Spiritual Core Shatters
Mo Ran is torn between intervening to save Nangong Si or staying hidden, ultimately deciding to watch.
Nangong Changying, manipulated by Xu Shuanglin, prepares to kill Nangong Si.
Suddenly, Nangong Changying hesitates and seems to regain a sliver of awareness.
He asks if Nangong Si is truly who he claims to be, shocking the onlookers.
Mo Ran nearly acts but stops himself just in time, sweating from the tension.
Xu Shuanglin struggles to maintain control over Nangong Changying’s corpse.
Despite the hesitation, Nangong Changying stabs Nangong Si in the shoulder.
Ye Wangxi, devastated, tries to intervene but is held back by the crowd.
Nangong Si collapses, vomiting blood, unable to rise again.
Xu Shuanglin reasserts his control, and Nangong Changying prepares to strike once more.
Naobaijin, Nangong Si’s faewolf, launches a desperate attack against Nangong Changying.
Nangong Si mouths something to Jiang Xi, who solemnly acknowledges it.
Naobaijin is thrown aside, reduced to his juvenile form, yet still refuses to back down.
Nangong Si orders everyone to leave, knowing he cannot be saved.
Mount Jiao's power surges as Nangong Changying summons its might.
Nangong Si makes a final sacrifice, shattering his spiritual core to bury the reanimated corpses.
He feels relief, realizing his mother’s death may have been similarly swift.
Nangong Changying hesitates again, unable to immediately regain control of Mount Jiao.
Nangong Si, knowing his end is near, apologizes for failing to achieve anything.
Nangong Changying lifts his sword to finish Nangong Si.
At the last moment, he questions Nangong Si’s identity again, showing further signs of awareness.
Chapter 215:
Burning the Corpse
Mo Ran reflects on the so-called heroes of the cultivation world and how he once despised Nangong Changying, a legendary figure of Rufeng Sect.
In his past life as Taxian-jun, Mo Ran single-handedly destroyed Rufeng Sect, razing its seventy-two cities and massacring its disciples.
He enters the Hall of Sages, where portraits of Rufeng's past leaders are displayed, and stops before the grand statue of Nangong Changying.
Mo Ran examines the statue, which is exquisitely carved, and mockingly introduces himself, speaking to it as if it were alive.
He taunts Nangong Changying, boasting about slaughtering generations of Rufeng disciples and mocking the great hero’s legacy.
He questions why Nangong Changying never took the throne, despite his immense power and influence.
Mo Ran finally acknowledges the plaque behind the statue, which outlines the core values of Rufeng Sect: rejecting greed, resentment, deception, slaughter, obscenity, plunder, and conquest.
He ridicules these values, pointing out how the sect has rotted from within, and calls Rufeng Sect a "putrid swamp."
Mo Ran's tone shifts as he stares at the statue, his amusement fading into cold detachment.
He exits the Hall of Sages, his cloak billowing, revealing his cruel and handsome face.
Outside, he surveys the carnage—Rufeng disciples’ bodies strewn everywhere, having spared no one except Song Qiutong.
As he gazes into the sunrise, Mo Ran is overwhelmed with triumph and exhilaration, reflecting on his miserable past.
A flashback reveals his childhood: his mother starved to death, and he was denied a coffin by a cultivator from Rufeng Sect, who callously told him that "beggars can’t be choosers."
Mo Ran, a small child, was forced to drag his mother’s corpse for two weeks to a burial ground, receiving only disgust and indifference from passersby.
Upon reaching the graveyard, he attempted to bury her with his bare hands, breaking down in sorrow at the thought of never seeing her again.
The memory of this pain fuels his cruelty, reinforcing his hatred toward Rufeng Sect and solidifying his identity as the ruthless Emperor Taxian-jun.
Chapter 216:
Fallen into Servitude
The battle on Mount Jiao ends, the blood vines retract, and the reanimated corpses return to the earth.
Nangong Changying’s final order to the spirit of the mountain is to die away, making it irreversible even for his descendants.
Chuanyun, the bow in Nangong Si’s hands, loses its power and seals itself after Nangong Changying’s spiritual energy fades.
Nangong Si is severely wounded and bleeding, but he refuses immediate treatment from Ye Wangxi.
Jiang Xi, leader of Guyueye, examines Nangong Si and realizes his spiritual core is completely shattered, making him no different from a commoner.
Nangong Si silently pleads with Jiang Xi not to reveal his condition.
Jiang Xi lies, telling Ye Wangxi that Nangong Si’s injuries aren’t serious and will heal in ten days with medicine.
The group ascends the mountain, with Nangong Si using his blood to open barriers despite his injuries.
The final barrier is unlocked by Nangong Si’s blood, revealing a grand temple at the summit.
The temple, built across generations by previous Rufeng Sect leaders, is breathtakingly beautiful, seeming to float among the clouds.
The sight of the temple stirs mixed emotions in the group—anger, envy, greed, and desire.
Master Ma complains about the long staircase leading up to the temple, as sword-riding is forbidden on Mount Jiao.
Huang Xiaoyue makes an ignorant remark about Nangong Changying, causing Chu Wanning to sharply correct him.
Jiang Xi humiliates Huang Xiaoyue for his ignorance, making him too afraid to respond.
The group enters the forest near the temple, where Nangong Si notices that the spiritual longnü trees have been replaced by tangerine trees.
A cultivator spots a figure sitting under a tangerine tree by a stream.
Mo Ran approaches and is shocked to see Nangong Liu, the former Rufeng Sect leader and Nangong Si’s father, alive and well.
Nangong Liu, who was supposed to be suffering a year-long torture from the lingchi fruit, appears completely unharmed and in good spirits.
He is casually washing tangerines in the stream, singing a song about youthful years and fast horses.
Chapter 217:
The Nightmare Begins
Mo Ran walks down a long aisle in a grand hall, surrounded by Rufeng supplicants.
On his right, people who wronged Xu Shuanglin suffer endless, gruesome deaths.
On his left, people appear happy, including Luo Xianxian and her husband, but Mo Ran suspects they are mere illusions controlled by black chess pieces.
The contrast between suffering and joy unnerves Mo Ran as he continues forward.
Scenes of extreme torture and blissful leisure unfold, growing more disturbing.
He hears a mix of joyful and horrifying voices, including pleas for mercy and confessions of past sins.
Mo Ran’s vision blurs with black and white, good and evil, and he feels like his head is splitting.
He claps his hands over his ears to block out the noise, then casts a muffling spell.
Suddenly, everything vanishes, and he finds himself in endless darkness.
He calls for his companions, but no one responds.
A faint light appears ahead, and he moves toward it.
Shadowy figures materialize around him, kneeling and praising him as Emperor Taxian-jun.
Panic grips him, and he tries to escape, but unseen hands grasp at him.
The voices continue to hail him as Taxian-jun, calling him their emperor.
Desperate, he slashes at the shadows with his sword, yelling at them to leave him alone.
In his rage, he instinctively refers to himself as "this venerable one," shocking himself.
The shadows mock him, repeating his words and insisting he cannot run from his past.
A vague silhouette appears before him, whispering that he is still Taxian-jun.
Mo Ran denies it, arguing that Taxian-jun died at Heaven-Piercing Tower and has nothing to do with him.
The shadow taunts him, questioning his identity and whether he can truly separate himself from his past sins.
Chapter 218:
But You’ve Returned
Mo Ran is shocked to find the holy weapon Bugui in his hands instead of his usual Jiangui.
He desperately tries to summon Jiangui, but it does not respond.
A shadowy figure appears and insists that what Mo Ran believes is real is actually an illusion.
Mo Ran refuses to listen, determined to escape, and runs toward a bright light.
Song Qiutong appears in her wedding attire, claiming that she was the one Mo Ran married.
She reminds him of specific memories from their past, trying to convince him of her identity.
Mo Ran continues running toward the light, refusing to believe her words.
Song Qiutong tells him that Chu Wanning is dead and that Mo Ran himself killed him.
Mo Ran hesitates for a moment but ultimately forces himself forward.
He emerges from the darkness into a new scene: a garden with a flourishing haitang tree.
He finds himself lying in a black-lacquered coffin at the foot of the Heaven-Piercing Tower.
Next to the coffin, there is a blank tablet, a bowl of wontons, and Mo Ran’s favorite dishes.
Realizing where he is, Mo Ran panics and stumbles out of the coffin.
He questions whether this is another illusion or if he has truly returned to his past.
He runs toward the southern peak and encounters attendants who greet him as emperor.
Old Liu, a long-time servant, tells Mo Ran that the resurrection pill has been found.
Mo Ran is confused because he remembers sending everyone away before his death.
He asks about the ten great sects, but Old Liu acts like he doesn’t understand.
Mo Ran rushes back to the Heaven-Piercing Tower to find proof of his death.
However, his own coffin and tombstone are gone, leaving only the graves of the empress and consort.
He begins doubting reality, unable to tell if he is dreaming or truly back in his past.
Old Liu asks if Mo Ran had a bad dream, but Mo Ran insists it wasn’t just a dream.
He takes the resurrection pill and heads toward the Red Lotus Pavilion.
Old Liu stops him, telling him that he is going the wrong way.
The attendants surround him as Old Liu sinisterly reminds Mo Ran that the person he truly wishes to resurrect is Shi Mingjing.
Chapter 219:
Don’t Leave Me
Mo Ran embraces Chu Wanning, feeling his warmth and questioning if he is crying.
He is uncertain whether this is a dream or reality, but he clings to the fact that Chu Wanning is alive and working on automaton joints.
They finish the Holy Night Guardian together.
Mo Ran leads Chu Wanning to his room, reliving moments from their past life.
They spend an intimate night together, with Chu Wanning remaining reserved but emotionally vulnerable.
Mo Ran watches Chu Wanning’s reactions, cherishing every detail.
As morning comes, Mo Ran wakes up to find the bed empty.
Chu Wanning stands at the window, dressed neatly in white, and tells Mo Ran that he has to go.
Mo Ran, confused and desperate, insists that they are home, but Chu Wanning says it’s almost morning.
Chu Wanning vanishes, leaving Mo Ran scrambling out of bed and searching for him.
The courtyard is strewn with haitang blossoms, and the finished Holy Night Guardian is left behind.
Mo Ran, panicked, runs through the Red Lotus Pavilion, avoiding the lotus pond.
Eventually, he is drawn to the pond and is horrified to see Chu Wanning’s corpse, unchanged in stasis.
The sight is identical to what he saw in the last two years of his past life.
Overcome with terror, he collapses, unable to process the reality.
He remembers the resurrection pill Old Liu gave him and frantically searches his qiankun pouch.
The pill is missing, and he begins to question whether it was all a dream.
Mo Ran spirals into hysteria, breaking down as he insists the pill existed.
He throws everything aside, smashing ceramic bottles in his frantic search.
He crawls to Chu Wanning’s corpse, ignoring the injuries on his knees.
He lifts the body out of the lotus pond, something he had wanted to do in his past life but never did.
Holding the corpse tightly, he cries and kisses Chu Wanning’s face, pleading for his attention.
The scene mirrors his childhood trauma of begging strangers to bury him with his dead mother.
Now, as Taxian-jun, he clings to Chu Wanning’s body, lost in madness.
He recalls how he buried himself alive in grief the day Chu Wanning died, drinking himself into oblivion.
He desperately pleads for Chu Wanning to acknowledge him, sobbing and laughing in despair.
A voice calls his name, pulling him from the darkness.
Mo Ran grasps onto a hand reaching for him, begging for forgiveness and promising to change.
He clings to the person, refusing to let go.
Chapter 220:
Side by Side
Mo Ran remains silent, deeply shaken by his dream, which revealed his fears about Chu Wanning dying, his feelings for Shi Mei, and the possibility that this life is just a dream.
Chu Wanning, aware of the many eyes on them, composes himself and discreetly distances himself from Mo Ran.
Xue Meng is confused and upset about what Mo Ran might have dreamed, but Mo Ran only admits he saw himself killing people, including Chu Wanning.
Xue Meng suspects something deeper about Mo Ran's emotions but is too afraid to articulate his thoughts.
Mo Ran learns that Jiang Xi had prepared an antidote for the incense affecting the temple but realizes the situation could have been much worse.
Xue Meng explains that venomous snakes from Nangong Liu’s basket bit many cultivators on the way up, weakening their forces.
Jiang Xi stayed behind at first but left a disciple to treat the wounded before joining the others.
Mo Ran grows suspicious that Hua Binan, who was also bitten, is staying behind under questionable circumstances.
Mo Ran warns Xue Meng to be wary of Hua Binan.
A loud sound echoes from the mountain, resembling a dragon’s cry.
A cultivator steps outside to investigate but is attacked and killed by a reanimated Rufeng Sect corpse, wearing a blindfold and wielding a sword.
Corpses of Rufeng Sect disciples, controlled by dragon sinews, begin attacking the group inside the temple.
The revenants emerge in massive numbers, forming a swarm-like force preparing to assault the hall.
Xue Zhengyong orders the doors to be shut, but the massive spiritual stone doors won’t budge.
Nangong Si reveals that the doors were brought in by thousands of porters and must be closed using a special mechanism.
The group fights off the revenants, but their efforts are futile as the corpses continue to rise and attack.
Nangong Si rushes to activate the mechanism to shut the doors while Xue Zhengyong and others desperately try to hold back the attacking corpses.
Chapter 221:
Hand in Hand
Mo Ran fights the attacking corpses alone while Nangong Si works on a sabotaged mechanism.
Chu Wanning rushes out, sets up barriers, and drags Mo Ran inside, ordering him to stop fighting.
Mo Ran protests, saying the barriers won’t last, but Chu Wanning insists.
Shi Mei is ordered to tend to Mo Ran’s wounds. Mo Ran hesitates but ultimately allows it.
Chu Wanning assigns Xue Meng and Xue Zhengyong to take turns maintaining barriers once he is drained.
Chu Wanning orders Xue Zhengyong to bring fighters from the cowardly cultivators hiding at the back.
Nangong Si is distracted, staring at the broken chain of the sect founder’s command, confused about why it failed.
Xue Zhengyong gathers volunteers, including Ye Wangxi, who asserts Rufeng Sect has no cowards.
Mei Hanxue joins despite Xue Zhengyong’s concern about his lack of battle experience.
Jiang Xi suggests splitting into two teams—one to defend, one to investigate the back of the hall.
Xue Zhengyong argues they should first attempt to fix the mechanism; if it fails, they’ll split up.
Master Ma timidly offers to try fixing the mechanism and rushes off with Nangong Si.
Jiang Xi observes the chess pawns within the hall, noticing they are behaving normally unlike the ones outside.
He questions why Xu Shuanglin isn’t controlling the pawns inside—either he doesn’t want to or he can’t.
Mo Ran realizes the pawns inside have their own minds, unlike the corpses outside, meaning Xu Shuanglin has reached his spiritual energy limit.
Hua Binan and his injured group arrive, pursued by corpses.
Chu Wanning extends another barrier to protect them and pulls Hua Binan inside.
Mo Ran warns Chu Wanning to be careful, but Hua Binan does nothing suspicious.
Hua Binan appears gravely injured, but he tells Jiang Xi to tend to others first.
Jiang Xi reluctantly leaves Hua Binan to help the more severely wounded.
Hua Binan attempts to treat himself, but Mo Ran offers to help, which Hua Binan rejects.
Shi Mei intervenes, offering medical assistance. Hua Binan hesitates but ultimately allows Shi Mei to treat him.
Chapter 222:
Panicked Tumult
Xue Meng gets angry at Mei Hanxue for whispering that he is dumb.
Xue Zhengyong tries to calm Xue Meng down, saying he misheard.
Jiang Xi inspects the wounded and orders cultivators to rest and recover.
Jiang Xi questions Nangong Si about his spiritual core, urging him to tell Ye Wangxi the truth.
Nangong Si refuses, not out of fear of scorn but to avoid worrying her.
Jiang Xi and Nangong Si discuss Nangong Si’s character and beliefs.
Jiang Xi admits regret that he won’t see Nangong Si lead Rufeng Sect.
Jiang Xi questions Nangong Si about how Mount Jiao broke free from the sect founder’s will.
Nangong Si insists it should have been impossible, as only Nangong Changying could control it.
They wonder how Xu Shuanglin managed to override Nangong Changying’s command.
Nangong Si avoids looking at his father, Nangong Liu, but eventually gives in and is overcome with emotion.
Jiang Xi, uncharacteristically, tries to comfort Nangong Si, albeit awkwardly.
Jiang Xi leaves to scout the temple, instructing Nangong Si to rest.
Nangong Si reveals that up ahead is the Dragonsoul Pool, where sacrifices are made to the demon dragon.
Jiang Xi worries about what they might encounter there.
After resting, the group prepares to move forward.
Jiang Xi inspects Xu Shuanglin’s dioramas, questioning their purpose.
Nangong Liu, acting strangely, is peeling a tangerine and refuses to take Jiang Xi to "His Majesty."
Jiang Xi insults Nangong Liu, calling him a wastrel, causing him to break into tears.
Chu Wanning, watching this, finds something off about Nangong Liu’s behavior.
Mo Ran notices that Nangong Liu’s mannerisms resemble those of a young child.
Chu Wanning agrees, realizing that despite looking like an adult, Nangong Liu is acting like a six-year-old.
Chapter 223:
Carefree Wandering, Reprise
A mass of venomous snakes floods the tunnel, causing chaos as cultivators flee, trampling some to death.
Jiang Xi stays behind to manage the situation, using glimmering powder that repels the snakes temporarily.
He instructs the others to retreat to the great hall without pushing each other.
Nangong Si examines the dragon carving, suspecting the demon dragon is possessed and wanting to check the Dragonsoul Pool.
Jiang Xi warns that the repelling powder will wear off soon, making the snakes a threat again.
Ye Wangxi volunteers to stay behind and handle the situation, despite Nangong Si’s reluctance to leave her.
Jiang Xi and Nangong Si exit the tunnel, only to be confronted by Huang Xiaoyue, who accuses Nangong Si of orchestrating the events.
Nangong Si, frustrated, rebukes Huang Xiaoyue, questioning why he would still be unharmed if Nangong Si was in control.
Huang Xiaoyue continues to provoke, but Jiang Xi silences him with sharp words, exposing his ulterior motives of seeking Rufeng Sect’s treasures.
Huang Xiaoyue, shaken, retreats, and Jiang Xi urges Nangong Si to move forward.
Nangong Si reaches the Dragonsoul Pool but finds nothing unusual, prompting him to check the front hall.
The hall is divided into paradise and purgatory, with Zhenlong pawns, including Nangong Liu, who is asleep clutching a basket of tangerines.
Nangong Si observes the pawns more closely, recognizing people from his past, including his fourth uncle in purgatory and his former handmaidens in paradise.
He then sees his own grandfather among the pawns but does not have time to grieve.
A soft voice calls his name—his mother, Rong Yan, appears among the pawns in paradise.
Overwhelmed, Nangong Si rushes to her, tears filling his eyes as he calls for her.
Despite being controlled, Rong Yan recognizes her son and reaches out with a trembling hand.
Nangong Si kneels before her, recalling a moment from his past when his mother tested his recitation skills.
He finally completes the passage she once asked him to memorize, but the moment is filled with sorrow rather than past resentment.
Rong Yan gently touches Nangong Si’s hair and face before taking his bloodied hands, telling him she is at Xu Shuanglin’s mercy but her words are her own.
She confesses that while she hates Xu Shuanglin for what he did, she is also grateful because his actions allowed her to see Nangong Si one last time.
Rong Yan embraces Nangong Si for the first time in his life, admitting she regretted never holding him properly.
She finally tells him she loves him, and Nangong Si, sobbing uncontrollably, assures her that he has known it all along.
Suddenly, the ground shakes violently, alarming Rong Yan, who warns that Wangli’s blood oath is breaking.
She explains that she has observed the weakening of the oath daily and insists Nangong Si must not endanger himself.
She reveals that Nangong Xu has gathered five holy weapons, which, having absorbed the blood of thousands, can sever the bond between the demon dragon and the Nangong clan.
Nangong Si realizes that cutting these bonds is causing chaos, with each severed connection unleashing disasters.
The first severed bond was the dragon’s sinew, leading to the revenant attack.
The second was the dragon’s scales, which likely transformed into the venomous snakes.
The third is the dragon’s tail, causing the tremors just now.
Chapter 224:
A Gentleman’s Word
Nangong Si is shocked and flinches at his mother Rong Yan’s demand.
Rong Yan insists that the oath with the demon dragon requires fresh blood from the Nangong clan.
She states that Nangong Liu, his father, is worthless and does not deserve to live.
Rong Yan urges Nangong Si to throw his father into the Dragonsoul Pool to strengthen the oath.
Before Nangong Si can respond, chaos erupts as beetles appear, leading to screams and panic.
Xue Zhengyong and Jiang Xi give orders to combat the beetles.
Rong Yan pressures Nangong Si, telling him that there is no other choice.
Xu Shuanglin exerts his power, forcing Rong Yan into a trance-like state.
Rong Yan recites a phrase from a lesson she once taught Nangong Si.
Nangong Si feels trapped and overwhelmed by the decision he must make.
He remembers his difficult childhood, including being forced to learn Carefree Wandering and archery.
He also recalls Ye Wangxi, who is waiting for him.
Filled with hatred for his father, Nangong Si draws his sword and approaches Nangong Liu.
He remembers all the wrongs his father committed, including ruining Rufeng Sect.
As Nangong Si is about to strike, Nangong Liu looks at him with childlike innocence.
Nangong Liu, in his delusional state, believes he is waiting for his brother, the former emperor.
Nangong Si shouts at him, demanding that he recognize his brother as just that, not a ruler.
Nangong Liu curls up in fear and confusion, asking why Nangong Si is crying.
Nangong Si, realizing that he is indeed crying, hesitates.
His hatred is overridden by a childhood memory of his father helping him up after a fall.
Overwhelmed with emotion, Nangong Si collapses, howling in sorrow.
He cannot bring himself to kill his father despite everything.
Instead, he kowtows three times to his mother and walks away.
Nangong Liu stops him, offering a tangerine, just as he used to when Nangong Si was a child.
Nangong Si, despite himself, eats a segment, tasting its sweetness.
He swipes at his tears, throws down his sword, and leaves.
As he steps outside, he sees the battle raging against the dragon beetles.
Cultivators, including Chu Wanning and Jiang Xi, struggle to hold the line.
Though he has lost his core and is now just a commoner, Nangong Si feels a sense of fate guiding him.
He thinks of Ye Wangxi, regretting that he never properly thanked her.
He smiles, relieved that he never confessed his feelings, as it would have only burdened her.
Without hesitation, he walks into the Dragonsoul Pool.
The blood swallows him whole, turning him to ash.
Before he vanishes, he tosses the quiver his mother embroidered onto the shore.
He hears Naobaijin’s cries and Chu Wanning shouting his name in anguish.
In his final moments, he wishes he could tell Chu Wanning that he accepts him as his teacher.
He remembers everything, including bowing to him three times.
Chapter 225:
Mock My Madness
Chu Wanning emerges first from the tunnel onto a vast, empty platform beneath a bright moon.
The group follows and sees Xu Shuanglin seated in the center.
Xu Shuanglin’s right side is rotted, and five holy weapons, including Bugui, are stabbed into the ground around him.
The weapons are transferring energy into his heart while a black smoke barrier forms behind him.
Huang Xiaoyue recognizes the scene as Weapon Ensoulment, a sacrificial technique that grants immense power at the cost of the caster’s soul.
Chu Wanning explains that the technique allows a person to borrow power from holy weapons in exchange for their soul after death.
Xu Shuanglin opens his eyes, revealing his rotting face.
He looks over the group but grows angry upon not seeing Ye Wangxi, demanding to know her whereabouts.
Xue Meng yells that Xu Shuanglin has no right to care about Ye Wangxi.
Xu Shuanglin acts indifferent and claims he doesn’t care.
Jiang Xi orders Xu Shuanglin’s execution and strikes with Xuehuang.
Mo Ran blocks Jiang Xi’s attack, saying he has questions for Xu Shuanglin.
Mo Ran demands to know where Xu Shuanglin’s accomplice is.
Xu Shuanglin refuses to answer, saying he understands brotherhood and won’t betray his partner.
Xue Meng is outraged that Xu Shuanglin dares speak of brotherhood after all his crimes.
Xu Shuanglin mocks him, saying people like Xue Meng always think they understand justice.
Xue Meng calls Xu Shuanglin a hypocrite for speaking of righteousness after betraying his brother and goading Nangong Liu into consuming Luo Fenghua’s spiritual core.
Xu Shuanglin only smiles in response, neither confirming nor denying.
He asks Xue Meng’s age, guessing he is around twenty.
He mocks Xue Meng’s youthful naivete and self-righteousness.
The energy from the holy weapons continues flowing into Xu Shuanglin, allowing him to control the Zhenlong chess pieces while his body visibly decays.
Xu Shuanglin reminisces about his own youth, saying he was already making power moves at twenty.
Xue Meng angrily recounts Xu Shuanglin’s history: stealing the sect leader’s ring, usurping Rufeng Sect, murdering two sect leaders, and brutally punishing those who opposed him.
Xu Shuanglin remains unfazed, sarcastically telling Xue Meng to keep talking.
Xue Meng declares that if he had committed such crimes at twenty, he would rather have died at twelve.
Xue Zhengyong warns Xue Meng to be careful, fearing Xu Shuanglin’s reaction.
Xu Shuanglin laughs, dismissing the warnings, and encourages Xue Meng to keep ranting.
He claims he has no shame for his past actions and argues that power belongs to those who can take it.
Xu Shuanglin criticizes his older brother, calling him talentless and unworthy of leadership.
He describes how his brother thrived on reputation alone while Xu Shuanglin trained and worked hard.
Xu Shuanglin bitterly recalls how, while he struggled to improve, his brother enjoyed an easy life, lounging with their mother and eating tangerines.
Chapter 226:
Never to Forget
Xue Zhengyong tells Xue Meng to stay behind him as everyone unsheathes their weapons.
Chu Wanning raises a barrier to protect the group, wary of Xu Shuanglin’s new array.
The sky darkens, and a fierce wind stirs as Xu Shuanglin grins and declares the real show is about to begin.
He absorbs the swirling black array into his palm, revealing a hidden formation underneath.
Xue Meng questions the array, and Xue Zhengyong asks if it is the Rebirth Array, but Abbot Xuanjing is unsure.
Hanlin the Sage, Hua Binan, recognizes the array as the Corpse Demon Array and warns everyone that Xu Shuanglin is summoning Luo Fenghua’s revenant.
Jiang Xi reacts quickly, attacking the array’s center with his sword, but Xu Shuanglin blocks him.
Xu Shuanglin declares that summoning the array is his final wish and refuses to let anyone stop him.
Jiang Xi and Xu Shuanglin exchange heated words, with Jiang Xi questioning his motives.
An arrow imbued with spiritual energy is fired at the array while Jiang Xi holds Xu Shuanglin down.
Xu Shuanglin screams for them to stop and desperately uses his energy to shatter the arrow before it can hit the array.
He succeeds, but he is gravely wounded and coughing blood. Despite this, he smiles when the arrow falls.
Shi Mei notices inconsistencies in the array and realizes it is not the Corpse Demon Array.
He insists that the formation does not have the fish-scale gleam characteristic of the Corpse Demon Array.
Xu Shuanglin drags himself to the array, his expression full of excitement and anticipation.
He whispers that it is almost complete and taps the array’s surface, causing it to ripple.
The wind stills, the clouds part, and the array glows, revealing a forming human figure.
The group is stunned as Luo Fenghua’s spiritual core manifests, and his ghostly form begins to take shape.
A tangerine tree appears within the golden array, with Luo Fenghua sitting beneath it, playing a harp.
He starts singing an old Sichuan song, and Xu Shuanglin joins in with a broken voice.
The cultivators, including Xue Zhengyong and Jiang Xi, are confused, questioning what is happening.
Hua Binan shouts that the corpse demon is forming and urges the group to act.
Shi Mei tries to correct him, insisting that it is not the Corpse Demon Array but the Rebirth Array.
Mo Ran realizes Shi Mei is right, but the crowd believes Hua Binan instead.
A cultivator from Guyueye Sect, following Hua Binan’s command, rushes in and strikes the array with a dagger.
Xu Shuanglin screams in horror as Luo Fenghua’s spiritual core shatters and the golden array collapses.
He desperately tries to stop it, crying out for his master, but it is too late.
Chapter 227:
Bygone Wish
Two years have passed.
Xu Shuanglin, Nangong Liu, and their shizun, Luo Fenghua, are on the roof of the Rufeng Sect’s great hall, idly chatting and sharing snacks.
Their father is searching for them, complaining that they always disappear when there are chores to do.
Nangong Liu finds it amusing, while Luo Fenghua is uneasy about their behavior.
Xu Shuanglin teases Luo Fenghua and calls him "Shizun-gege," a nickname meant to be both affectionate and mocking.
They share tangerines and sweets, with Nangong Liu ensuring everyone gets a fair share.
Xu Shuanglin laughs and declares that in the future, they will always share everything together.
Time shifts to the Lantern Festival of the same year.
Xu Shuanglin is barefoot, supervising the lantern setup in Rufeng Sect.
Luo Fenghua approaches, scolding him for not wearing shoes.
Xu Shuanglin brushes it off, saying that walking barefoot helps absorb spiritual energy.
Luo Fenghua insists that it’s too cold and gives him shoes.
Xu Shuanglin reluctantly puts them on but doesn’t wear them properly.
He invites Luo Fenghua to the lantern market, but Luo Fenghua declines, saying he has to help Nangong Liu with his studies.
Xu Shuanglin is visibly upset and kicks off his shoes in frustration.
Luo Fenghua is surprised and asks if he is angry.
Xu Shuanglin denies it, but his words are filled with bitterness.
He walks away, hoping Luo Fenghua will call after him and insist on putting his shoes back on.
Luo Fenghua does not chase after him.
Xu Shuanglin slows down, waiting, but no one calls his name.
Chapter 228:
All for Naught
Xu Shuanglin stands on the Soul-Summoning Platform of Rufeng Sect, watching golden light flicker like ashes in the wind, remembering his past with Luo Fenghua and Nangong Xu.
He recalls his childhood wish for the three of them to remain friends, but that wish has long been shattered. Nangong Xu is gone, and Xu Shuanglin has become a madman and killer.
Despite his hatred, he still passed Luo Fenghua’s teachings to Ye Wangxi and showed rare moments of restraint and compassion.
Overwhelmed by grief, he weeps as he clutches Luo Fenghua’s spiritual core, lamenting the destruction of his lifelong plan for revenge.
He remembers the resentment he felt after the Spiritual Mountain Competition, which led him to seize leadership from his father after it was given to Nangong Liu.
He recalls the moment he strangled his father to death, insisting that justice was his to take since no one else would give it to him.
On his first night as sect leader, the servants clean away blood, Nangong Liu and his family are imprisoned, and he sits alone, uncertain of what to do next.
He suddenly feels dizzy and cold but brushes it off, dismissing his attendants to return to the great hall alone.
Overcome by excruciating pain, he collapses, his skin cracking with lesions. He thrashes on the floor but cannot call for help without exposing his weakness.
Accidentally covered by a curtain, he finds that the pain stops in darkness. When he steps into the moonlight again, the agony returns.
He realizes his body reacts to moonlight, forcing him to flee to the library, where he discovers the secret of the Rufeng Sect Leader’s curse.
His great-grandfather had sealed the demonic fish, the gun, in Golden Drum Tower, but the beast’s curse afflicted all Rufeng leaders, making them vulnerable to moonlight.
The curse had been hidden for generations, known only to sect leaders. Xu Shuanglin is furious, realizing he murdered his father and seized power only to inherit a doomed position.
The next day, he visits Nangong Liu in the water prison. Nangong Liu is bound with a spell and begs to understand why Xu Shuanglin did this.
Xu Shuanglin coldly states that he merely took what was rightfully his.
He reminds Nangong Liu of how he stole his sword forms and tarnished his reputation during the Spiritual Mountain Competition.
Xu Shuanglin lifts Nangong Liu’s chin and considers cutting out his tongue, calling it a deadly weapon.
Nangong Liu panics and begs for his life, offering to confess the truth publicly to restore Xu Shuanglin’s honor.
Xu Shuanglin dismisses the offer as too little, too late.
Chapter 229:
Stained Forever
Rong Yan pleaded with Xu Shuanglin to spare her unborn child, appealing to their past relationship.
Xu Shuanglin, initially indifferent, saw an opportunity for revenge—he decided to let the child live and eventually inherit the sect, forcing it to bear the sins of its father, Nangong Liu.
He imprisoned both Rong Yan and Nangong Liu, planning to name their child as the sect’s future leader.
However, Xu Shuanglin’s rule provoked widespread resentment, leading one of his city lords to release Nangong Liu and Luo Fenghua in secret.
Luo Fenghua, unaware of the full truth, believed Xu Shuanglin had staged a coup purely for power.
Nangong Liu manipulated Luo Fenghua, making him believe Xu Shuanglin was irredeemable.
Together, they launched a rebellion against Xu Shuanglin, resulting in another bloody coup in Rufeng Sect.
Amidst the chaos, Luo Fenghua found Xu Shuanglin severely injured and hiding in Moonwhistle Fields.
Despite their broken bond, Luo Fenghua still felt sorrow seeing his former disciple in such a pitiful state.
They confronted each other: Luo Fenghua accused Xu Shuanglin of going too far, while Xu Shuanglin justified his actions as retaliation for past injustices.
Luo Fenghua, in despair, sealed Xu Shuanglin’s techniques and severed their master-disciple relationship.
Xu Shuanglin, despite the pain, mocked Luo Fenghua, refusing to acknowledge him as his teacher.
The fighting drew closer, and Nangong Liu interrupted, urging Luo Fenghua not to trust Xu Shuanglin.
Xu Shuanglin, playing on their fears, pretended to be horrifically disfigured, shocking the onlookers.
He manipulated Luo Fenghua into following him deeper into the forest under the guise of sharing his final words.
Once alone, Xu Shuanglin revealed that his wounds were self-inflicted and had already begun to heal.
He handed Luo Fenghua the sect leader’s ring, claiming it now belonged to Nangong Liu.
With cruel precision, he revealed the truth about the Rufeng Sect’s curse—every leader would suffer the fate of Nangong Changying.
Luo Fenghua was horrified, realizing he had unknowingly doomed Nangong Liu.
Xu Shuanglin relished the moment, forcing Luo Fenghua to deliver the cursed ring himself.
Laughing, he bid farewell, calling Nangong Liu the "true leader" before disappearing into the night.
That night, Xu Shuanglin fled Rufeng Sect, leaving destruction in his wake.
Chapter 230:
Young Man
Mo Ran reflects that if he were in Xu Shuanglin’s place, he would have tried to resurrect the person he loved.
Mo Ran explains Xu Shuanglin’s plan: he never expected Nangong Liu to kill Luo Fenghua but used it to his advantage by having Luo Fenghua’s body thrown into the blood pool and trapped in the eighteen hells, preventing his reincarnation.
Xu Shuanglin had hoped to learn the Rebirth technique to bring Luo Fenghua back and create a world where he would be the god of perfect fairness.
Xu Shuanglin calls Mo Ran a madman, recognizing that only another madman could understand him.
Mo Ran offers to seek Master Huaizui’s help to bring Luo Fenghua back if Xu Shuanglin reveals who taught him the Rebirth technique and the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
Xu Shuanglin refuses, saying the person who helped him understands him and that they are the same. He would rather die than reveal their identity.
He declares that the world will descend into chaos, where the righteous and wicked will get what they deserve, and the strong will dominate.
Xue Meng, angered, questions Xu Shuanglin’s right to decide who is strong and weak and condemns the suffering he has caused.
Xu Shuanglin dismisses Xue Meng as too young to understand.
Xu Shuanglin, accepting his defeat, mocks his captors, saying they had already condemned him to death when he was twenty.
Huang Xiaoyue accuses him of lying, but Mo Ran understands that Xu Shuanglin’s death was not just physical but also spiritual.
Mo Ran, despite everything, offers Xu Shuanglin another chance to use the Rebirth formation to see Luo Fenghua again.
Xu Shuanglin refuses, believing fairness would vanish from the world after his death and that Luo Fenghua would only suffer again if revived.
In a shocking act, he crushes Luo Fenghua’s spiritual core in his hands, ensuring there is no way to bring him back.
He laughs hysterically, shedding tears, reveling in the fact that neither he nor Luo Fenghua would ever see or hate each other again.
He staggers toward the holy weapon array and begins playing a harp, despite his body being ravaged by the backlash of the Zhenlong Chess Formation.
Flames consume him as he plays, but he remains eerily calm, seemingly relieved by his impending death.
Before perishing, he sings a line from “Ode to Youth,” evoking memories of his younger, ambitious self.
The crowd recalls the bright, confident young Nangong Xu at the Spiritual Mountain Competition, full of hope and promise.
The fire finally burns out, leaving only five ownerless weapons and the remnants of the Rebirth array.
Luo Fenghua and Xu Shuanglin are both gone.
Xue Zhengyong, stunned, asks if this is truly the end.
Master Xuanjing sighs, reciting an aphorism about karma and hoping for peace.
Xue Meng, unimpressed, rolls his eyes at the monk’s words, frustrated by his lack of action.
Chapter 231:
Dueling the Sage
Mo Ran blocks an assassination attempt on Chu Wanning, taking a dagger to the shoulder from Hua Binan.
Despite his injury, Mo Ran restrains Hua Binan and taunts him for trying to stab Chu Wanning in secret.
Hua Binan reveals he was the mastermind behind earlier schemes, including the snake venom incident.
Mo Ran accuses him of trying to stop Xu Shuanglin from realizing the Rebirth Formation was fake.
Chu Wanning attacks the array with Tianwen but realizes it is too strong to break alone.
Jiang Xi is shocked that Hua Binan, the strongest sage, has been plotting behind his back.
Hua Binan reveals he implanted heart-tunneler insects in several people, ensuring control over them.
The crowd panics upon realizing they might have parasites inside them.
A cultivator accuses Hua Binan of bluffing, but Hua Binan kills him gruesomely with an insect as a demonstration.
The display horrifies everyone, making them too afraid to resist.
Hua Binan claims he won’t harm Guyueye Sect members and threatens Jiang Xi, saying he has an insect inside him too.
Jiang Xi demands to know why Hua Binan is betraying them, but Hua Binan refuses to explain.
He offers everyone a choice: submit to him or face death from the insects.
Shi Mei steps in, revealing a method to detect the parasites using fire talismans.
Hua Binan realizes Shi Mei had secretly studied his techniques and is furious.
Xue Meng defends Shi Mei and proves he is uninfected.
The crowd follows suit, using fire talismans to determine who has been implanted.
Hua Binan shifts tactics, threatening those infected to side with him or die painfully.
A female cultivator, Ling Biran, immediately defects to Hua Binan, claiming admiration for his skill.
Three more from Guyueye Sect betray Jiang Xi, believing Hua Binan to be the stronger leader.
The remaining Guyueye cultivators call them traitors and refuse to submit.
Tension mounts as sides are drawn, with some choosing loyalty and others choosing survival.
Chapter 232:
Both Eyes Blinded
Xue Meng screams and rushes toward Shi Mei, but Hua Binan grabs Shi Mei by the throat and lifts him into the air.
The crowd turns to look as Hua Binan holds Shi Mei aloft under the moonlight.
Xue Meng attempts to chase on Longcheng but is driven back by Hua Binan's wasps and collapses on the ground.
Hua Binan taunts them, mentioning Shi Mei’s talent in optomancy and implying he has secrets.
Mo Ran, Xue Zhengyong, and Chu Wanning notice what’s happening and react with alarm.
Mo Ran, furious, slashes at Huang Xiaoyue and others, sending them flying off the platform.
Mo Ran demands that Hua Binan let Shi Mei go, but Shi Mei tells them to focus on helping Shizun instead.
Hua Binan mocks Chu Wanning for choosing the array over saving his disciple, trying to sow doubt.
Shi Mei apologizes to Chu Wanning, admitting his past selfishness and questioning his own righteousness.
Xue Meng recalls Shi Mei’s hesitation the night Chu Wanning died, Mo Ran remembers the wontons, and Chu Wanning recalls Shi Mei’s sadness over not receiving a holy weapon.
They realize Shi Mei had always been playing roles for others—Xue Meng’s friend, Mo Ran’s love, Chu Wanning’s agreeable disciple—without ever truly being himself.
Hua Binan taunts them further, asking if Shi Mei is saying his last words.
Hua Binan offers to spare Shi Mei if they all surrender.
Chu Wanning reaches a critical point in sealing the array but hesitates as he watches Shi Mei in danger.
Shi Mei unexpectedly states that he doesn’t like tanghulu and reminisces about his past with Xue Meng and Mo Ran.
He confesses that he knew what Mo Ran wanted to say at Butterfly Town but realized later that Mo Ran would never say it again.
He admits he envied Xue Meng and Chu Wanning, begging them not to find him detestable for it.
Xue Meng, devastated, insists he never knew Shi Mei didn’t like tanghulu and desperately calls out to him.
Hua Binan starts counting to three, demanding that Chu Wanning step back.
Chu Wanning hesitates, his hands trembling, and tears fill his eyes.
On the count of two, Shi Mei makes a decisive move—he thrusts himself onto Hua Binan’s thorn, blinding himself to prevent being used as leverage.
Blood sprays as the thorn slashes across his eyes.
Hua Binan is caught off guard and loosens his grip momentarily.
Shi Mei declares that Yuheng Elder has no disciple who bows or is weak.
Xue Meng and Mo Ran scream his name in horror as Shi Mei’s self-sacrifice stuns everyone.
Chu Wanning is left stupefied, barely able to hold himself together as he witnesses his disciple ruin his own eyes.
Chapter 233:
This Venerable One Can Change the Title If He Wants! Take That!
A group of masked, black-clad cultivators under the control of the Zhenlong Chess Formation attack, displaying strength far superior to previous iterations.
Mo Ran immediately recognizes their power and warns everyone to flee, grabbing Chu Wanning and Jiang Xi in an attempt to escape.
The cultivators rush toward the tunnel leading to the Dragonsoul Pool, but upon reaching the stone doors, Master Ma finds them sealed shut.
Hua Binan had closed the doors behind him, and without Nangong clan blood, the doors cannot be reopened.
Someone suggests finding Nangong Liu, but he was left behind in the great hall, rendering their plan futile.
Panic spreads among the cultivators, some considering turning back to fight, while others fall into despair.
Huang Xiaoyue steps forward, claiming he can open the door and pushes through the crowd.
He reveals that he had preserved a sample of Nangong Si’s blood and uses it to deceive the dragon guardian, Wangli, into opening the door.
As the doors lower, Huang Xiaoyue and Jiangdong Hall members rush out, but Master Ma is stopped at swordpoint.
Huang Xiaoyue betrays Master Ma, refusing to let him leave, claiming allegiance to the mysterious sage behind the attack.
Master Ma begs for his life, offering trade deals, but Huang Xiaoyue, fueled by greed and revenge, shoves him back into the tunnel and reseals the door.
The abandoned cultivators sink into hopelessness, with some weeping and others arguing over whether to fight or wait for death.
Mo Ran steps forward, igniting a flame in his palm, and approaches the door.
Master Ma, hopeful, asks if Mo Ran also saved some of Nangong Si’s blood, but Mo Ran remains silent.
Xue Meng, Xue Zhengyong, and Chu Wanning arrive, questioning Mo Ran’s actions as he takes out a dagger and slices his own palm.
Despite Xue Zhengyong's protests that Mount Jiao will only respond to a Nangong descendant, Mo Ran presses his bloody hand to the door.
The voice of Wangli, the demon dragon, echoes in the darkness, asking for identification.
Mo Ran, knowing he cannot turn back, answers: “Seventh-generation descendant of Rufeng Sect.”
Xue Meng and Xue Zhengyong react with shock and disbelief.
Mo Ran completes his declaration: “Mo Ran, Mo Weiyu, pays his respects.”
Xue Meng, horrified, screams that it’s impossible.
The stone door rumbles open, confirming the truth of Mo Ran’s lineage.
Wangli’s final words—"Wangli…bids Master…farewell…”—reverberate through the tunnel.
Xue Zhengyong is left speechless, while Chu Wanning and Xue Meng reel from the revelation.
The light from the Dragonsoul Pool floods the tunnel, illuminating Mo Ran’s lone, dark silhouette standing in the doorway.
Chapter 234:
The Emperor Returns
The cultivators escape from Mount Jiao, except for the Jiangdong Hall group, who disappear.
Many collapse from exhaustion, and Ma Yun insists on going home, but Jiang Xi argues they need to investigate the array.
Master Xuanjing advises retreating to regroup and prepare for a counterattack.
Xue Zhengyong and Xue Meng stare up the mountain in shock as Mo Ran emerges from the dust.
Mo Ran explains that the Zhenlong Chess Formation and possibly the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death have been activated, warning that an unknown powerful figure might emerge.
He urges everyone to retreat to Rainbell Isle, where they can recover and defend against Hua Binan.
Jiang Xi agrees and promises to protect Ye Wangxi, ensuring Mo Ran that she will be safe.
Xue Zhengyong asks Mo Ran for an explanation, but Mo Ran only says it’s a long story and urges him to take Xue Meng away.
Xue Meng, emotional and confused, questions Mo Ran about being a Rufeng Sect descendant.
Mo Ran reassures Xue Meng that he has never been part of Rufeng Sect and has never harmed Sisheng Peak.
Xue Meng breaks down in tears, admitting that he never truly understood Mo Ran or Shi Mei and regrets his past behavior.
Mo Ran comforts Xue Meng, telling him to leave with Xue Zhengyong and that he will find them once the crisis is over.
Mo Ran reactivates the barrier and steps back into Mount Jiao.
Inside the ruins of the Dragonsoul Pool, Taxian-jun has Chu Wanning at his mercy, with his blade at Chu Wanning’s throat.
Chu Wanning, bound by Taxian-jun’s magic, remains silent despite being wounded.
Taxian-jun mocks Chu Wanning for being distracted during their fight and forces him to look at him.
Chu Wanning is horrified by Taxian-jun’s resemblance to Mo Ran, realizing he has dreamed of this version of him before.
Taxian-jun teases Chu Wanning about his confusion, promising to explain everything later.
He prevents Chu Wanning from summoning his holy weapons, showing knowledge of them despite Mo Ran in this timeline never having seen them.
Chu Wanning realizes that Taxian-jun is from another world, confirming the Space-Time Gate of Life and Death is involved.
Chapter 235:
Nowhere to Go
Mo Ran is shocked to see Taxian-jun alive, believing he had died from poison at Wushan Palace.
Taxian-jun confirms he is dead but reveals that Mo Ran is his escaped soul.
He mocks Mo Ran for thinking he could atone for his past life’s sins by staying silent.
Taxian-jun taunts Mo Ran about their shared past and their actions toward Chu Wanning.
He tightens his grip on Chu Wanning, enraging Mo Ran, who orders him to let go.
Mo Ran attacks with Jiangui, a fire-elemental weapon, surprising Taxian-jun.
Taxian-jun releases Chu Wanning to a subordinate and summons Bugui to fight Mo Ran.
They engage in a fierce battle, their spiritual weapons glowing red and green.
The fight causes massive destruction around the Dragonsoul Pool, scattering lava and debris.
Both land powerful blows: Bugui pierces Mo Ran’s shoulder, while Jiangui slashes Taxian-jun’s arm.
Taxian-jun notes Mo Ran’s fighting style resembles Chu Wanning’s.
Mo Ran furiously tells Taxian-jun to leave, but he scoffs, reminding Mo Ran of his past sins.
They clash again, perfectly predicting each other’s moves, unable to gain the upper hand.
Taxian-jun declares that since he cannot have Chu Wanning, Mo Ran should not have him either.
Mo Ran counters, saying Taxian-jun had Chu Wanning before and destroyed him.
Taxian-jun, enraged, drops his imperial pronoun in his fury.
Chapter 236:
A Monk’s Passing
Mo Ran descended Mount Jiao in silence, lost in thought.
He had two choices: go to Rainbell Isle to face Xue Meng and his uncle or head to Dragonblood Mountain to find Master Huaizui and Chu Wanning.
He chose Dragonblood Mountain, suspecting that Master Huaizui knew more than expected.
The mountain was once a place of meditation but had been abandoned due to its thick, disorienting fog.
Mo Ran traveled for an entire day without stopping, arriving at the foot of the mountain at sunset, exhausted and covered in blood and dirt.
He washed his face in a stream but felt disgusted by his reflection, struggling with his identity as Mo Ran versus Taxian-jun.
As he climbed, a dense fog surrounded him, but he sensed no malevolent energy.
He called out for Master Huaizui but received no response.
The fog mysteriously parted, revealing a clearing. The path behind him was already obscured.
Mo Ran found Chu Wanning kneeling before a mountain cave, crying, with Master Huaizui in meditation before him.
Chu Wanning was openly sobbing, a rare moment of vulnerability. He could barely say Mo Ran’s name.
Mo Ran rushed to hold him, comforting him as he trembled in his arms.
Master Huaizui was dead, sitting on a boulder with a branch of haitang blossoms in his hand. His face was aged and anguished.
A golden insect was eating Huaizui’s face. Chu Wanning explained it was an oath-bug, which allowed people to alter their appearance at the cost of consuming their body after death.
Chu Wanning revealed that Huaizui had invited him to Dragonblood Mountain long ago, leaving a sincere letter, but he had refused to listen.
He blamed himself, believing his stubbornness led to Nangong Si’s death and Shi Mei’s blindness.
Overwhelmed with regret, Chu Wanning broke down completely, repeating that it wasn’t too late.
Mo Ran held him tightly, trying to warm his freezing body, but Chu Wanning was inconsolable.
He lamented that if he had trusted Huaizui even once more, things wouldn’t have ended like this.
After a long time, Chu Wanning calmed down slightly and mentioned that Huaizui had left behind a memory scroll.
Chapter 237:
Sacred Tree
Mo Ran enters an illusionscape but is only an invisible observer.
He sees a young Xiaoman sobbing over his father’s corpse, realizing Xiaoman is actually Huaizui from 200 years ago.
Xiaoman's adoptive father died trying to find food during the ghost siege of Lin’an.
In his desperation and grief, Xiaoman betrayed the governor’s son, Chu Xun, to the ghost king in exchange for his father’s resurrection.
The townspeople, terrified of reanimated corpses, insist on dismembering Xiaoman’s father’s body.
Xiaoman begs them not to, but they refuse, and he watches as his father is mutilated.
Consumed by rage and grief, Xiaoman aligns himself with the ghost king and seeks revenge on Lin’an.
Mo Ran witnesses the horrific events of Lin’an’s fall again—people betray Chu Xun, a mother eats her child's heart, and the city descends into chaos.
Chu Xun is abandoned by those he protected and, in despair, carves out his own heart and spiritual core to save the townspeople.
Xiaoman later regrets his actions but believes it's too late to change.
Chu Xun refuses reincarnation, trading three lifetimes of good fortune to restore his wife and child’s lost souls.
Overwhelmed with guilt, Xiaoman (now Huaizui) desperately tries to help Chu Xun’s family in the underworld.
He begs ghosts and underworld officials for assistance, but they mock him for his past betrayal.
The Ninth Ghost King, who hates Chu Xun, discovers Huaizui’s actions and punishes him.
Huaizui is stripped of his status, expelled to the mortal world, and cursed to eventually die and suffer eternal torment in the Infinite Hells.
Now a wandering monk, Huaizui spends his remaining years searching for ways to restore the souls of Chu Xun’s wife and child.
Mo Ran follows Huaizui’s journey through the seasons, witnessing his tireless atonement.
Moved by Huaizui’s efforts, Mo Ran is brought to tears, reflecting on the weight of redemption.
Chapter 238:
Soulless
Mo Ran is shocked to learn that the Flame Emperor’s sacred tree can be used to create a person.
Huaizui explains that three holy instruments—Nüwa’s clay, Fuxi’s qin, and the Flame Emperor’s tree—were used to create the first immortals.
Huaizui reveals that he had a small portion of the sacred tree and, inspired by the legend of Nezha, decided to carve a person from it.
His goal was to return Chu Lan, the son of his savior, by recreating him from wood.
Mo Ran is overwhelmed by this revelation.
The memory scroll shows Huaizui at Wubei Temple, carving a model of Chu Lan after years of practice.
It takes Huaizui five years to carve the final version from the sacred tree.
Once finished, he weeps and kowtows before the wooden figure, overcome with emotion and guilt.
The wooden figure is a perfect replica of Chu Wanning as a child.
Huaizui names the figure "Chu Wanning," meaning "evening peace."
He bites his finger and drops blood onto the wood, imbuing it with metal-elemental spiritual energy.
A brilliant light engulfs the room, and the sculpture comes to life.
Mo Ran is unable to see clearly but realizes that Chu Wanning must have already seen this memory and learned the truth about his origins.
Huaizui raises Chu Wanning in the monastery, treating him as a disciple.
As he grows older, Chu Wanning starts questioning his origins.
Huaizui tells him he was found in Lin’an.
Chu Wanning expresses a desire to leave the monastery and see Lin’an.
The illusion shifts, showing Chu Wanning and Huaizui visiting West Lake in Jiangnan.
Young Chu Wanning, cheerful and innocent, runs ahead, wearing a monk’s robe and a lotus leaf on his head.
Huaizui takes him to the city, where they visit a pastry stall.
Mo Ran, following them in the illusion, feels deep affection and sorrow as he watches young Chu Wanning’s joyful expressions.
For a brief moment, Chu Wanning appears to look directly at Mo Ran, but it turns out he is simply drawn to the pastry stall behind him.
Huaizui, reminded of someone from his past, is surprised when Chu Wanning asks for a flower-shaped cake.
Chu Wanning splits a cake in half and gives the bigger piece to Huaizui, saying he needs to eat more since he is taller.
Huaizui eats with Chu Wanning, deeply moved.
Mo Ran watches them, feeling both heartache and warmth, overwhelmed by the tenderness of the scene.
Chapter 239:
Resolve
Mo Ran listens numbly as Huaizui explains past events.
Huaizui recounts that a Heavenly Rift caused famine and mass deaths.
Chu Wanning and Huaizui find a starving child while returning from collecting spiritual stones.
Chu Wanning, despite being warned, insists on helping the child.
The child is covered in filth, wearing rags, and barely alive.
The child weakly asks for food, moving Chu Wanning deeply.
Huaizui tries to stop Chu Wanning, but he defies him and gives the child congee.
Mo Ran slowly realizes that the starving child in the illusion is himself.
He remembers the encounter vividly, realizing it was Chu Wanning who saved him.
Chu Wanning removes the lid and feeds the child by pouring congee into his palm.
Little Mo Ran drinks desperately, reminding Chu Wanning of a baby animal.
Chu Wanning continues feeding him, visibly saddened by the boy’s suffering.
Mo Ran, as Taxian-jun, once tried to find his savior but failed.
Chapter 240:
Selfless
Huaizui’s outburst fills Mo Ran with dread, making him want to flee the illusionscape while also wishing he could protect Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran urges Chu Wanning to run, but he does not move, trusting Huaizui completely.
Chu Wanning approaches Huaizui without fear, believing he has been granted permission to leave.
Huaizui coldly declares that if Chu Wanning leaves, their relationship as master and disciple will be severed.
Chu Wanning is momentarily elated but quickly realizes the harshness of Huaizui’s words.
Shocked and hurt, Chu Wanning kneels and kowtows nine times, expressing gratitude before attempting to speak but failing.
Huaizui, furious that Chu Wanning refuses to obey, sees him as nothing more than a vessel for Chu Lan’s soul.
Mo Ran tries to shield Chu Wanning but cannot touch him due to the illusion.
Huaizui tosses a knife to Chu Wanning’s feet, demanding he return what he has learned by giving up his spiritual core.
Mo Ran desperately tries to stop him, but his hands pass through the knife.
Chu Wanning, now resigned, picks up the knife, stating that if he cannot leave, his life is meaningless.
Huaizui declares that he will take Chu Wanning’s spiritual core, intending to create another version of him without morals or compassion.
A monk’s chanting fills the air as Chu Wanning looks up at Huaizui with compassion, akin to a Buddha forgiving his killer.
Mo Ran screams in horror as Chu Wanning carves open his own chest, blood flowing everywhere.
Despite the agony, Chu Wanning remains conscious through a spell, enduring the pain.
Mo Ran desperately tries to stop the bleeding, but he is powerless to intervene.
Huaizui wavers, his expression shifting as he questions if this is truly what he wanted.
The illusion begins to blur, reflecting Huaizui’s turmoil when he created the memory.
Flashes of Chu Wanning’s past appear in the blood, showing moments of his childhood.
Chapter 241:
Truth
Huaizui sits in Wubei Temple, chanting sutras while Mo Ran and Chu Wanning appear at the doorway.
Mo Ran asks Chu Wanning why he saved him, and Chu Wanning replies that no blood should be shed in the temple.
Huaizui tells Chu Wanning he recognizes his sincerity and allows him to leave, telling him never to return.
Chu Wanning, wounded and disillusioned, realizes Huaizui has lied to him for years and bitterly says farewell.
Huaizui acknowledges that Chu Wanning will hate him forever and no longer see him as his Shizun.
Years pass, and Huaizui, feeling guilt-ridden, remains in the temple, only leaving to send haitang flowers to Chu Xun.
One night, there is an urgent knock at Huaizui’s door, and he is shocked to see Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning looks pale, anxious, and wears a thin summer robe despite the cold.
Without explanation, Chu Wanning hands Huaizui an enchanted censer and insists it is of grave importance.
Mo Ran notices something shocking—Chu Wanning is wearing a red earring, a mark from Taxian-jun’s timeline.
Mo Ran realizes this is not the Chu Wanning of this world, but the one from his past life.
He remembers the earring was made from his own blood, enchanted to make Chu Wanning more sensitive to his touch.
Mo Ran recalls the moment he forcibly pierced Chu Wanning’s ear during sex, making him physically and spiritually bound to him.
The realization horrifies Mo Ran, leaving him stunned and unable to fully process what is happening.
Meanwhile, Huaizui questions Chu Wanning, who speaks of a "Space-Time Gate of Life and Death."
Chu Wanning explains that he came from another world where Taxian-jun has nearly destroyed the cultivation realm.
He warns that if events unfold the same way here, their world will meet the same fate.
Huaizui is skeptical and demands proof, but Chu Wanning has none and asks him to trust him.
The conversation grows tense as Chu Wanning insists that forbidden techniques have been destroyed but the danger is still imminent.
Huaizui collapses into a chair, overwhelmed by the revelation, while Mo Ran remains in a state of shock.
Chapter 242:
Consort Chu
Chu Wanning remains silent about Taxian-jun, sensing Mo Ran's unease.
He is mentally and emotionally exhausted from recent revelations.
He decides to enter the cave, believing his other self left something important there.
Mo Ran hesitates, fearing Chu Wanning will hate him after learning the truth.
Chu Wanning asks if Taxian-jun was a killer or a mass murderer.
Mo Ran's silence confirms the worst, but Chu Wanning does not accuse him directly.
Chu Wanning recalls his past dreams and asks about his own relationship with Taxian-jun.
Mo Ran is unable to answer, feeling like a condemned man awaiting judgment.
Chu Wanning insists on seeing the memories, and Mo Ran agrees to go into the cave.
Mo Ran almost reaches for Chu Wanning's hand but stops himself.
At the cave entrance, Mo Ran forces a smile, appearing warm yet resigned.
Chu Wanning, feeling conflicted, touches Mo Ran’s face and reassures him.
He states that Mo Ran and Taxian-jun are not the same person.
Mo Ran, deeply moved, holds back tears and enters the cave with Chu Wanning.
Inside the cave, they find a censer emitting xifu haitang-scented smoke.
Chu Wanning does not recognize the spell, admitting his past self may have learned different techniques.
They both touch the censer to activate the spell.
A dense mist engulfs them, separating them.
The mist contains strong spiritual energy, paralyzing them both.
Mo Ran tries to call out to Chu Wanning but can only make incomprehensible sounds.
Chu Wanning also loses control of his body and voice, unable to move or resist the spell.
He realizes he is trapped in an illusion where he can only experience events passively.
The cave transforms into the Red Lotus Pavilion.
Chu Wanning sits at a familiar rosewood table with a deep scar from his past work.
Two unfamiliar servants begin combing his hair, but he attempts to stop them.
The door suddenly bursts open.
Mo Ran, now Emperor Taxian-jun, enters the room.
Chu Wanning stiffens, instinctively dreading his presence.
Mo Ran dismisses the servants with a commanding tone.
The servants immediately obey and leave the room.
Mo Ran approaches Chu Wanning, his breath hot against his temple, smelling of wine.
He asks why Chu Wanning has not gone to bed yet.
Chu Wanning, under the illusion’s control, replies that he is preparing.
Mo Ran laughs softly, pointing out that Chu Wanning has already removed his outer robe and hair crown.
He mocks Chu Wanning’s dislike for the luxurious gold-threaded robes and crown he had been forced to wear.
Chapter 243:
Third
Chu Wanning and Mo Ran are trapped in an illusion that recreates their past life, specifically their wedding night as Taxian-jun and Consort Chu.
Chu Wanning experiences a merging of his current consciousness with his past life self.
Mo Ran, under the spell, acts out the violent and non-consensual sexual acts of Taxian-jun.
Chu Wanning is forced into a painful and humiliating sexual encounter, contrasting sharply with the consensual intimacy he shares with the current Mo Ran.
Mo Ran’s actions are brutal, devoid of affection, and focused on subjugation.
Chu Wanning experiences intense physical and emotional pain, remembering Mo Ran’s past gentleness and contrasting it with Taxian-jun’s cruelty.
Mo Ran alternates between cruel dominance and moments of what seems like genuine emotion, but ultimately returns to violence.
Chu Wanning is subjected to anal penetration with an ointment, and other forms of sexual violence.
Chu Wanning’s mind is overwhelmed by the aphrodisiac, blurring the lines between the illusion and reality.
Mo Ran uses a metallic object, possibly a sword or candlestick, for sexual stimulation.
Mo Ran expresses hatred and blames Chu Wanning for the death of someone he loved.
Chu Wanning, under the influence of the aphrodisiac, succumbs to the forced pleasure and humiliation.
Mo Ran demands verbal submission from Chu Wanning.
Chu Wanning, in a state of drugged compliance, confesses his desire and submission.
Mo Ran expresses a dark satisfaction in having his “lofty shizun” reduced to a “panting, lust-addled Consort Chu.”
Chu Wanning experiences a complete loss of control and begs for more.
Mo Ran continues to manipulate and humiliate Chu Wanning, using both physical and verbal dominance.
Chu Wanning experiences a forced orgasm and is filled with Mo Ran’s semen.
After the sexual encounter, Chu Wanning’s memories of his past life return in vivid detail.
Chu Wanning recalls the traumatic events of his past life, including Shi Mei’s death, the Rufeng Sect massacre, and his imprisonment.
Chu Wanning realizes that something intangible, likely memories, has been transferred from Mo Ran to him during the sexual act.
Mo Ran expresses remorse and apologizes for hurting Chu Wanning.
Mo Ran, although conscious during the forced sexual encounter, was unable to control his body, experiencing immense pain and guilt as he acted out Taxian-jun's brutality.
He desperately wanted to comfort Chu Wanning but was forced to inflict pain.
Chu Wanning, physically and emotionally shattered, asks Mo Ran to remove himself.
Mo Ran reflects on his past actions as Taxian-jun, including the forced marriage to Chu Wanning and the humiliation he inflicted.
He questions his motivations, specifically why he kept Chu Wanning's identity as Consort Chu a secret.
Mo Ran recalls burying Chu Wanning's wedding robes and creating a gravestone for "Consort Chu," attempting to claim ownership and inflict a final humiliation even in death.
He remembers his internal conflict between wanting to publicly disgrace Chu Wanning and keeping their relationship a secret.
Mo Ran hoped to provoke Chu Wanning's anger and bring him back to life, wanting a final confrontation.
He finally accepts that Chu Wanning's silence is the ultimate, unwanted victory.
Mo Ran regrets the brutal nature of their forced union, contrasting it with the gentle intimacy he had envisioned.
Mo Ran experiences a strange sensation in his chest, as if something is being expelled.
He discovers that black and white smoke-like entities are transferring between his chest and Chu Wanning's.
Mo Ran helps Chu Wanning dress, avoiding touching his injured areas, and feels immense guilt.
He asks Chu Wanning if he remembers everything, and Chu Wanning confirms.
Chu Wanning asks Mo Ran if he would have spared him the suffering in Wushan Palace if he had known Chu Wanning was his savior.
Chu Wanning begins to cry, but hides his tears.
Mo Ran notices the smoke-like entities transferring between them, with the black smoke being drawn into the censer.
Chu Wanning loses consciousness again, overwhelmed by the influx of memories.
Mo Ran opens the censer and finds a black, flower-shaped entity formed from the dark qi.
Mo Ran loses consciousness.